VOORSANQER     COLLECTION 

OF    THE 

SEMITIC     LIBRARY 

OF    THE 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

GIFT  OF 

REV.  JACOB  VOORSANGER,  D.D. 

1906 


v  m  i 


"No  better  books,  introductory  to  Hebrew,  exist."— Prof, 
T.  K.  CHEYNE,  Oxford  University. 

HEBREW  AND  SEMITIC  TEXT-BOOKS, 

Ey   W.    R.    HARPER,   Ph.D., 

Professor  of  Semitic  Languages  in  Tale  College;  Principal  of 
Schools  of  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew. 

ELEMENTS    OF    HEBREW. 

Net  $2.00. 

INTRODUCTORY 
HEBREW    METHOD     AND    MANUAL. 

Net  $2.00. 
ELEMENTS     OF      HEBREW     SYNTAX. 

Net  $2.00. 

HEBREW    VOCABULARIES. 
Net  $1.00. 


INTRODUCTORY 

NSW     TESTAMENT     GREEK     METHOD. 

BY  HARPER  AND  WEIDNER. 

Net  $2.50. 


INTRODUCTORY 


AND 


WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  PH.  D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  SEMITIC  LANGUAGES  IN  YALE   UNIVERSITY;    PRINCIPAL   OF 
THE    SCHOOLS    OF  THE  AMERICAN  INSTITUTE   OF  HEBREW 


TENTH    K  M  T  I  O  X  . 


NEW  YORK 
CHARLES    SCRIBNER'S    SONS 

1893. 


COPYRIGHT  1886  BY 

THE  AMERICAN  PUBLICATION  SOCIETY  OF  HEBREW 
CHICAGO 


TO  THOSE 
WHO  MAY  DESIRE  TO  LEARN  OR  TO  TEACH 

HEBREW 

BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD 

THIS  VOLUME 
IS  RESPECTFULLY  DEDICATED 


421887 


I*  13 


INTRODUCTORY  METHOD. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION. 


The  student  of  a  language  must  acquire  three  things:  (1)  a 
working  vocabulary  of  the  language,  (2)  a  knowledge  of  the  gram- 
matical principles  of  the  language,  (3)  an  ability  to  use  this  vocab- 
ulary and  to  apply  these  principles,  so  as  to  gain  the  best  results, 
whether  for  a  literary  or  an  exegetical  purpose. 

While  all  agree  as  to  the  end  desired,  the  method  of  attaining 
this  end  is  a  question  in  dispute.  According  to  one  view,  the 
student  is  first  to  learn  the  principles  as  they  are  laid  down  in  the 
grammars,  and  then  apply  them  to  selected  words,  or  short  senten- 
ces. And  after  a  short  preliminary  training  of  this  sort,  he  is 
plunged  headlong  into  a  text  without  notes  of  any  kind,  and 
expected  to  make  progress,  and  to  enjoy  the  study.  His  vocabu- 
lary is  to  be  learned  by  looking  up  the  words  in  the  Lexicon,  until 
they  become  familiar.  Different  phases  of  this  method  are  in  use 
among  teachers  of  Hebrew;  but  all  follow  practically  the  same 
order,  (1)  study  of  grammar,  (2)  application  of  grammar. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  this  volume  to  furnish  a  text-book,  which 
shall  assist  in  acquiring  the  Hebrew  language  by  a  different  meth- 
od. The  method  employed  may  be  called  an  inductive  one.  The 
order  of  work  which  it  advocates  is,  first,  to  gain  an  accurate  and 
thorough  knowledge  of  some  of  the  "  facts  "  of  the  language ;  sec- 
ondly, to  learn  from  these  facts  the  principles  which  they  illustrate, 
and  by  which  they  are  regulated ;  thirdly,  to  apply  these  principles 
in  the  further  progress  of  the  work.  A  few  words  of  explanation 
are  needed  at  this  point : — 

(1)  The  method  is  an  inductive,  not  the  inductive  method ;  and 
while,  upon  the  whole,  it  is  rigidly  employed  throughout  the 
course,  a  slight  departure  is  made  at  times,  in  order  to  make  more 
complete  the  treatment  of  a  subject,  for  some  detail  of  which  an 
example  has  not  occurred. 

(2)  The  term  "  facts,"  as  used,  includes  data  from  whatever 
source  gathered ;  not  merely  the  grammatical  forms  found  in  the 


8  PREFACE. 

passages  studied,  but  also  the  paradigms  which  contain  these  and 
other  forms  systematically  arranged. 

(3)  It  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  a  long  time  must  elapse  before 
the  beginner  is  ready  to  take  hold  of  principles.    On  the  contrary, 
he  is  taught  important  principles,  and  that,  too,  inductively,  dur- 
ing the  first  hour's  work.    The  three  processes  are  all  the  while 
going  on  together.    He  is  increasing  the  store  of  "  facts  "  at  his 
command,  and,  at  the  same  time,  learning  from  the  facts  thus 
acquired  new  principles,  and  applying  these  principles  to  the  new 
forms  continually  coming  to  his  notice.    Great  care  must  be  exer- 
cised, however,  that  the  correct  order  be  followed.    Let  him  at- 
tempt to  learn  no  principle  of  which  he  has  not  had  several  illus- 
trations.   Let  him  be  required  to  apply  no  principle  the  application 
of  which  he  has  not  already  learned  from  familiar  cases. 

(4)  The  memorizing  of  the  "facts"  of  a  language,  before  a 
knowledge  of  the  principles  has  been  acquired  is,  indeed,  a  piece 
of  drudgery;  yet  not  so  great  as  is  the  memorizing  of  grammar 
without  a  knowledge  of  the  "facts."     Nor  will  it  long  remain 
drudgery ;  for  very  soon,  the  student  will  begin  to  see  analogies,  to 
compare  this  word  with  that,  and,  in  short,  to  make  his  own 
grammar.    From  this  time,  there  will  be  developed  such  an  inter- 
est in  the  work,  that  all  thought  of  drudgery  will  pass  away. 

The  question  is  frequently  asked,  How  is  the  first  lesson  given  ? 
A  brief  statement  must  suffice  :— 

The. first  word  of  Genesis  I.  1  is  written  on  the  beard,  and  the 
English  equivalent  of  each  consonant  and  vowel-sound  indicated 
to  the  student.  The  word,  as  a  whole,  is  then  pronounced,  and  its 
meaning  given.  The  student  is  called  upon  to  pronounce  it,  and 
to  give  its  meaning.  The  second  word  is  taken  up  and  treated  in 
the  same  manner.  Then  the  two  words  are  pronounced  together, 
and  their  meaning  given.  After  this,  each  remaining  word  is 
considered ;  and  with  each  new  word  a  review  of  all  the  preceding 
words  is  made.  "When  he  has  learned  thus  to  pronounce  the  entire 
verse,  and  to  give  a  Hebrew  word  when  its  English  equivalent  is 
named,  the  student  is  shown  the  "  Notes  "  on  pages  13, 14  of  the 
"  METHOD,"  where,  for  his  private  study,  he  will  find,  for  sub- 
stance, the  aid  already  given  orally.  His  attention  is  also  directed 
to  the  "Observations,"  with  most  of  which  he  has  been  made 
familiar  by  the  previous  work.  He  is  now  informed  that  at  the 
following  recitation  he  will  be  expected  (1)  to  pronounce  the 


PREFACE.  9 

verse  without  hesitation  from  the  pointed  Hebrew  (Manual,  p.  7) ; 
(2)  to  pronounce  it,  and  write  it  on  the  board,  from  the  English 
translation  (Manual,  p.  18);  (3)  to  pronounce  it,  and  write  it  on 
the  board  from  the  unpointed  text  (Manual,  p.  29) ;  (4)  to  write 
the  transliteration  of  it,  as  given  in  the  "  Notes  "  or  in  the  Manual, 
p.  39.  The  absolute  mastery  of  the  verse  is,  therefore,  the 
first  thing.  There  will  remain  to  be  taken  up,  (1)  the  "Notes," 
for  all  of  which  the  student  is  held  responsible;  (2)  the  "Obser- 
vations," which  he  is  expected  to  recall,  at  the  suggestion  of  the 
word  on  which  the  observation  is  based ;  (3)  the  "  Word-Lesson," 
which,  at  first,  includes  few  words  not  contained  in  the  verse  or 
verses  of  the  Lesson,  and  which  is  to  be  learned  in  such  a  manner 
that  when  the  English  word  is  pronounced,  the  Hebrew  equiv- 
alent will  be  given;  (4)  the  "Exercises,"  which  are  to  be  written 
on  paper  beforehand,  copied  on  the  board  in  the  class-room, 
criticised  by  instructor  and  class,  and  corrected  by  each  student  on 
his  paper. 

The  "Topics  for  Study"  are  intended  to  furnish  a  resume  of 
the  more  important  points  touched  upon  in  the  Lesson.  By 
their  use,  a  rapid  and  helpful  review  of  the  hour's  work  is  accom- 
plished. 

In  subsequent  "  Lessons,"  a  "  Grammar-Lesson  "  is  assigned. 
In  every  case,  however,  the  instructor  should  read  and  explain 
each  reference  to  the  class  before  asking  them  to  prepare  it. 

The  "  Lessons  "  cover  chapters  I- VIII.  of  Genesis,  and  include 
a  formal  study  of  almost  every  important  portion  of  the  grammar, 
except  the  Accents,  the  Euphony  of  Vowels,  the  Euphony  of  Con- 
sonants, the  Verb  with  Suffixes,  the  Irregular  Nouns,  and  the 
Inflection  of  Feminine  Nouns,  to  all  of  which,  however,  numer- 
ous allusions  and  references  are  made  in  the  "Notes." 

All  the  help  possible  is  given  the  student  in  the  first  fifteen 
"Lessons."  But  from  this  point  he  is  led  gradually  to  rely  more 
and  more  upon  himself.  The  "  Lessons  "  will  be  found  to  contain 
more,  perhaps,  than  some  classes  can  prepare  for  a  single  recita- 
tion, although  this  will  depend  largely  upon  the  character  of  the 
class  and  the  number  of  recitations  during  a  week.  It  was  deemed 
best,  however,  to  make  them  thus,  since  it  is  an  easy  matter  for 
the  instructor  to  indicate  that  a  certain  portion  of  the  exercises 
may  be  omitted.  The  author  himself  will  feel  inclined  to  require 
everything  in  the  "  Lessons." 


10  PREFACE. 

Special  attention  is  invited  to  the  "Review-Lessons,"  in  the 
study  of  each  of  which  two  or  more  recitations  may  profitably  be 
spent. 

The  "  METHOD  "  is  understood  to  include  also  the  "  MANUAL," 
although  the  latter,  for  a  sufficient  reason,  is  paged  separately,  and 
given  a  title-page  and  preface  of  its  own. 

For  the  material  contained  in  these  Lessons,  and  for  its 
arrangement,  the  author  is  indebted  to  no  one.  The  book,  as  it 
now  appears,  presents  the  results  of  five  years'  experience,  during 
which  it  has  been  his  privilege  to  teach  not  less  than  five  hundred 
men  their  first  lesson  in  Hebrew. 

Many  valuable  hints  have  been  received  from  Mr.  Frederic  J. 
Gurney,  by  whom  great  assistance  has  been  received  in  the  work 
of  the  Correspondence  School  of  Hebrew.  He  has  also  kindly 
helped  in  the  preparation  of  manuscript  for  the  printer,  and  in 
revising  the  proof-sheets.  For  similar  service  the  author  is  in- 
debted to  Mr.  C.  E.  Crandall,  and  to  Kev.  John  W.  Payne.  To  the 
latter  credit  is  also  due  for  his  painstaking  care  in  the  typograph- 
ical work  of  the  book. 

With  a  faith  in  the  Inductive  Method,  which  grows  stronger 
every  year,  and  with  the  hope  that  the  time  may  soon  come  when 
many  others  shall  have  an  equally  strong  faith  in  it,  the  author 
commits  the  "METHOD"  to  its  friends. 

W.  E.  H. 
MORGAN  PARK,  September  1, 1885. 


NOTE  TO  FOURTH   EDITION. 

Several  corrections  have  been  made,  but  no  changes  of  any 
consequence.  The  author  cannot  but  feel  gratified  that  the 
"METHOD"  has  so  well  stood  the  practical  test  of  the  class- 
room. For  suggestions  and  criticisms,  to  be  used  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  future  editions,  he  will  be  under  obligations. 
NEW  HAVEN,  CONN.,  July  1st,  1887. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page 

Lesson  I Genesis  I.  1 13-  15 

Lesson  II Genesis  I.  2a 10-  19 

Lesson  III Genesis  I.  2b,  3 19-  22 

Lesson  IV Genesis  I.  4 22-25 

Lesson  V.  ..' Genesis  I.  5... 26-  29 

Lesson  VI Genesis  I.  6 29-  32 

Lesson  VII Genesis  I.  7,  8 32-35 

Lesson  VIII Genesis  I.  9,10 35-  39 

Lesson  IX Genesis  I.  11-13 39-42 

Lesson  X Genesis  I.  14, 15 43-  45 

Lesson  XI Genesis  I.  16-19 46-  49 

Lesson  XII Genesis  I.  20,21 49-  53 

Lesson  XIII Genesis  I.  22-25 53-57 

Lesson  XIV Genesis  I.  26-28 57-  61 

Lesson  XV Genesis  I.  29-31 61-  64 

Lesson  XVI Review 64-67 

Lesson  XVII Genesis  II.  1-3 67-  71 

Lesson  XVIII Genesis  II.  4-6 71-  75 

Lesson  XIX Genesis  IT.  7-9 76-  79 

Lesson  XX Genesis  II.  10-14 80-  84 

Lesson  XXI Genesis  II.  15-18 84-  88 

Lesson  XXII Genesis  II.  19-21 88-92 

Lesson  XXIII Genesis  II.  22,23 92-  95 

Lesson  XXIV Genesis  II.  24,  25 96-99 

Lesson  XXV Review 99-102 

Lesson  XXVI Genesis  III.  1-3 102-105 

Lesson  XXVII Genesis  III.  4-6 106-109 

Lesson  XXVIII Genesis  III.  7-10 110-113 

Lesson  XXIX Genesis  III.  11-14 113-117 

Lesson  XXX Genesis  III.  15-17.... 117-121 

Lesson  XXXI . .  ...  Genesis  III.  18-21 ...  ....  121-124 


12  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

Lesson  XXXII Genesis  III.  23-24 124-127 

Lesson  XXXIII Genesis  IV.  1-4 128-130 

Lesson  XXXIV Genesis  IV.  5-8 130-132 

Lesson  XXXV Genesis  IV.  9-12 132-134 

Lesson  XXXVI Genesis  IV.  13-17 134-137 

Lesson  XXXVII Genesis  IV.  18-22 137-139 

Lesson  XXXVIII Genesis  IV.  23-26 140-142 

Lesson  XXXIX Review 142-144 

Lesson  XL Genesis  V.  1-16 144-147 

Lesson  XLI Genesis.V.  17-^32 147-150 

Lesson  XLII Genesis  VI.  1-8 150-153 

Lesson  XLIII Genesis  VI.  9-15...   153-155 

Lesson  XLIV Genesis  VI.  16-22 155-158 

Lesson  XLV Genesis  VII.  1-8 158-160 

Lesson  XLVI Genesis  VII.  9-16 160-162 

Lesson  XLVII Genesis  VII.  17-24 162-164 

Lesson  XL VIII Genesis  VIII.  1-7 165-167 

Lesson  XLIX ..Genesis  VIII.  8-14 167,168 

Lesson  L. . . .  ...  Genesis  VIII.  15-22. . .  169, 170 


LESSON  I.-GENESIS  I.I.1 

[To  the  student:— Let  it  be  understood  from  the  outset  that  nothing:  short 
of  complete  mastery,  and  that,  of  everything  in  the  Lesson,  will  accomplish 
the  end  in  view.  Not  a  needless  word  or  statement  has  been  inserted.  Let  it 
be  a  matter  of  principle  to  do  just  what  is  assigned,— no  more,  no  less.] 

7.    NOTES. 

1.  J"Vt^JO3 — bere'-sith  (two  syllables) — In-beginning: 

a.  Six  letters: — ^J  (b);  *")  (r);  fr$,  called  'aleph,2  not  pronounced,  but 
represented  by  ' ;  $  (s,=  sA);  *  (y),  here  silent  after  — ;  j")  (th,  as 
in  thin}. 

b.  Three  vowel-sounds: — —  (e]  under  5,  pron.  like  e  in  below,  see 
§  5.  6.  a;3  —  (e),  like  ey  in  they;  * .  (i),  like  i  in  machine. 

2.  fcO^} — ba-ra'  (two  syllables) — (he)  created: 

a.  Three  letters.— 2  (b);  *1  (r);  K  (')  called  'aleph,2     see  above. 

b.  Two  VOID  el- sounds: — Both  ~  (a),  like  a  in  father. 

3.  D7T^-'e16-him  (two  syllables)—  God  (literally  Gods}: 

a.  Five  letters.— #  (');  ^  (1);  Jl  (h);  >  (y),  silent  after  — ;  D  (m). 

b.  Three  vowel-sounds: — —  (e),  like  e  in  met,  quickly  uttered,  3  5. 
6.  c  ;  —  (6),  like  o  in  note;  * (i),  see  1.  &.4 

c.  The  accent^,  with  — ,  marks  this  word  as  the  middle  of  the  verse. 

4.  n^ — 'eth — not  translated,  but  represented  in  translation  by  )(. 

5.  Q'Ot^n — has-sa-ma-yim  (four  syllables) — the-heavens  : 

a.  Five  letters:— ft  (h);  JJf  (s,  =  sA),  but  $  (with  a  dot  in  its  bosom) 
is  s  doubled;  £  (m)  (written  so  at  beginning  or  in  middle  of  a 
word);  *  (y),  not  silent  as  before  but  like  y  in  year;  Q  (m),  written 
so  at  end  of  a  word,  §  3.  2. 

b.  Four  vowel-sounds: — —  (a),  like  a  in  hat,  $  5.  1;  — ,  see  2.  6; 
—  (a);  —  (i);  like  i  in  pin,  %  5.  2. 

1  The  text  of  Gen.  1 :1  will  be  found  on  page  7  of  the  "  Hebrew  Manual," 
2d  ed.;  the  transliteration,  on  page  39;  the  translation,  on  page  18. 

2  This  word  is  pronounced  as  if  spelled  Ah-lef ,  the  ah  having  the  sound  of 
a  in  father. 

s  References  preceded  by  §  are  to  the  "  Elements  of  Hebrew,"  6th  ed. 
4  References  without  §  are  to  preceding  Notes  in  these  Lessons. 


14  LESSON  1. 


c.  The  sign  ~r  under  j£  is  used  arbitrarily  in  these  Lessons  to  indi- 
cate the  syllable  which  is  to  receive  the  accent  when,  as  in  this 
word,  it  is  the  penult. 
6.  fiN1)— w*'eth  (one  syllable)— and-)(,  see  4.: 

a.  Three  letters: — *)  (w),  like  w  in  water;  X  (');  f\  (th). 

b.  Two  vowel-sounds: — —  (e),  see  1.  b;  ~  (e),  see  1.  b. 
70  J  THNJl— ha-'a-reg  (three  syllables)— tJie-earth: 

a.  Four  letters:—^  (h);  N(');  *1  (r);  f  (§),  like  ts  in  gets,  I  2.  7. 

b.  Three  vowel-sounds: — —  (a);  ~r  (a);  ~  (e),  like  e  in  met. 

c.  The  accent  —,  under  fr$,  marks  this  word  as  the  end  of  the  verse; 
the  *  is  equivalent  to  a  period. 

2.    OBSERVATIONS. 

1.  The  letters  in  this  verse  are  :—  (1)  tf,  (2)  3,  (3)  fi,  (4)  \  (5) », 

(6)  *?,  (7)  0,  (8)  D,  (9)  j>,  (10)  "),  (ID  B>,  (12)  ^',  (13)  n- 

2.  The  vowel-sounds  :—(!)—,  (2)  — ,  (3)  •=-,  (4)  T,  (5)  -^-,  (6)  T-, 

(7)  L_,  (8)  7=-,  (9)  - 

3.  To  be  carefully  distinguished  in  pronunciation  are  : — 

(D  -T  (e\  —  (e),  —  (e),  -  (e) ;  (2)  ^  (a),  —  (a);  (3)  TT  (1),  V  (i). 

4.  Jltove  the  line,  a  dot  is  6  (as  in  note}]  below  the  line,  it  is  i 

5.  The  Hebrew  is  written  from  right  to  left.  [(as  in  pin). 

6.  The  plural  ending  of  masc.  nouns  is  D* (im),  as  in  D^H/N 

(lit.,  Gods);  cf.  the  English  cherub-im,  and  seraph-tin. 

7.  j"lK  ('eth),  not  translatable,  is  a  sign  placed  before  the  object 
of  a  verb,  when  that  object  is  both  direct  and  definite. 

8.  The  preposition  in  (5)  and  the  conjunction  and  (*))  are  never 
written  separately,  being  always  prefixed  to  the  following  word. 

9.  When  it  is  desired  to  pronounce  a  letter  twice  in  succession, 
the  letter  is  written  but  once,  and  a  dot  inserted  (see  \£J]  in  its  bosom. 

10.  The  letter  of  the  Definite  Article  (the]  is  ,1  (K). 

11.  Most  words  are  accented  on  the  ultima;  those  which  are 
accented  on  the  penult,  have,  in  this  book,  the  sign  — . 

12.  Every  syllable  begins  with  a  consonant. 


LESSON  1.  15 


3.    WORD-LESSON. 

God  (5)        3  t»  (9)       ^Wfr  he-ruled 

(2)  *\ft8l  he-said      (6)  tf^1  he-created      (10)  fWfrO  beginning 

-     T  TT 

(3)  THKn  the-earth   (7),*!,-^  ^e  (11)     &*£&  heavens 

(4)  fig  )(  (8)         ]  and  (12)      ^^  he-kept 

4.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  And-leginnmg;  (2) 
heavens;  (3)  He-created  }(  the-earth  and-}(  the-heavens;  (4)  6W 
(Hebrew  order:  kept  God]  )(  the-heavens;  (5)  6roc?  (is)2  in-heavcn(s]  ; 
(6)  GW  rwZec?  (Hebrew  order  :  ruled  God};  (7)  In-beginning  God 
said;  (8)  TYie  (^-beginning;  (9)  #Ae  (H)-^^;  (10)  And-the-earth. 

2.  To    be    translated    into    English  :—  (D  &QW 

pxn  n«  o^n1?^;  o)  DW?  D^rl^  ^troj  T(4) 
(5)  onf^n  ^DK." 

3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :—  (1)  *)££>,    (2)  ")£K,   (3) 

,  (4)  ,  (5)  ,  (6)  D?'rr,  (7)  N"3,  (8) 


4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  la,  (2)  la§,  (3)  hil,  (4)  be, 
(5)  ra,  (6)  yim,  (7)  im,  (8)  1-,  (9)  le,  (10)  le. 

5.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  sounds  represented  by  the  letter  e  as  variously  printed. 

(2)  The  plural  ending  ;  the  preposition  in;  the  conjunction  and. 

(3)  The  sign  j"lK  5  the  method  employed  to  indicate  the  doubling  of 
a  letter. 

(4)  The  article  ;  the  usual  place  of  the  accent  ;  the  difference  be- 
tween     and     . 


1  A  verb  in  the  past  tense  3d  person  singular  masculine. 

2  Parentheses  ( )  enclose  words  which  are  not  to  be  rendered  into  Hebrew. 


16  LESSON  2. 


LESSON  II.-GENESIS  I.  2a. 

7.    NOTES. 

8.  riKHl — weha-'a-re§ — and-the-earth:  see  7,  preceding  Lesson. 

)    v  JT  T   : 

9.  nrVH — ha-yetha  (two  syllables) — (she)  was: 

T  :  IT 

a.  1st  syllable,  j"f  (ha),  ends  in  a  vowel-sound,  \  26.  1. 

b.  2d  syllable,  j"TJV  (y'tha);  the  final  J"f  is  silent,  as  always  at  the 
end  of  a  word ;  the  ~T  is  a  vowel-sound,  but  not  a  vowel,  and 
goes  with  what  follows. 

c.  The  sign  ~  with  T"  indicates  a  secondary  accent,  §18. 

10.  inn— tho-hu  (two  syllables)— (^-desolation  : 

a.  1st  syl.,  jl  (th),  —  (6,  not  6),  ends  in  a  vowel-sound,  §  26.  1. 

6.   2d  syl.,  n  (h),  }  (u),  like  oo  in  tool,  ends  in  a  vowel-sound,  I  26. 1. 

11.  ^PQI — wa-bho-hu  (three  syllables) — and-(&}-waste : 

J   T 

a.  ^}  is  not  b  Q),  but  bh,  pronounced  like  v  in  vote. 

b.  Each  syllable  ends  in  a  vowel-sound  (a,  o,  u),  \  26.  1. 

12.  Tl&y'ni — weho-sekh  (two  syllables) — and-darkness: 

a.  Vw);hJ(h),aharshA-sound,g2.3  ;tr'(s,-sA);ta](kh),likeA:m6oo7^ 

b.  T"  (e) ;  the  -^  over  t^  serves  also  for  the  vowel  o  ;  —  (e). 

c.  weho,  ending  in  a  vowel-sound,  is  an  open  syllable  ;  sekh,  ending 
in  a  consonant,  is  a  closed  syllable,  3  26.  1,  2. 

d.  The  ~r  in  71  must  be  written,  but  has  no  sound. 

13.  0$-l?J£— 'al+Pene  (two  syllables)— upon+faces-of  : 

a.  y  0,'not  pronounced,  called  'a-ym,  I  2.  2  ;  *?(!);   £)  (p) ;  ^  (n). 

b.  The  *  after  —  (e)  is  silent,  as  was  that  after  —  (i),  see  1.  b. 

c.  The  sign  "  is  the  Hebrew  hyphen,  represented  by  +. 

d.  These  two  words,  upon  and/«ces-o/,  are  pronounced  as  if  one. 

14.  DlnrV— thehom  (one  syllable)— abyss: 

A      - 

a.  A  syllable  beginning  with  two  consonants,  but  between  them  is 
the  short  e-sound  described  in  \  5.  6.  a. 

b.  The  syllable  ends  in  a  consonant,— it  is  closed,  $  26.  2. 

c.  As  *  is  silent  after  —  or  —,  so  *)  is  silent  under  —  (6). 

d.  — ,  see  3.  c,  preceding  Lesson. 


LESSON  2.  17 


2.    LETTERS  AND  VOWELS  PROMISCUOUSLY  ARRANGED. 


I 

n 

3 

rr 

—         — 

_L_ 

n 

1 

D 

3 

~7T~                                 T 

>_. 

3 

3 

N 

* 

—                            >  



y 

n 

r 

ID 

T                                      "77T 

-_ 

w 

n 

3 

T               1 



^ 

Q 

D 

n 

?l               — 

T 

Suggestion. — Study  this  table  until  every  sign  has  been  mastered. 
It  contains  sixteen  out  of  the  twenty-two  letters,  and  eleven  out  of 
the  fifteen  vowel-signs  in  Hebrew. 

3.    OBSERVATIONS. 

13.  New  letters:  (1)  3,  (2)  ft,  (3)  *|,  (4)  y,  (5)  Q    (6)  J. 

14.  New  vowels  :  (1)1,  (2)  >^_,  (3)  1 ;  but  »_  and  1  (e  and  6)  are 
pronounced  just  like  ~  and  -^  (e  and  o),  the  former  having  what  is 
termed  a  fuller  writing. 

15.  —,  called  S'wa,  is  a  vowel-soimeZ,  but  is  only  a  7i«7/-vowel. 

16.  While  the  conjunction  and  (*))  is  usually  written  with  Sewa 
(thus  :  *)),  it  is  once  written  in  this  lesson  t  (wa). 

T 

17.  Syllables  ending  in  a  vowel-sound  are  called  open ;  ending  in 
a  consonant,  they  are  called  closed. 

18.  Observe  the  difference  between  ^  (b)  and  3  (bh) ;  (1  (h)  and 
H  (h) ;  K  (')  and  #(');«!  (w)  and  1  (u). 

19.  Observe  that  *  is  silent  after  —  or  — ;  *),  under  —  or  with  a 
dot  in  it  (1) ;  Jl,  at  the  end  of  a  word. 

20.  The  Hebrew  verbal  inflection  distinguishes  gender. 

21.  While  most  Hebrew  words  are  accented  on  the  ultima,  see 
Obs.  11,/cmr  words  in  this  Lesson,  out  of  seven,  have  the  accent  on 
the  penult,  as  shown  by  the  position  of  the  sign  — . 

22.  The  Hebrew  says  :  faces-of  abyss,  not  faces  of-abyss;  that  is, 
the^rs^  of  two  words  in  the  genitive  relation  suffers  change,  not,  as 
in  Latin  or  Greek,  the  second. 


18  LESSON  2. 


4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

Learn  in  the  "Elements  of  Hebrew"  the  following  sections  :— 

1.  2  2.  1—3,  6,  8,  The  pronunciation  of  K,  ,1,  #,  H,  B>,  V 

2.  ?  3.  1,  Order  of  writing  ;  extended  letters. 

3.  §  9.  1,  and  I  5.  6.  a,    Sewa,  its  representation  and  pronunciation.' 

4.  I  26.  1,  2,  Open  and  Closed  Syllables. 

5.  ?  49.  1,  The  ordinary  writing  of  the   conjunction 

and  0). 

5.    WORD-LESSON. 

(13)      IftD  wowte         (16)  n^'n  darkness       (19)     D'JS  /«ces 

J  !    V       -I  •     T 

(14)  rrn  Ae-w?«s    (17)    7j;  upon,       (20)   inn  desolation 

(15)  nrrn  «Ae-wo»  us)    ^5  /aces-o/    (2i)  Dinn  «%«« 

T  :  |T 

Note. — The  word  for  ivaste,  when  it  stands  by  itself,  is  1|"Q  (bo- 

j 

hu),  not  ^{13  (bho-hu) ;  so  we  say  inn  (to-hu)  desolation,  not  lrij"l 
(tho-hu),  and  DlH^  not  DlH^. 

^.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew: — (1)  In-beginning  was  (f.)  *Ae- 
earth;  (2)  Darkness  was  upon-\-the-earth;   (3)  Desolation  (IJiH,  not 
mn)  w;cts  (m-)  upon-^-faces-of  tJie-heavens ;  (4)  Faces;   (5)  Faces-of 
abyss;  (6)  6W  rw?ec?  iV(=  ovQr}-dar7tness;  (7)  God-of  (*n^K)  ^~ 
heavens;  (8)  (roc?  tuas  in-beginning;  (9)  He-created  }(  the-earth  and- 
}(  the-heavens;  (10)  The-earth  was  (f.). 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English  : — 

-^jri  p^n  ^-*?j?  rr»n  rj^n  CD 
rrr?  Tj^'nj  Vj^'ng  pkxn  nn^n  (2) 

3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters:— (1)  D^3,  (2)  rr»ll,  (3) 

(4)  nn^rr,  (5)  DVW,  (6)  o^rrp,  (7)  ^rin,  (8)  inn, 


LESSON  3.  19 


4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters:— (1)  ha,  (2)  hu,  (3)  ha,  (4)  ho, 
(5)  hi,  (6)  ho,  (7)  ha,  (8)  mm,  (9)  <al,  (10)  sekh,  (11)  pa,  (12)  sa. 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Two  ways  of  writing  and.  (2)  The  circumstances  under 
which  *  and  1  are  silent.  (3)  New  letters  and  vowel-sounds.  (4) 
Open  and  closed  syllables.  (5)  The  sign  ~r ;  its  representation  and 
pronunciation.  (6)  Extended  letters.  (7)  Words  in  the  genitive 
relation. 


LESSON   lll.-GENESIS  I.  2b,  3. 
7.    NOTES. 

15.  tTni— weru(a)h  (one  syllable)— and-spirit-of : 

a.  Three  consonants: — *)  (w),  *"1  (r),  fl  (h)  the  harsh  A-sound. 

b.  The  conjunction  and  (}}  written  with  S"wa,  $  49.  1  j  ?)  =  u,  as  oo 
in  fool;  the  •="  (a)  to  be  pronounced  before  the  |"f,  and  not  after  it. 

c.  This  word  is  treated  as  having  but  one  syllable,  the  •  and  a  not 
counting  as  full  vowels. 

16.  il^n^P — mera-he'-pheth  (three  syllables)—  brooding : 

a.  £  isph,'(=f),  while  £  isp;  cf.  ^  bh  (=v)  and  £  6,  §  12.  1.  N. 

b.  *^0  open  syllable,  (1  open,  jl^J  closed,  §  26.  2. 

c.  £)  indicates  that  the  form  is  a  participle  ;  j"|,  that  it  is  feminine. 

17.  J  D*£Di*T- ham-ma-yim  (three  syllables)— the-waters : 

a.  Q  =  m,  Q  =  mm:  a  point  in  a  letter  preceded  by  a  full  vowel  in- 
dicates doubling,  and  is  called  Daghes-forte,  §  13.  1,  cf.  $  (5.  a). 

b.  The  *  here  precedes  ~  and  begins  the  syllable,  and  so  is  sounded 
(as  y  in  year]. 

c.  The  article  tlie  is  H>  with  —  under  it  and  Daghes-forte  in  the 
following  consonant;  cf.  D*0t£f'fl  (5),  I  45.  1. 

d.  The  accent  —  indicates  the  end  of  the  verse ;  J  always  follows 
this  accent. 


20  LESSON  3. 


18.  ^pN'V-way-yo'-mer—  (three  syllables)—  and-(he}-said,  II  26. 
1,  2,  3;  13.  l": 

a.  The  root  of  this  form  is  ")£N  ('a-mar)  he-said,  §  55.  1,  2. 

Z>.  The  prefixed  *  indicates  the  future,  ^DK*  =  he-will-say. 

c.  The  conjunction  (•})  connects  this  sentence  with  the  preceding, 
and  also  makes  the  future  (he-will-say}  =  a  past  (and-he-said). 
This  seeming  anomaly  will  be  explained  later;  it  is  sufficient 
here  to  learn  that  1£K  =  he-said;  ""Ifttf*  =  he-will-say:  ^ft^l 

-     T  J  V          J  - 

=  and-he-said. 

19.  "'ft*—  y'hiH  —  shall-be  (or  Ze#-6e),  §§  10.  1;  26.  1;  17.  1  : 

a.  The  first  *  indicates  the  future  as  in  "IJJK'.  [§  27.  1. 

6.  The  T"  being  only  a  Aa?/-vowel,  this  word  has  but  one  syllable, 
c.  The  root  of  this  form  is  H*Jl  he-was;  cf.  H/TH  (9)  she-was. 

20.  niX-'or-Z^,  §§  5.  5;T26.  2: 

a.  ft  has  no  sound,  but  is  represented  by  '  ,  §  2.  1. 

6.  *),  with  a  point  over  it,  unites  with  the  point,  as  in  Dln/l  (14). 


21.  "'iTl—  wa-y'hH  —  and-(  there  )-was,  I  17.  1: 
a.  The  conjunction  here,  as  in  "IQK^I  (18)?  n°t  merely  connects,  but 


converts  the  future  (sAaZZ  &e)  into  a  past 
1).  The  conjunction  in  *")£?^5  was  0»  ^u^ 

forte  having  been  rejected. 
c.  The  sign  (7)  with  •=*  indicates  a  secondary  accent,  cf  .  9.  c,  £  18.  1. 

P.    WORDS  ARRANGED  PROMISCUOUSLY  FOR  EXAMINATION.1 


nrvn      »nn       Dimi 

nn       own 


i  Examine,  pronounce  aloud,  translate,  and  master  these  words. 


LESSON  3.  21 


3.    OBSERVATIONS. 

23.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  gender  is  the  letter  j"). 

24.  £)  =p,  but  £  =  pA  (=/);  3  =  6,  but  3  =  Ih  (=  v). 

25.  A  syllable   closing  with  Daghes-forte   is  called  sharpened. 
All  sharpened  syllables  are,  of  course,  dosed  syllables. 

26.  The  prefix  *  marks  the  future  (3  masc.  sing.). 

27.  *)  connects,  but  -1,  a  stronger  form,  connects  and  converts. 

28.  Koots  have  three  letters  (see  *")QN  he  said-,  JO13  he  created). 

-     T  TT 

all  other  letters  are  prefixes  or  suffixes. 

29.  The  gutturals  K,  j"f,  fT,  J7,  *1,  causing  many  seeming  irregu- 
larities in  the  forms  of  words,  deserve  special  attention.          [vowel. 

30.  Daghes-forte1  is  in  every  case  immediately  preceded  by  a 

31.  The  vowel    of  open  syllables   is  long,  of  closed,  short ;   of 
accented  syllables  it  may  be  either  long  or  short. 

32.  The  letter  of  the  article  is  j"f ;  its  vowel  is  regularly  — ;  it 
usually  ha«  ^  f  .2  in  the  first  letter  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  pre- 
fixed,' 'But  note  ?"T,  in  riXH- 

'      «I.  •  T  )        V-IT    T 

4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

Learn  in  the  "Elements  of  Hebrew"  the  following  sections: — 

1.  Under  I  4.  1,  The  gutturals  tf,  ft,  (1,  #,  and  *),  cf.  Obs.  29. 

2.  \  13.  1,  Daghes-forte,  cf.  Obs.  30. 

3.  §28.  1,2,         Quantity  of  vowels  in  syllables,  cf.  Obs.  31. 

4.  §  47.  1,  The  writing  of  the  preposition  3  («»*)• 

5.    WORD-LESSON. 

(22)  "V|K  light     (25)  ")£*O  and-he-said        (28)  D$ll1P  brooding 

(23)  £>>N  ma?i      (26)       \*in  a»ic?-(there)-wa*  (29)        j-|K~1  Ac-saw? 

(24)  D*0  waters  (27)        >JT  ?e^-(there)-Z>e       (30)          fin  spirit 


1  The  a  in  this  word  is  pronounced  as  a  in  father;  the  e  like  ey  in  tTiej/.    The 
main  accent  is  on  the  syllable  ghes. 

2  D.  f .  =  Daghes-forte. 


22  LESSON  4. 


Notes.  —  (1)  ^11^  means  light  or  light-of;   (£^K,  man  or  man-of; 
ptW£  or  spirit-of;  (2)  The  word  for  waters  is  D*£'  but  at  ^e 
of  the  verse,  where  the  voice  rests  upon  the  word,  it  is  written 


6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  Darkness  (was)1  upon-\- 
the-waters,  and-upon-\-(ihe)-faces-ofthe-earth;  (2)  In-beginning  (the) 
spirit-of  God  (was)  brooding  upon-}-the-waters;  (3)  God  saw  )(  the- 
hcavens,  and-}(  the-waters;  (4)  (The)-man-of  God,  (ihe)-light-ofthe- 
heavens;  (5)  And-he-said,  he-said,  he-will-say;  he-was,  she-was,  let- 
(there)-6e,  and-(  there  )-was;  (6)  he-saw,  he-created,  he-was. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  D^SH  ;   (2)  TiN3  ;   (3) 

;  (4)  fc^Nn  ;  (5)  D^^n  ;  (6)  B*tf)  ;  "(7)  rnT|  ;  (8)D!p  ; 

;  do)  niNn  ;  (ID  liNnv 

3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :-(!)  nN*j,  (2)  £»N,  (3)  ^H^, 

(4)  Dtp,  (5)  n&,  (6)  nn1),  (7)  ni^,  (8)  »nt3- 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  sith,  (2)  ru,  (3)  ne,  (4) 
yim,  (5>  'II,  (6)  m'ra,  (7)  mera,  (8)  sal,  (9)  mar,  (10)  ham. 

7.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Prep.  3.  (2)  Gutturals.  (3)  Quantity  of  vowels  in  syllables. 
(4)  Daghes-forte.  (5)  Sign  of  the  feminine.  (6)  Sign  of  the  participle. 
(7)  Writing  of  the  article.  (8)  Sign  of  the  future.  (9)  Root.  (10)  1 
and  •*).  (11)  Sharpened  syllable. 


LESSON  IV.-GENESIS  I.  4. 

7.    NOTES. 

22.  fcO^— way-yar'  (two  syllables)— and-(he)-saw,  cf.  18.  c,  21.  a  : 
a.  The  conjunction  •  X  forming,  with  *,  a  sharpened  syllable,  1 26.  3. 
1.   The  letter  » indicates  the  future,  fcp»  =  he-will-see,  cf.  18.  b. 
i  Words  in  parentheses  are  not  to  be  rendered  in  Hebrew. 


LESSON  4.  23 


c.  S'wa  under  1  silent,  §  11.;  J<  here  without  force,  3  43.  1.  R.  1. 

23.  litfrrDN— 'eth+ha-'6r  (three  syllables)— }(+the-light: 

a.  In  v.  1  JlX  is  an  accented  closed  syl.;  here  -im-accented,  because 
joined  by  Maqqeph  to  following  word,  I  17.  1;  hence  —  (e)  be- 
comes —  (e),  §  36.  1.  a. 

b.  Article  here  is  fl,  as  in  T^lfcSnj  but  cf .  -ft  in  D*D^JT  D*Jp?"T» 

c.  1st  syl.,  unaccented  closed ;  2d,  unac.  open ;  3d,  accented  closed, 
\  28. 1,  2. 

d.  The  o  is  6,  not  6,  same  sound,  but  different  value,  I  7.  4. 

24.  3iD"'D— ki-ftobh  (two  syllables)— that+good  : 

a.  Three  consonants :  3  (k),  cf.  3  (kh) ;  ft  (t),  ef.  f| ;  3  (bh). 
Z>.  Two  unchangeable  vowels :  >_  (i),  1  (6),  §  30.  7.  Notes  1,  2. 
c.  On  the  use  of  letters  to  indicate  vowel-sounds,  §  6.  2,  3. 

25.  J?^3*V~*way-yitbll-del — and-(he}-caused-to-divide,  I  28.  1,  2 : 

a.  1  (d)  a  new  letter  ;  without  the  dot  (1),  it  is  dh  (—  th  in  the). 

b.  1st  and  2d  syl's  unaccented  closed  (short  vowel);  3d,  accented 
closed  (long  vowel). 

c.  S'wa  under  ^}  is  silent,  and  is  called  a  syllable-divider,  $  11.  1* 

26.  P3~ ben— between,  &  3.  2 ;  5.  3 ;  6.  3;  12.  1: 

a.  The  letter  n  at  the  end  of  a  word  is  written  ?,  not  j, 
Z>.   Both  e  (* )  and  e  ( )  are  pronounced  as  ey  in  they. 

c.  The  vowel  here  is  unchangeable  (e),  not  changeable  (e). 

d.  There  is  a  dot  in  ^,  as  there  was  in  ^}  of  rVZ^N")3» 

27.  P?1— u-bhen— and-between,  \l  12.  1;  49.  2: 

(t.  Before  the  labial  ^},  the  word  for  and  is  written  }, 

b.  Note  that  between  is  ten,  but  and-between  is  u-bheu. 

28.  T]^nn-ha-ho-sekh—  the-darkness;  (cf.  12.  a,  6,  c)  : 
a.   The  article  in  this  case  is  fl ;  not  •  fT,  nor  j"f, 

&.   Three  syllables,  first  and  second  ending  in  a  vowel,  third,  in  a 
consonant. 

c.  Note  that  H  appears  to  be  an  unaccented  open  syllable  with  a 
short  vowel. 


24 


LESSON  4. 


2.    THE  OCCURRENCE  OF  ASPIRATES  IN  GENESIS  I.  1—4. 


irirn  in 


3  (6,  not  6A)  follows  nothing  ;  Jl  UA)  follows  i. 

3  (6,  not  l)Ji)  follows  j"|  of  the  preceding  word. 

J"|  U/i,  not  t)  follows  the  vowel-sound  e. 

r\  (ih)  not  t)  follows  the  vowel-sound  —. 

j"l  (th)  follows  a  of  preceding  word ;  ^  (bh)  follows  a. 

Q  (p]  follows  the  consonant  *?. 

J"l  (^A)  follows  the  vowel-sound  e  of  preceding  word. 

£3  (ph  (=/)  notp)  follows  e  ;  H  .(^)  follows  e. 

3  (A;,  not  M)  follows  "\ ;  D  (^)  follows  6. 

3  (6A)  follows  a  ;  *1  (c?,  not  dh)  follows  the  consonant  ^J. 

^  (i)  follows  the  preceding  consonant  Q. 

^  (6A  (=  v))  follows  the  vowel-sound  *] ;  T[  (M)  fol.  e. 


5.    OBSERVATIONS. 

33.  Six  letters,  called  aspirates,  have  two  sounds :  ^  6,  ^  6A,  (= v]  \ 

& g,  J 0ft;  "TO  ^;  3  *,  D  ^;  3 p,  5  A-  n  «,  n  ^- 

34.  Their  original  sound  was  the  hard  one,  Z>,  g,  d,  k,  p,  t;  it  was 
indicated  by  a  point  called  Daghes-lene. 

35.  These  letters  receive  this  point  whenever  they  do  not  imme- 
diately follow  a  vowel-sound,  i.  e.,  a  vowel  or  vocal  Sewa. 

36.  This  lesson  has  two  new  letters :  tO  (t),  pronounced  like  Jl; 
and  1  (d). 

4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

Learn  in  the  "  Elements  of  Hebrew,"  the  following  sections : 

1.  §  12.  1,  and  Note,    Aspirates  and  Daghes-lene. 

2.  §  17.  1,  2,  Maqqeph  ;  long  vowel  shortened. 

3.  3  45.  1,  The  usual  form  of  the  Article. 

4.  Under  §  4.  1,  The  labials  :  D,  1,  0,  fl. 


This  letter  is  introduced  here,  in  order  to  complete  the  list. 


LESSON  4.  25 


5.    WORD-LESSON. 


(31)  f»3  &eft0eew  (34)  frO^  and-7ie-saw   (37) 

(32)  i\and  (35)      >3  to  (38) 


(33)       \y\  and-he-caused-    (36)  31D  good  (39) 

"  :  "   to-dividc 


Note.—  The  root  of     ID'l  is     "D  diwefe;  the  root  of  fcTM  is 
see/   D&y  =  either  name,  or  name-of. 


6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:  —  (1)  J-wcZ-saw?  6r0cZ  )(  the-heav- 
ens  and-}(  the-carth  and-}(  the-waters;  (2)  The-light  the-good  (=  the 
good  light);  (3)  Good  light  (in  Heb.,  /{^7^  good]  was  upon  the-carth; 
(4)  In-beginning  (was)  darkness;   God  created  light;  and-he-caused- 
to-divide  between  light  and-between  darkness;   (5)  God  gave  )(-H/ie- 
light;   (6)  He-gave  the-light  the-good  (=  the  good  light);   (7)  Name, 
the-name,  (the)  name-of  God;   (8)  Between  the-heavens  and-between 
the-carth;  (9)  He-took  (a)  #00cZ  ?iam^  (Heb.  order,  ?iawze  good). 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English:—  (1)  JltSn  "llNJl;  (2)  Dg'H 

;  (4)  D1DH  D^rtrt;  (5) 


3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters:—  (1)  Up5?,  (2)  Dg%  (3) 

(4)  ai^rr,  (5)  Dfi?3,  (6)  ^rn  (7)  p?,  (8)  jov 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  ben,  (2)  del,  (3)  ben,  (4) 
del,  (5)  tobh,  (6)  ho,  (7)  thohu,  (8)  'or,  (9)  bohu,  (10)  bhen,  (11)  dhel, 
(12)  khi. 

7.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY, 

(1)  Three  ways  of  writing  and.  (2)  Three  ways  of  writing  the.  (3) 
Maqqeph.  (4)  Gutturals.  (5)  Labials.  (6)  Daghes-lene.  (7)  Aspirates. 
(8)  Sign  of  feminine,  of  participle.  (9)  Open,  closed,  and  sharpened 
syllables.  (10)  Difference  between  o  and  6,  e  and  e.  (11)  -1,  (12) 
Plural  ending. 


26  LESSON  5. 


LESSON  V.-GENES1S  I.  5. 

7.    NOTES. 

29.  JOP'V- way-yiq-ra'— And-(he}-callcd,   I  26.  1,  2,  3: 

T|:  — 

a.  On  O,  see  18.  c;  on  *  see  18.  I]  way,  a  sharpened  syl. 

b.  p  (q),  a  new  consonant  pronounced  like  3  (k),  not  qu;  %  2.  4. 

c.  The  T~  under  p  is  silent, —  a  syllable-divider,  $  11.  1. 

d.  N^p!  lie-will-call;  tf*1p  lie-called,  cf.  N"O  lie-created. 

30.  TIN5?— Izfa-to-the-light,  §  28.  1,  2 : 

a.  *?  the  preposition  to,  with  — ,  the  vowel  of  article,  §  47.  4. 
fc.  1  is  6,  not  o  ;  it  is  from  a+w,  TJN  =  ^IJSt,  §  30.  7. 
c.  .Lz0/rf  =  7)K  ;    the-light  =  TJNil ;    to-tlie-liglit  =  (not 
*nlN^5  1*1  °f  the  article  being  dropped  out,  §  45.  R  3. 

T 

31.  D'V— yom— day;   6  (=  a+tc),  not  o;    for   DV  §  30.  7;  the 
combination  of  a-\-w  always  gives  6. 

32.  H^n'T] — wela-ho-sekh — and-to-tlie-darlcness  : 

a.  Four  words  :  (1)  1  and,  (2)  ^  to,  (3)  Jl  ^e,  (4)  Tj^'fl  darkness. 

b.  |1  of  article  elided  and  its  vowel  (a)  given  to  *?,  §  45.  R.  3. 

c.  First  sj7!.  (w'la)  is  unaccented  open,  but  with  a  short  vowel,  con- 
trary to  3  28.  1.    The  fact  is  D.  f.  is  understood  in  f"f,  which,  be- 
ing a  guttural,  cannot  receive  it,  §  14.  3.  N.  1. 

33.  tTjp— qa-ra'— lie-called,  I  55.  1.  2  : 

a.  This  is  the  simple  stem  or  root  of  the  verb. 

b.  fa  as  always  at  the  end  of  a  word,  is  quiescent,  3  43.  1,  a. 

c.  This  word  would  regularly  be  accented  on  the  ultima.    It  is 
{Op  here  because  of  the  ace.  syl.  ^  immediately  following. 

34.  rh^-^-T^— night,  §  24.  2,  and  N.  1 : 

a.  H  is  n°t  a  cons.,  but  used  merely  to  represent  the  prcc.  — ,  $  6. 1. 

b.  *  audits  Sewa  belong  to  the  second  syl.;  the  T~  is  initial,  I  10. 1. 

c.  Both  T'S  are  fo?ie-long  (a),  not  naturally  long  (a). 

35.  D'l^^'TV~wa-ychi+'e-rebh — and-(i\\Qve}-was-\r evening : 

a.  The  first  syl.  (wa)  is  unac.  and  ends  with  a  vowel,  but  it  is  not  a 
long  vowel ;  hence  it  is  not  an  open,  but  a  half-open  syl.;  there 


LESSON  5.  27 


should  be  a  D.  f.  in  \  but  it  has  been  lost,  §  26.  4  and  N.;  i  28.  4; 

b.  The  vertical  line  with  -=-  is  called  Methegh ;  it  is  a  secondary 
accent  written  upon  the  second  syl.  before  the  principal  accent, 
I  18.  1. 

c.  The  —  under  y  is  tone-long  e,1  not  short  e,  3  31.  2.  b. 

d.  The  unaccented  closed  syl.  rebh  has  a  short  vowel. 

36.  "irp"*i*TV- wa-yehi+bho-qer— and-(there}-was+morning: 

a.  On  the  half -open  syl.  and  on  Methegh  see  35.  a,  b. 

b.  On  the  connective  Maqqeph  represented  by  +,  \  17.  1. 

c.  The  —  is  o  (tone-long),  not  6  (naturally  long),  §  31.  4.  b. 

37.  1HN — 'e-hadh — one: 


I 

o.  The  —  is  tone-long  e,  (cf  .  35.  c),  not  short  e,  ?  33.  6. 
b.  The  *J  is  c?/i,  like  tli  in  £/ie,  not  tZ,  which  would  be  1. 


2.     TABLE  OF  WORDS  CONTAINING  LONG  VOWELS. 

1.  Words  with  tone-long  a  :  tf"O,  ff?'^  N^P'  Nip*,  etc. 

T  T  • 

2.  Words  with  tone-long  e  :  HK, 

3.  "Words  with  naturally  long  e  : 

4.  Words  with  tone-long  o  :  IP 

-I 

5.  Words  with  naturally  long  6  :  "fitf,  ^VtD,  D'V- 

6.  Words  with  tone-long  e  :  ^^  ('e-rebh),  IH^  ('e-hadh). 

R.  The  o  of  Ip^^l  and  of  D^rl^K  is  o,  not  o,  although  not 
written  V 

3.    OBSERVATIONS. 

37.  Tone-long  vowels  are  vowels  which  are  long  because  of  their 
proximity  to  the  tone  ;  i.  e.,  being  original^  short,  they  have  be- 
come long  through  the  influence  of  the  accent. 

i  This  vowel  is  a  difficult  one  to  understand;  keep  this  instance  in  mind; 
a  fuller  explanation  will  be  given  later.  It  is  pronounced  like  e,  in  men,  i.  e., 
a  trifle  longer  than  e  in  met, 


28  LESSON  5. 


38.  Naturally  long  vowels  are  vowels  which  are  long,  generally, 
because  of  the  contraction  of  two  distinct  elements,  e.  g.,  a-\-w  or 
a-{-u  —  6,  a-\~i  or  a-f- y  =  e. 

39.  Tone-long  vowels  are,  generally,  indicated  only  by  the  vowel- 
sign. 

40.  Naturally  long  vowels  are  generally,  but  not  always,  indi- 
cated by  a  vowel-sign  and  also  by  a  vowel-letter,  e.  g.,  o  is  — ,  but  6 
is  "j ;  e  is  ~,  but  e  is  * . 

41.  Tone-long  vowels,  if  the  tone  changes,  are  liable  to  change  ; 
but  naturally  long  vowels  are  unchangeable. 

42.  The  tone-long  e,  which  always  comes  from  a,  is  especially 
worthy  of  note. 

4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  I  8,  The  names  of  the  vowels. 

2.  W  45.  R  3;  47.  4,  The  article  after  a  preposition. 

3.  §  55.  1,  2,  The  root  of  a  verb. 

4.  §  58.  1,  2.  a  and  N.  1,  The  simple  verb-stem ;  its  name. 

5.  3  30.  (opening  words),  also  1  The  naturally  long  vowels, — (1)  their 
Notes  1  and  2  under  $  30.  j-  origin,    (2)  their  writing,    (3)   their 
7,  J  character. 

1  The  tone-long  vowels,— (1)  their  ori- 

6.  9,  31.  (opening  words),  also 

\  gin,  (2)  their  number,  (3)  their  writ- 
Note  1  under  4,  I         ,.*,,.     , 

J  ing,  (4)  their  character. 

5.    WORD-LESSON. 

(40)  in$  one  (43)  frOp^  and-he-caUed     (46)  1^  evening 

(41)  *\ri3  morning   (44)      3^>  he-sat,  dwelt       (47)   ^p  voice 

(42)  tiVday  (45)   rf?^  night  (48)  JOp  lie-called 
Note. — The  word  for  night  is  n^^,  but  in  the  middle  of  the 

verse  it  is  written  and  pronounced 


LESSON  6.  29 


6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  : — (1)  To-(fhe}-beginnmg-of  the- 
day  God  called  morning ;  to-(ihe)-beginning-of  tlie-night  God  called 
evening;  (2)  In-day  one  God  created  )(  the-light;   (3)  God  created  )( 
the-light  and-hc-called  to-the-light  day;   (4)  The  good  day  (Heb.,  tJie- 
day  the-good}',  (5)  (The)-name-o/  the-light  (is)  day,  and-(i\^Q)-namc- 
of  the-darkncss  (is)  night;   (6)  Heavens,  the-heavens,  to-the-heavens, 
in-the-heavens ;  (7)  Earth,  the-earth,  in-the-earth,  to-the-earth,  and-to- 
the-earth;   (8)  (The)-voice-of  God;    (9)  Day  and-night;   (10)   ^Ae- 

rSj  in-the-waters. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English :— (1)  ^pj;    (2)  1^;    (3) 

;  (4)  p«3;  (5)  D»0^7;  (6)  DT^;  (7)  TIN1?);  (8)  DVil  p5 

ji ;  (9)  D?pi^'3  bnfTj?  n^. 

3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters :— (1)  Vlp,  (2)  2g?>,  (3)  Q'V, 

(4)  -rn^,  (5)  ^j;,  (6)  ^x,  (7)  pg,  (8)  ^np. 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters:— (1)  lam,  (2)  lam,  (3)  lem,  (4) 
16m,  (5)  lorn,  (6)  lem,  (7)  lem,  (8)  yiq,  (9)  ben,  (10)  rebh,  (11)  yela. 

7.     TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Root.  (2)  Simple  verb-stem.  (3)  Names  of  vowel-signs. 
(4)  Article  after  a  preposition.  (5)  Naturally  long  vowels.  (6)  Tone- 
long  vowels.  (7)  The  vowel  e.  (8)  Gutturals  and  labials.  (9)  Daghes- 
lene.  (10)  Half-open  syllable. 


LESSON  VL-GENESIS  I.  6. 

7.    NOTES. 

38.  "IPNjI— way-yo'-mer— and-(\ie}-said  (see  N.  18) : 
«.   Syllables  :  (1)  sharpened,  (2)  open,  (3)  closed. 

I.  Vowels :  (1)  Pathah,  (2)  Holem,  (3)  S'ghol. 

c.    fr$,  though  a  letter,  has  here  no  consonantal  force  ;  hence  it  has 
no  S'wa  under  it ;  it  is  quiescent,  §  11.  2.  R. 

39.  D'rftK— "16-him—  God  (see  N.  3) : 


30  LESSON  6. 


a.  Only  two  syllables  :  (1)  open,  (2)  closed. 

6.  Vowels:  (1)  Holem,  (2)  Hireq;  Hateph-S'ghol  (^\  though  a 
vowel-sound,  is  only  a  half-vowel. 

c.  While  ~r  is  simple  S'wa,  ~^r  is  a  compound  S'wa,  §  9.  1,  2. 

d.  A  word  has  only  as  many  syllables  as  it  has/w/Z  vowels,  §  27.  1. 

40.  i^p^ — ra-qi(a)' — expanse;  cf.  FTH  spm'tf    (15) : 

a.   Syl's  :  (1)  open,  (2)  closed  ;  vowels  :  (1)  Qame§,  (2)  Hireq. 

6.  The  —  under  y  is  not  treated  as  a  vowel;  it  is  called  Pathah- 
furtive,  because  in  pronunciation  it  steals  in  before  its  conso- 
nant, cf .  fT|1  —  ru(a)h,  not  ru-ha.  Though  pronounced,  it  is  mere- 
ly a  transition-sound,  inserted  for  euphony,  $$  27.  1;  42.  2.  d. 

41.  "HlrO— b'thokh— in-midst-ofj  H  12.  1;  11.  2.  a: 

a.  %  has  Daghes-lene,  but  j"l  has  none. 

b.  The  only  full  vowel  is  *j  (=  6),  which  is  unchangeable. 

c.  This  word  means  in-midst-of,  not  in-midst. 

42.  D^n— ham-ma-yim— the-waters,  U  13.  1;  26.  3;  45.  1 : 

'  AT  ~ 

a.  The  —  in  last  syl.  (unac.  closed)  must  be  i,  not  i,  $  28.  2. 
Z>.   Here  —  (1)  indicates  that  the  second  syl.  is  accented,  and  also 
(2)  marks  the  end  of  the  clause,  §  24.  2. 

43.  'IT")— wi-hi— and-let-(ihere}-1)e  : 

a.  Let-(t\iere}-le  —  *H* ;  and  =  }  ;  but  W]  becomes  ^X  since  (1) 
when  two  S"was  stand  together  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  ~  is 
inserted  ;  and  (2)  —  (i)  under  *|  fol.  by  »  (iy)  =  i,  2  49.  N.  1;  cf. 
the  very  different  *i*T1  =  awc?-(there)-was  (21). 

6.   On  the  insertion  of  ~  see  $  37.  1. 

44.  ^"15? — mabh-dil — (&)-causing-to-divide,  or  dividing : 
a,  A  participle  (shown  by  £)  from  same  root  as  '^'l^l  ^^^> 
1.   Vowels  :  (1)  Pathah,  (2)  Hireq  ;  but  —  is  a  syllable-divider. 

c.    ^}  (preceded  by  — )  without,  ^  (preced.  by  ^)  w^VA  Daghes-lene. 

45.  D^D1?  D*0 — ma-yim  la-ma-yim — icaters  to-waters  : 

a.  Vowel  under  Q  in  first  word,  a ;  in  second,  a ;  because  the 
second  word  is  the  last  in  the  verse,  and  so  the  voice  rests  upon 


LESSON  6.  31 


it  and  lengthens  the  vowel.     Such  a  word  is  said  to  be  in  pause, 
I  38.  2. 

1.  The  prepositions  sometimes  take  a  tone-long  a,  instead  of  —, 
when  they  are  directly  before  the  accented  syllable,  $  47.  5. 

c.    D*U?  ===  to-waters;  not  to-the-waters,  which  would  be  D*£3 7  ; 

•  IT  T  _  ^  •  |T  - 

the  stroke  over  Q  marks  the  absence  of  Daghes-forteJ  16.  2. 

2.  WORDS   WITHOUT  POINTS  OR  VOWEL-SIGNS.    GEN.  /.  1—6. 


n        a 
rum      ma 
DV,  vr          i       pa 


inn  any  ^y         NT       aita 


5.    OBSERVATIONS. 

43.  This  verse  has  tiuenty-two   syllables,1  of  which  twelve  are 
closed,  ten  open  ;  of  the  closed,  two  are  sharpened. 

44.  This  verse  has  twenty-six  vowel-sounds :    twenty-two  full 
vowels,  three  S"was(two  simple,  one  compound),  one  Pathah-/wrft'£e. 

45.  This  verse  has  forty-four  letters,  of  which  nine  are  silent ;  of 
these  nine,  seven  are  \  one  1  and  one  frt 

46.  This  verse  has  two  silent  Sewas — syllable-dividers. 

47.  The  accent  -7^-  ('Athnah)  is  written  only  in  the  middle  of  a 
verse. 

48.  The  accent  —  (Silluq)  is  written  only  at  the  end  of  a  verse. 

4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  6.  1,  2, 3,  and  Notes  1—4,  The  Vowel-letters. 

2.  ?  14.  3,  and  Notes  1,  2,         Omission  of  D.  f.  from  gutturals. 

3.  §9.  1,  2,  Simple  and  Compound  S'wa. 

4.  1 11.  1,  2.  a,  and  Remark,    The  Syllable-divider. 


i  Let  the  student  count  the  syllables  and  thus  verify  this  statement. 


32  LESSON  7. 


5.     WORD-LESSON. 

(49)  ^H^D  dividing  (50)  D?     waters 


0.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:  —  (1)  Between  the-watcrs  and- 
between  the-waters;  (2)  Between  the-waters  to-the-waters;  (3)  Between 
waters  to-waters;    (4)   TFafcrs,  waters  (in  pause),  to-the-waters  (in 
pause),  to-waters  (in  pause)  ;   (5)  .Le£-(there)-&e,  a»c7-?e^-(there)-^e, 
a?iJ-(there)-w/a,s7  (6)  Expanse  and-spirit;  (7)  Expanse,  the-expanse, 
to-the-expanse. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English:—  (1)    Dl*3   TIN;   (2) 

;  (3)  TINT?  niD;  (4)    xn     -^  om  (5) 


3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters:—  (1)  Tj^'H,  (2)  T)]£,  (3) 

(4)  rln?,  (5)  ^30,  (6) 


4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters:—  (1)  'al,  (2)  ma-yim,  (3)  wi-hi, 
(4)  dal,  (5)  del,  (6)  del,  (7)  hadh,  (8)  dil. 

7.     TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(I)  Vowel-sounds  rep.  by  *.  (2)  Vowel-sounds  rep.  by  V  (3)  D.  f. 
rejected  from  gutturals.  (4)  D.  f.  implied.  (5)  Compound  S"wa.  (6) 
Syllable-divider.  (7)  Simple  verb-stem.  (8)  Gutturals  and  labials. 
(9)  Daghes-lene.  (10)  Half  -open  and  sharpened  syllables.  (12)  Natur- 
ally long  and  tone-long  vowels.  (13)  Maqqeph.  (14)  Quantity  of 
vowels  in  syllables. 


LESSON  VII.-GENESIS  I.  7,8. 

7.    NOTES. 

46.  fc^i^V-way-ya-'as— and-(he}-made  : 
a.  \tf  (s)  is  to  be  distinguished  from  $  (s),  \  2.  6. 
6.  The  O  is  the  same  as  in  ^Dtfl  (^  Nip4'!  (21),  frOI  (22). 

"•  -i  ~  T  I :    *  ~  ;  — 

c.  The  root  is  Ht^J^  he-made;   the  future  is  nb^J^i  of  which  a 
shortened  form  is  used  with  •  *| . 


LESSON  7.  33 


47.  j^pin~ha-ra-qi(a)' — the-expanse  : 

a.  The  ~  is'pathah-furtive,  cf.  HII  (ru(a)h);  see  40.  6. 

i.  The  article  is  .fl,  hence  the-expanse  should  be  J^pin  5  but  ^ 
rejects  D.  f.,  and  the  prec.  (short)  -=-  now  standing  in  an  open 
syllable  becomes  (long)  — ,  U  !*•  3;  3G.  2.  I;  28.  1. 

c.  The  secondary  accent  is  written  on  the  second  syllable  before 
the  tone,  §18.  1. 

d.  The  accent  -^-  above  p  and  y  marks  the  end  of  a  section  ;  it  is 
used  only  when  the  verse  has  three  sections,  $  24.  3. 

48.  1^— 'aser  (one  syllable)— which,  ^  9.  2 ;  27.  1: 

a.  The  —  is  the  compound  S'waof  the  A-class  (cf.  — ,  of  the  l-class): 
it  is  pronounced  like  a  in  hat,  but  much  more  hurriedly.     It  is 
only  a  7ta7/-vowel,  and  does  not  form  a  syllable. 

b.  The  Relative  pron.  does  not  vary  for  gender  or  number,  §  53.  1. 

49.  nnpp-mit-ta-hath- from-under  (for  fiflfi  |D),  §  *8.  1: 
a.  The  final  letter  (n)  of  fp  is  assimilated,  §  89.  1. 

I.  A  letter  thus  assimilated  is  represented  by  D.  f.,  §  39.  N. 

c.  The  point  in  f]  is  D.  f.,  because  it  follows  a  vowel,  I  13.  1. 

d.  In  this  case  the  point  is  also  Daghes-lene,  since  the  sound  doubled 
is  t,  not  th,  I  13.  2.  N.  1. 

50.  ^p^-la-ra-qKa)'-^-^^^^^^,  §  45.  R  3 : 

«•  y\!T\  expanse;   J^p^rT   the-expanse;    J^pl5?  to-the-expanse ; 

T.  I  *    T  |T  ""    I  *     T  |T 

J^pT^  and-to-the- expanse. 

5 1 .  ^J^O — nie-'al  — from-upon: 

a.  |Q  (from]  assimilates  its  final  consonant,  see  49.  a;  but 
&.  y  refuses  D.  f .,  and  ~  is  heightened  to  ",  I  48.  2. 

52.  f5~^1*\~~w^~yeh^~kh^n — and-(\i}-was-\-so: 

a.  —  with  —  is  Methegh,  second  syl.  before  tone,  §  18.  1. 

b.  —  with  -r-  is  Silluq,  marking  end  of  verse,  §  24.  1.  N. 

53.  D'EtP— sa-ma-yim— heavens,  cf.  D^t^'  of  v.  1: 

•  AT  T  • j-  T 

a.  There  is  -T  under  £,  instead  of  — ,  because  in  pause,  I  38.  2  j 
the  'Athnah  (— )  is,  next  to  Silluq  (—),  the  strongest  accent. 


34  LESSON  7. 


54.  ^V? — Se-ni — second:  TT  tone-long,  c,  not  e. 


2.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


rrrKS)1      niN7(5)         jo  w     7iK(3) 
(6)     rj^'rf?(5)     nnnp  (7)     DID  (4) 

(8)       IWrfttS)  'TtfDCn         D1M5) 


5.    OBSERVATIONS. 

49.  Pathah-/wr£it-e,  a  mere  transition-sound,  does  not  form  a  syl. 

50.  The  j"[  of  the  article  is  elided  after  the  preposition  ^  (also  ^J). 

51.  The  prep,  from  is  mm,  but  the  n  is  often  assimilated  and 
represented  by  D.  f.;  if  the  following  letter  refuses  D.  f.,  the  i  is 
heightened  to  e. 

52.  The  naturally  long  6,  generally  *j  in  Hebrew,  does  not  change. 

53.  Where  averse  has  two  sections,  the  end  of  \\\Q  first  is  marked 
by  T;  the  end  of  the  second  by  — .    If  the  verse  has  three  sections, 
the  end  of  the  third  is  marked  by  S'gholta  (-^-).     In  the  use  of  the 
accents,  we  commence  at  the  end  of  the  verse,  not  at  the  beginning. 

4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  $  45.  2,  3,  The  article  before  strong  and  weak  gutt'ls. 

2.  §  122.  1,  2.  c,  3 — 5,       Affixes  for  gender  and  number. 

3.  I  123.  (opening),  1,2,  The  absolute  and  construct  states. 

4.  3  24.  1 — 3,  The  three  most  important  accents. 

5.    WORD-LESSON. 

(52)  ntr'K  who,  which        (55)        fDso  (58)  ffrtp'  he-sent 

-.--•.  I  •  •  -    T 

(53)  '&%*}  and-hc-made     (56)        fp/rom  (59)     ^  second 

(54)  D'  sea  (57)  fttyy  he-made        (60) 


i  These  numerals  refer  to  the  verse  containing  the  word  cited. 


LESSON  8.  35 


6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :—  (1)  In-the-waters  which  God 
made;  (2)  God  (is)  in-the-heavcns  and-upon  the-earth;  (3)  The-waters 
(are)  in-the-sea;  (4)  The-earth  (is)  beneath  (in  Heb.,  from-under  to) 
the-sea;  (5)  (A)  second  day  ;*  (6)  Tlie-day  the-second^  (=the  second 
day);   (7)  God  sent  }(  the  light  and-}(  the-darkness  ;   (8)  From-\-the- 
heavens  to-the-earth;   (9)  Between  the-sea  and-between  the-earth;  (10) 
And-(\i)-was-\-so. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  pg1?  ^D  ;  (2)  J 

(3)  0*31;  (4)  o>3  -KJ>>*  oiarr;  (5)  ^nTiXHi  ( 

(7)  anrai  Sia  \w    ^rr-^  D^n-nx  ri7ti\  (9) 

'  -  •     -  -  - 


3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :—(l)(l',  (2)  p,  (3)  p,  (4) 
D»,  (5)  n^,  (6)  P3,  (7)  ^5,  (8)  ^{Jf,  (9)  ^Q. 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  ken,  (2)  ben,  (3)  'or,  (4) 
bo-hu,  (5)  mah,  (6)  <al,  (7)  'al,  (8)  'as,  (9)  me,  (10)  ben. 

7.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  three  important  accents.  (2)  The  article  before  guttur- 
als. (3)  The  prepositions  (^  and  3)  before  the  article.  (4)  The 
preposition  from.  (5)  Assimilation.  (6)  The  position  of  the  attrib- 
utive adjective.  (7)  The  vowels  e  and  e.  (8)  The  vowels  o  and  6. 
(9)  Secondary  accent.  (10)  Pathah-/«r^.  (11)  Labials.  (12)  D.  f  . 
in  an  aspirate.  (13)  Gutturals  and  D.  f.  (14)  Silluq  and  Methegh. 
(15)  Maqqeph. 


LESSON  VIII.-GENESIS  I.  9,  10. 

7.    NOTES. 

55.  *np* — yiq-qa-wu — Let-(or,  shatt)-be-coUected  : 
a.  The  '  indicates  the  future;  ]  is  the  plural-ending  of  verbs. 

i  The  adjective,  when  attributive,  follows  its  noun ;   and,  if  the  noun  is 
definite,  the  adjective  receives  the  article. 


36  LESSON  8. 


b.  The  D.  f.  in  p  is  for  an  assimilated  3,  which  is  the  characteristic 
of  a  passive  verb-stem  ;  the  a  under  p  is  euphonic. 

56.  D*DJl — ham-ma-yim — the-watcrs,  see  17 : 

a.  fo  has  — ,  not  T~  as  in  v.  2,  since  it  is  not  in  pause. 
1.  The  article,  written  regularly  with  a  and  D.  f.,  §  45.  1. 

57.  "7$ — 'eH — wwfo,  with  which  compare  *7  to. 

58.  D1pD — ma-qom— place  : 

a.  Tone-long  a,  but  naturally  long  6,  the  former  changeable,  the 

latter  unchangeable. 
1).  The  root  is  Dip  ;  D  is  a  prefix  often  used  in  noun-formation. 

59.  JlJOrO— wethe-ra-'e— and-(she)-shall-bc-seen  : 

:•    -r  I"  : 

a.  Five  letters,  of  which  the  root  can  have  but  three,  ?  55.  1 ;  *)  = 

and;  ft  (=  she)  is  a  prefix  of  the  future,  like  *,  which  =  he. 
&•  ftiOft  should  be  ftiOft  (with  the  same  D.  f.  and  a  which  are 

V      T|"  V      T    • 

in  1*)p*  (55)  above),  for  it  is  passive;  but  *J,  a  guttural,  refuses 
D.  f.,  and  i  under  j"J  is  heightened  to  e,  as  in  ^^D  ^^j  ^  ^'  ^- 

c.  Cf.  closely  the  following  forms  : — 

3  masc.  sg.  iTjp*  n^"J*  he-w ill-be  etc. 

3  fern.  sg.  rn.pn          fi^np  she-will-le  etc. 

3  masc.  pi.  ?|lp^  ^S^  ihey-will-le  etc. 

a7.  This  is  the  fourth  case  of  —  =  6"  (not  e),  cf.  MfifTllD  (16),  ^1# 
(35),  ir?J<  (37);  keep  these  in  mind. 

60.  nC£O*n— hay-yab-ba-sa— the-dry  (land) : 

T       T 

a.  Four  syllables, — two  sharpened,  two  open,  §  26.  1.  3. 

b.  Point  in  3  is  D.  f .,  yet  also  Daghes-lene,  I  13.  2,  and  N.  1. 

c.  The  final  ft  stands  for  the  prec.  a,  just  as  *  stands  for  i,  or  *)  for 
6  ;  cf.  D7f?$  and  Q1». 

61.  ft^^-lay-yab-ba-sa— to-the-dry  (land),  g  45.  R.  3. 

62.  p}N^—  e-reg— earth—  with  article,  pKft,  2  45.  R.  2- 
a.  anothe^  case  of  —  =  e  (59.  c?),  like  ^*)j;  "(35). 

63.  ft*)pD7?l~u-Pmiq-we — and-to-colltction-of : 


LESSON  8. 


37 


a.  And  is  here  written  *),  g  49.  2 ;  to  is  written,  as  usually,  *?. 

1).  The  root  is  HID,  whence  the  passive  future  3rd  plural  ^D*  (55). 

T|T  <  IT  • 

c.  The  £  is  the  pref.  used  in  noun-formation,  cf.  DlpD  (58.  b). 

d.  This  noun  (=  collection-of]  is  in  the  construct  state,  3  123.  2. 
64.  D'D* — yam-mim — seas  : 

a.  The  sing,  is  D*,  from  which  the  plural  differs  in  that  a  D.  f.  ap- 
pears in  £3,  and  the  changeable  a  is  shortened  to  a. 

&•  D*£D'  (=  yam-mim)  would  be  an  impossible  form,  ?  28.  2,  3; 
just  as,  on  the  other  hand,  Dip??  (—  ma-qom)  would  be  impos- 
sible, I  28.  1. 

2.    HEBREW-ENGLISH  WORD-REVIEW.*^ 


rw'KT 
nn43 


DW45 

~ 


inn47 
Dirui48 

r]in49 
nnn50 


nipo35 

DiP236 


n,  -n13 


28 


5.    ENGLISH-HEBREW  WORD-REVIEW. 


4Sabyss 
I5and 

12  created,  he 
^darkness 

^faces-of 

Wl£f/1/t                  L/liG 

50under 


*  Every  word  is  accented  on  the  ultima,  unless  the  sign  3-  indicates  that  it  is 
accented  on  the  penult. 

t  Omitting  the  prepositions  and  the  relative  pronoun  (in  all  eleven  words), 
those  that  remain  in  this  list,  together  with  their  related  grammatical  forms, 
occur  in  the  Bible  about  27000  times.  This  would  make  about  one  hundred  and 
thirty  pages,  or  about  one  tenth  of  the  entire  Old  Testament. 


38 


LESSON  8. 


^beginning 

^desolation 

^good 

i*8ay,hewil\ 

I  3  unto 

^between 

^divide,  he  will^heavens      2^seas             ^upon 

'^'brooding 

^dividing 

8in 

^second 

6which 

2Gcall,  he  10  ill 

20dnj  (land) 

Uight 

27sec,  he  will^was,  she 

^called,  he 

Dearth 

^midst-of 

5lseen,  let  be 

9  waste 

25collected}  let 

^evening 

^morning 

so50 

^waters 

be 

^expanse 

24make,  he 

^spirit-of 

7  (sign  of  ob- 

35collection-of 

will 

28that 

ject) 

4.    WORD-LESSON. 

(61)  "^unto  (65)     nipO  collection 

(62)  HKO*  dry  (land)  (66)     HIpD  collection-of 

(63)  Q^sea*  (67)    Sfoft  place 

(64)  !fl[3»  they-shall-be-collected  (68)        ^     she-shall-be-scen 

• 


5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  18.  1,  Methegh,  on  second  syllable  before  tone. 

2.  §  27.  1,  2,  3,  Syllabication. 

Review.—  fg  5;  G;  9;  11.  2.  a  and  Rem.;  12.  1;  13.  1;  14.  3  and 
N.  1,  2;  17.  1,  2;  24.  1—3;  26.  1—3;  28.  1,  2;  30.  (opening 
words),  7,  N.  1,  2  ;  31.  (opening  words),  4,  N.  1;  45.  1  and  Rem.  3, 
2,3;  47.  1,4,5;  49.  1,2;  55.1.2;  58.  1,2.  a  and  N.I;  122.  1, 
2.  c,  3-5  ;  123.  1,  2. 

Note.  —  The  stem  seen  in  JO^  $Op>  ^^'Oj  etc.,  is  the  simple 
active  verb-stem,  called  Qal,  §  58.  N.  1;  the  stem  seen  in  ^1p* 
and  MfcOn")  is  the  ordinary  passive-stem,  called  Niph'al  (cf  .  %,  61. 
1  with  2  75.  :R.  2). 

6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  In-the-place  which  (is) 
between  heaven(s)  and-betwcen  earth;  (2)  God  will-bc-seen  iipon-\- 
the-earth;  (3)  The-waters  ivill-be-seen  in-the-sea;  (4)  The-earth  (f.) 


LESSON  9.  39 


iDill-be-seen  beneath  (=  from-under  to]  the-Jieavens;  (5)  The-waters 
shall-be-coUectcd  unto-\-place  one;  (6)  In-ihe-waters  and-in-ihe-seas  ; 
(7)  The-collection;  (8)  (The)  collection-of  the-waters;  (9)  God  created 
)(  tlie-dry  (land)  and-}(  the-seas. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  {H^fT^  D'DH  YljT  i 

(2)  Dlp^l;  (3)  "fitful;  (4)  D"?^;  (5)  DipED1!;  (6)  D1pD1  ; 

(7)  t^xn  r?jn;.;  (8)  own  ^7.;  (9)  *?j?,  ^o,  ^51- 

3.  To  be  corrected  :-(!)  DIpDH,  (2)  J^1),  (3)  ^tfc  (4)  Dll^, 

(5)  'pwt,  (6)  nnn^,  (7)  D^^,  (8)  D^^'.' 

-  -i-     •  -fYr   - 

4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :—  (1)  Ty;,  (2)  p)^,  (3) 

run,  (4)  nn,  (5)  oiMi,  (6) 


7.    7"op/c<s  FO/?  STUDY. 

(1)  The  sign  of  masc.  sing,  future,  of  fern.  sing,  future,  of  masc. 
pi.  fut.  (2)  The  characteristic  of  the  passive-stGm.  (3)  A  use  of 
Methegh.  (4)  Final  ,1.  (5)  Use  of  £  in  formation  of  nouns.  (6) 
Various  forms  of  *)  conjunctive.  (7)  Words  with  the  vowel  e.  (8) 
The  words  for  sea  and  seas.  (9)  The  position  of  the  adjective  when 
attributive.  (10)  The  plural  affixes  of  nouns.  (11)  The  feminine 
affixes. 


LESSON  IX.-GENESIS  I.  11-13. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(18);  (2)  D7f?$  (3);  (3)  ptfJl  (7);  (4)^)$  (48); 
(5)      ->rn_  (52);  (6)  nnn(35);  (7)  nb-\T1  (36);  (8)  01>  (31). 


2.    NOTES. 

65.  N^Hll—  tUdh-se'—  (she)-shall-cause-to-spring-forth: 

a.  ]1,  as  in  HalOr)  (59),  —  she,  being  the  feminine  prefix. 

b.  The  T  under  "|  is  a  syllable-divider  and  silent,  §  11.  1. 

c.  "1,  £>',  and  ^  are  the  three  root-letters  ;  N£>'1,  cf. 


40  LESSON  9. 


d.  This  stem  is  neither  the  simple  nor  the  passive  verb-stem,  but  a 
causative  stem.  It  always  has  —  under  the  preformative,  i.  e., 
under  the  letter  which  is  prefixed  to  the  root  to  designate  person 
or  gender;  cf.  t?'TT5!  (25),  which  has  —  under  *,  and  means  he-shall 
cause-to-divide. 

66.  N£H— de-se—  grass,  cf.  the  preceding  root  tf£H  (65.  c): 
a.  ^  (preceded  by  p  =  d;  but  *"f  (preceded  by  — )  =  dh. 

I.  This  word,  like  jHJ*,  f\^  and  others,  has  e. 

67.  D^— 'e-sebh— herb:  ^  =  lh  =  v;  &  =  5,  not  s  (sh). 

68.  i^*")?? — maz-ri(a)' — causing -to-seed,  root  ^7*")?: 
a.  A  new  letter  f  2;;  Pathah-furtive  under  y. 

6.  A  participle,  as  shown  by  ft,  cf.  ^HJQ  (44),  ngPHp  (16). 
c.  A  causative  form,  as  shown  by  —  under  the  preformative. 

69.  yy — ze-ra' — seed, — from  the  root  y\f : 
a.  This  word,  like  ptf,  ^-W,  Nt^\  nas  e7 

I       VJV  V^IV  V    JV 

70.  Yy. — *®5 — tree-of;  '13 — pen— fruit. 

71.  H3  n^— 'o-sep  peri— malting  fruit: 

a.  The  6,  here  written  over  the  right  arm  of  jjf  (s),  is  naturally  long. 
6.  The  H— ,  like  that  in  HN^ri  is  e,  not  e. 

c.  The  point  in  Q  is  D.  f.,  because  preceded  by  a  full  vowel  (e);  it 
therefore  joins  the  two  words  together,  3  15.  3. 

d.  TVffy  accented  on  penult  because  closely  followed  by  a  mono- 
syllable, \  21.  1. 

6.  riiyy  is  a  participle  (although  without  fo)  from  TMy  he-made. 

72.  I^P5?— lemi-no— to-ldnd-his  : 

a.  The  prep,  'p,  the  noun  f*p,  and  the  suffix  1  (=  Ais). 

73.  vQ~1(inf— zar-'o+bho— seed-his+m-him  : 

a.  y"]f  seed,  but  l^t  his-seed,  the  —  being  silent. 

5.  *j  is  a  pronominal  suffix  meaning  his  or  Aim. 

c.  "ft  is  made  up  of  ^  the  prep,  in,  and  1  the  suffix  Aim. 

rf.  It  is  12  (bho)  not  13,  because  of  the  prec.  vowel-sound  1. 


LESSON  9.  41 


____  in-him;  this  is  the  idiom  for  in  which. 

74.  NyifVl  —  wat-to-ye"  —  and-($h.e}-caused-to-  go-forth  : 
a.  Waw  Conversive  O,  and  the  feminine  prefix  j")  (=  she). 

I).  The  1  is  a  contraction  of  *)_  (ato);  hence  N^lfl  is  for  N^lfl, 

which,  like  Nfc^"iri>  ^as  ~  under  the  pref.  and  is  causative. 
c.  The  root  is  fr$V*>  which  is  for  ^^\  he-went-forth. 

75.  irWD1?—  l£mi-ne-hu—  to-kind-his: 

a.  An  uncontracted  form,  with  same  meaning  as  l^p1?* 
I.  ^H  is  the  ^u^  form  of  suffix  meaning  his  or  him;  ~  may,  for 
convenience,  be  called  a  connecting  vowel. 

76.  W^—s'ti-si—  third:  cf  .  *>2$  second. 

3.  FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


^in  wh.  £\  =  she  and  •=•  under  ft  indie,  a  causative  idea. 

"      0  indie,  a  part,  and  Bunder  0      "  "  " 

"        i  =  Jte  and  Bunder    »      " 

"      n  =  «Ac  and  1  (=U)        " 

"      D  indie,  a  part,  and  —  under  0      "  " 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

54.  There  is  in  Hebrew  (1)  a  simple  verb-stem,  (2)  a  passive 
verb-stem,  and  also  (3)  a  causative  verb-stem. 

55.  The  characteristic  of  the  passive  stem  is  the  letter  j,  or  a  D. 
f.  in  the  first  radical  representing  j  assimilated. 

56.  The  causative  stem  may  be  known  by  the  —  which  always 
occurs  under  its  preformative  (*,  jl  or  £). 

57.  The  name  of  the  simple  stem  is  Qal,  of  the  passive  stem, 
Niph'al,  of  the  causative  stem,  Hiph'il. 

58.  The  letter  *  prefixed  to  verbal  forms  means  7ic,  the  letter  f] 
means  she,  while  Q  so  prefixed  indicates  a  participle.  [is  *j. 

59.  The  full  form  of  the  pron.  suf  .  3  m.  sg.  is  V"f,  the  short  form 


42  LESSON  9. 


5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  15  The  names  of  the  Hebrew  letters. 

2.  $  13.  2.  and  N.  1,       Daghes-forte  in  aspirates. 

3.  I  57.  1—3,  Inflection. 

&     WORD-LESSON. 

(69)  Nt^-J^rass         (73)      f'JD  kind,  species  (77) 

(70)  y-^seed          (74)      f  #  free  (78)  ^>^'  third 


(71)      Ntf>  Ae-toenf-    (75)  Ivy  herb  (79)  N£Hfi  (seeN.65) 

forth 

(76)  ftfcty  mofcmflr  (80)    K^ln  (seeN.73) 


7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:  —  (1)  To-the-tree  making  fruit 
(there  is)  seec?  according-to-its-Mnd;  (2)  T  he-seed  which-{-in-it  (=  in 
which)  (is)  /razY;  (3)  The-day  which-\-in-it  (is)  Zi'grA*;  (4)  The-earth 
shall-cause-to-  go-forth  )(  the-grass  and-}(   the-seed    and-}(  the-herb 
and-}(  the-tree;   (5)  The-day  the-third  (=  the  third  day)  ;   (6)  7Y<e- 

iV  (is)  in-the-seed,  and-the-seed  (is)  in-the-earth. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English  :-(D  tt  D?0  ^kX  D*CT;  (2) 

'i;  (5) 


3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :—  (1)  N^'"|]l,  (2)  K£>T,  (3) 

n$,  (4)  p^,  (5)  ^,  (6)  n^y. 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  ze-ra',  (2)  de-se',  (3) 
ru(a)h,  (4)  khen,  (5)  '6-se,  (6)  to-§e',  (7)  bho,  (8)  wa-yehi. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  characteristic  of  the  Niph'al  stem.  (2)  The  character- 
istic of  the  Hiph'il  stem.  (3)  The  origin  and  character  of  tone-long 
and  naturally  long  vowels.  (4)  The  sign  of  the  participle.  (5)  The 
3  sg.  masc.  pron.  suffix.  (6)  The  origin  of  *)  in  Nlflr)-  (7)  The 
character  of  —  in  n$y>  (8)  The  D.  f.  Conjunctive.  (9)  What  in- 
flection includes.  (10)  The  names  of  the  Hebrew  letters. 


LESSON  10.  43 


LESSON  X.-GENESIS  I.  14,  15. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1)  TT  (19);  (2)  D?D#n(5);  (3)f»3(26);  (4)D'V(31);  ( 

(34);  (G)p-7n_(52).  "" 

2.    NOTES. 

77.  rV")  JO — me'6-r6th — luminaries  : 

a.  Sing.,  ^)1JO  (like  D1p£D  place) ;  but  when  the  plur.  ending  6th 
is  added  the  tone  moves  one  syllable,  and  the  changeable  a  be- 
comes TI  $  125.  1.  a. 

1).  Both  6's  are  naturally  long,  tho'  written  defectively,  §  6.  4.  N.  2. 

c.  *Tifr$  =  light,  but  *")1X/tD  =  luminary;  on  this  use  of  £),  see  63.  c. 

78.  i^p^3 — bi-reqi(a)' — in-expanse-of : 

a.  Abs.  J^rn  (40);  const.  #W,  T  becoming  — ,  §  125.  3.  a. 
6.  Before  *\  the  prep.  ^  takes  —  instead  of  — ,  I  47.  2. 

c.  The  syl.  3  (bi)  is  not  a  closed  S3rl.;  nor  yet  an  open  one,  since  it 
has  a  short  vowel.    It  may  be  called  half -open,  \  20.  4. 

d.  The  S'wa  under  ")  is  called  medial,  H  10.  2 ;  2G.  4.  N. 

79.  t?**?T3ni? — leh^bh-dil — to-cause-to-divide  : 

a.  An  infinitive  ;  the  prefix  H  shows  it  to  be  causative  (Hiph'il). 

b.  D.  1.  in  *!  because  it  does  not  immediately  follow  a  vowel-sound. 

80.  ^iTl — weha-yu — and-they-sliall-be : 

T    : 

a.  n*n  =  he-was;  nrVH  =  she-was;  VpT  =  they-were. 

T  T  T  :  IT  T 

6.  But  *)  connects  this  with  what  precedes,  and  likewise  converts 
the  past  tense  into  a  future;  cf .  with  this  the  form  of  the  con- 
junction (-5)  which  converted  &  future  into  apast.  see  18. 

8 1 .  nhlK1?— le'6-thoth— for-signs: 

a.  Sing.  Hk  or  filK ;  plur.  fih'N,  by  the  addition  of  6th,  I  122.  3. 
?>.  Both  vowels  are  naturally  long  (6),  written  defectively. 

82.  Dnj^lp'pl— ti-lcm6-'adhim— and-for-seasons: 

a.  The  conjunction,  before  a  consonant  with  S'wa,,  is  written  }.  §49. 2. 


44  LESSON  10. 


b.  The  1  is  6,  not  o  ;  Methegh  is  written  before  comp.  S'wa,  3  18.  3. 

c.  y,  being  a  guttural,  takes  a  compound  Sewa,  $  42.  3. 
cZ.  The  noun  is  in  the  plur.  masc.,  as  shown  by  im. 

83.  D^P^I — u-leya-mim — and-for-days: 

a.  Another  case  of  \  instead  of  },  before  a  consonant  with  S'wa, 
see  82.  a. 

b.  This  is  an  irregular  plural  form  from  Q*)*  day. 

84.  D'JJt^l — wesa-nim — and-years: 

a.  A  masc.  plur.  ending  with  a  noun  (H^)  which  has  feminine  sg. 
ending,  1 122.  4.  N. 

85.  rnlXp'p — Ii-nic'6-r6th— far-luminaries: 

a.  All  that  was  said  in  78.  b,  c,  concerning  bi,  applies  to  li. 

b.  Here  the  first  6  is  written  yWty,  the  second  defectively,  I  6.  4.  N.  2. 

86.  TKfl'p — leha"-'ir — to-cause-to-sliine;  cf.  *")1K  light: 

a.  Another  causative  infinitive  (cf.  ^"TDD)1  w^^  "^  un(^er  •*!  instead 
of  — ,  because  it  is  in  an  open  syllable,  3  28.  1. 

3.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


n? 

H 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

60.  There  is  a  large  class  of  nouns  nearly  all  of  which  have  ~ 
(e)  under  the  first  letter  and  ~  (e)  or  ~  under  the  second.    These 
nouns  are  always  accented  upon  the  penult. 

61.  The  fern.  plur.  ending  is  6th,  the  masc.,  im. 

62.  The  distinction  between  initial  and  medial  Sewa  is  import- 
ant, see  \  10.  1,  2. 

63.  And  is  usually  written  %  but  before  labials  and  before  con- 
sonants with  Scwa  it  is  written  J|. 


LESSON  10.  45 


5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  I  47.  1,  2,  4,  5,  The  Inseparable  Prepositions. 

2.  I  49.  1,  2,          The  Waw  Conjunctive. 

3.  3  10.  1,  2,          Initial  and  Medial  S'wa. 

4.  §  7.  1—4,  Classification  of  Vowel-sounds. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

(81)  JTJN  *&»  (83)  *T)ND  luminary  (85) 

(82)  |TV  woow  (84)  -TtfiD  season  (86) 


7.    'EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  The-sign,  the-moon,  the 
sun,  the-year,  the-season;  (2)  The-sun  will-be-seen  in-the-heavens;  (3) 
Signs  and-luminaries  and-seasons  and-years;  (4)  The-sun  shall-be 
in-expanse-of  the-heavens;   (5)  For-seasons  and-for-luminaries;   (6) 
To-divide  between  tlie-day  and-betwcen  the-night;   (7)  ^eas  and-wa- 
ters;  (8)  Days  and-seas;  (9)  The-luminary,  the-luminaries. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  T^1?  ^D  D^X/?n  ; 

(2)  ^^n  niNa;  (3)  nrr  p3i  D?o^n  pi  ^3!1;:  (4) 

(«         ' 


3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :—  (1  )  |T)     (2)  1J71D,  (3) 

'      (4)  n\  (5)  D>  (6) 


4  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  ha-'ir,  (2)  '6-thoth,  (3) 
yom,  (4)  ya-mim,  (5)  bi-reqi(a)\ 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Change  of  —  to  —  .  (2)  Prepositions  3  and  *?  with  i.  (3) 
"VVaw  Conversive  with  the  past  tense.  (4)  Various  forms  of  the 
verb  JTJ1  lie-was.  (5)  ?|  and  \  (6)  DV  and  fil-  (7)  Difference 
between  T|7n5JT|  and  ^NJl-  (8)  Nouns  with  e.  (9)  Initial  and 
Medial  Sewa.  (10)  Classification  of  vowel-sounds  according  to  for- 
mation, quantity,  nature,  value. 


46  LESSON  11. 


LESSON  XL-GENESIS  I.  16-19. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

U)rhKD(77);   (2)  D'gn  (56);   (3)  DIpD  (58);  (4)  J^Tp  (78); 
(5)  TN'rf?  (86);  (6)  ^'fin  (28);  (7)  tfT)  (22);  (8)  *Op»1  (29). 

•    T    :  |  v    -i    -  :  T)  :  •  - 

2.    NOTES. 

87.  t^i^y — way-ya-'as — and-(he)-nuide)  see  46  : 

a.  Like  *H*  a  shortened  form  of  the  future,  root  HfeM^- 

•  :  T  ^V 

6.  Second  syllable,  being  accented  open,  lias  a  short  vowel. 

88.  *}$— sene— two-of;  cf.  0£)  faces-of: 

a.  The  construct  state  of  the  numeral  Q^t^,  of  which  Q* is  the 

dwaZendiDg,  ?U22.  5 ;  123.5. 

b.  The  word  has  but  one  syllable,  T~  being  only  a  half -vowel. 

89.  D^'ljin— hag-gedh6-lim— the-great  (ones) : 

a.  The  article  written  regularly  with  —  and  D.  f.,  2  45.  1. 

&.  An  adjective  in  the  plur.  (note  the  ending  Q* )  from  ^lljl- 

c.  The  -^-  is  6,  though  in  the  plural  form  written  defectively. 

d.  The  — ,  under  jj  in  the  sing.,  becomes  in  the  plural  T",  because  it 

is  no  longer  before  the  tone-syllable,  Q* having  been  added ; 

cf.  sg.  m.  ^m  but  sg.  f.  rfTlIf  pi.  m.  D^llf  pi.  f.  nftllf 
in  which,  by  the  addition  of  an  affix,  the  tone  is  changed.    This 
change  of  a  full  vowel  to  Sewa  is  called  volatilization,  §  36.  3.  b. 

90.  ^IJin    "TINS!! — ham-ma-'6r  hag-ga-dhol — ihe-luminary  the- 
great  (one) : 

a.  Both  words  have  a  tone-long  a,  and  a  naturally  long  6,  altho'  in 

the  adjective  the  6  is  written  defectively. 
6.  Both  words  have  the  article  in  its  usual  form. 

91.  n^t^'pp1?—  ^m^m~se-leth— -for-dominion-of : 

a.  Two  unaccented  closed  syllables,  one  accented  open. 

b.  *p  is  the  prep.;  Q,  the  formative  prefix,  cf.  58.  b;  j"|,  the  fern, 
ending  ;  the  root  being 


LESSON  11.  47 


92.  fbpH—  haq-qa-ton—  ike-small;  with  tone-long  o. 

93.  D^Dl^n—  hak-ko-kha-bhim—  ^e-stars  : 

a.  The  -f  under  3  is  Methegh,  §  18.  1;  under  3  it  is  Silluq. 
6.  Cf  .  3D13  star,  D^l^  sta™,  D^lDn  *Ae-*tar«. 

94.  |0*1~~  way-yit-ten—  and-(he}-gave  : 

a.  ffl*  he-will-give  is  the  Qal  Imperfect  (future)  from  Jjl^  he-gave. 
With  Waw  Conversive  (cf  .  18)  it  has  the  force  of  a  Perfect  (past). 

b.  The  D.  f.  in  ft  is  for  the  first  radical  J,  which  has  been  assim- 

ilated ;  cf.  nrrnp  for  nrrn  jp,  see  49,  2  39.  i. 

95.  DDK  —  'o-tham  —  }(-them:    the  pronominal  suffix    Q  _  with 
P^,  another  form  of  J"1K  and  "TllSt,  sign  of  def.  obj.,  §  51.  2. 

96.  ^P1?!—  wclim-sol—  and-to-rule  : 

a.  Conjunction  *)  ;  prep.  ^  with  —  ,  \  47.  2  ;  the  ~r  under  Q  silent. 

b.  An  infinitive  from  the  root  '^D,  cf.  91  ;  tone-long  o. 

97.  n1?^^  D  V2  —  bay-yom  u-bhal-la-yela  —  in-the-day  and-in-the- 
night,  §§T45.  4.  K.  3  ;  47.  4  ;  49.  2. 

98.  t?H5nJ71—  u-lahabh-dil—  and-to-cause-to-divide  : 

a.  !|,  §  49!  2";"1:;,  2  32.  3.  d;  ^H^n,  see  79. 

b.  The  root  is  ^"Tul  (pronounced  ba-dhal). 

99.  n^J—  r'bhi-'i—  /owr*A;  cf  .  ^ 


5.    ftfflMS  FO/?  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


—  tlie-luminaries  t7ie-great  =  the  great  luminaries. 

—  the-luminary  the-great  =  the  great  luminary. 

—  the-luminary  the-small  =  the  small  luminary. 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

64.  In  the  words  cited  above,  the  noun  stands  first,  the  adjective, 
Kecond. 

65.  The  noun  is  masculine,1  the  adjective  is  masculine. 

i  The  noun  TiXD  is  masculine,  although  in  the  plural  it  has  a  feminine  form. 


48  LESSON  11. 


66.  When  the  noun  is  sing.,  the  adjective  is  sing.;  when  the  noun 
is  plur.,  the  adjective  is  plur. 

67.  The  noun  has  the  article,  and  so  has  the  adjective. 

68.  The  following  is,  therefore,  the  rule  governing  the  position 
and  agreement  of  an  attributive  adjective  :     The  adjective,  when 
attributive,  follows  its  noun,  and  agrees  with  it  in  gender,  number 
and  definiteness. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  57.  Notes  1,  2,  Tenses  and  Moods. 

2.  I  58.  1,  2.  a,  and  Notes  1,  4,  The  Simple  Verb-stem,  Qal. 

3.  §  14.  1—3,  Omission  of  Daghes-forte. 

4.  I  11.  2.  a,  6,  S"wa  under  final  consonants. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

(87)  1^  to  shine         (89)         2313  star  (92)  *y*y\  fourth 

(88)  *7f]}  great  (90)   rf?&QQ  ruling         (93)  &}$  two 

(91) 


7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :—  (1)  77ze  0rea«  day;  (2)  /»  the 
great  day;  (3)  ^Lwrt7  in  the  great  day;  (4)  The  great  stars;  (5) 
small  star;  (6)  ?Vie  ^ooa7  God;  (7)  He-gave,  he-ruled;  (8)  GW 

)(  the-luminaries  for-(thz}-nding-of  the-day  and-for-(t*he}-ruling-of 
the-m'ght;  (9)  TVie  great  luminary  (is)  the-sun;  the  small  luminary,, 
the-moon;   (10)   The-sun  and+the-moon  (are)  iw-(the)-expawse-o/  Me- 
heavens;  (11)  (rod  will-give  )(  the-day. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English:—  (1)  ^H  TiNErrD^  H^i 

;  (3)  in^n^to^nT^'n  m^'rr;  (5)  ^ 
;  (6)  w'n  SiNsn  ;  (7)  ^trn  |b^nniNDn  ;  (8) 

;  do) 


LESSON  12.  49 


3.  To  be  written   in   English  letters:— (1)  ff|',    (2)   'W£\  (3) 
rt?K>'99,  (4)  M13»  (5)  Dritt  (6)  jrpn?,  (7)  1?^917)  (8)  rhXp, 
(9)01-77. 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :— (1)  y5m,  (2)  yom,  (3)  sekh, 
(4)  lekh,  (5)  'att,  (6)  talt,  (7)  yest,  (8)  wa-y'hi,  (9)  ha-'6r. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Affixes  of  the  feminine.  (2)  Affixes  of  the  masculine  plural 
and  dual,  in  absolute  and  construct.  (3)  Change  of  —  to  —.  (4) 
The  construction  of  the  attributive  adjective.  (5)  Methegh  and 
Silluq.  (6)  Assimilation  of  }.  (7)  The  infinitive  of  the  root  ^ttf  Q. 
(8)  The  conjunction  *)  before  a  labial.  (9)  The  ordinals  meaning 
second,  third,  fourth.  (10)  Tenses  and  moods  in  Hebrew.  (11)  The 
form  of  the  simple  verb-stem  (Qal).  (12)  Omission  of  Daghes-forte. 
(13)  Sewa  under  final  consonants. 


LESSON  XII.-GENESIS  I.  20,  21. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1)  D'pn  (17) ;  (2)  pgH  (7) ;  (3)  pp)  (40) ;  (4)  D^il  (89) ; 
(5)  lt^'8  (48) ;  (6)  VJjtifr  (75) ;  (7)  jng  (22). 

2.    NOTES. 

100.  I^P^— yis-r'gu— (they)  shall-swarm: 

a.  Qal  Imperfect  (or  future1)  3  pers.  plur.  masc.  from  t^J^  he- 
swarmed;  T^h^  he-will-swarm;  ^1^  they-will-swarm. 

b.  Two  Sewas — first,  a  syllable-divider  and  silent,  second,  a  half- 
vowel  and  vocal,  §  11.  N.  1,  2. 

c.  The  Imperfect  tense  represents  an  action  as  unfinished,  incom- 
plete, whether  in  past,  present  or  future  time. 


i  The  terra  Imperfect  will  hereafter  be  used  instead  of  future,  since  it  more 
nearly  describes  the  tense  in  question. 


50  LESSON  12. 


101.  Y*y$~~ se-re§— swarm,  or,  collectively,  swarms: 

a.  Like  D"U?»  P*!&  ^C?'?.'  J^lt >  these  nouns  have  but  one  essen- 
tial vowel,  viz.,  the  first,  since  the  second  is  inserted  merely  for 
euphony.    They  are  called  SegJiolates. 

b.  The  essential  vowel  in  all  these  cases  was  originally  — ,  which 
has  been  heightened  under  the  tone  to  e,  I  106.  1  and  N.  2. 

102.  t£f'$3 — ne-phes — soul-of:  Another  Segholate,  of  which  the 
primary  form  was  t^'£)J  5  cf .  the  primary  form  of  J^lt,  viz.,  JT"]?, 
which  appears  before  the  suffix  in  1^*]f,  see  73. 

103.  f"Pn — hay-ya — life:  Feminine,  as  shown  by  j"f . 

104.  t\\y\ — Woph — and-fowl : 

a.  The  Waw  Conjunctive  pointed  regularly  with  Sewa. 

b.  A  case  of  naturally  long  6  ;  the  .final  form  of  f]  (Pe). 

105.  f|$W— ye'6-pheph— (he)  shall-fly : 

a.  An  Imperfect  (or  future)  from  the  root  tt\y  to-fly. 

b.  Unchangeable  6  ;  both  £j's  aspirated. 

106.  N^D^— way-yibh-ra'— and-(he)-created : 

T  ;  *  ~~ 

a.  ^m\y>  he-will-create,  but  with  •  5  the  force  of  the  tense  is  changed. 

b.  Compare  (1)  frO£  and  lOp?1  with  (2)  jna  and  N*O'T 

107.  D^|nn — hat-tan-ni-nim — the-sea-monsters  : 

a.  Points  in  Jl  and  Jj  are  D.  f.,  because  preceded  by  vowels. 

b.  The  —  under  3  is  i  written  defectively,  I  6.  3.  N.  and  4  N.  2. 

c.  (1)  Article  -fj,  (2)  noun  f^p,  (3)  plural  ending  D'_- 

108.  t^'5^^3— kol+ne-phes— every-}- soul-of : 

a.  "^3  is  an  unaccented  closed  syllable,  for  the  word  before  Maq- 
qeph  always  loses  its  accent,  %  17.  1,  2. 

b.  An  unaccented  closed  syllable  must  have  a  short  vowel,  $  28.  2 ; 
but  is  —  a  short  vowel  ?  It  is.  In  this  word  we  have  for  the  first 
time  o,  or  Qame§-hatuph,  which  is  represented  by  the  same  sign 
(~)  as  long  a,  $  5.  5. 

109.  n^lin— ha-hay-ya— ^-??/e:   The  article  with  its  D.  f.  im- 
plied, \  45.  2;  Methegh,  second  syllable  before  tone,  §  18.  1. 


LESSON  12.  51 


110.  nt^P^n  —  ha-ro-me-seth  —  thc-(one)-creeping  : 

a.  The  article  with  D.  f.  rejected  and  —  heightened  to  —  ,  §  45.  3. 
1).  A  participle  (although  without  Q)  fern,  (j"|)  sg.  from  \&12T\. 
c.  Observe  that  the  —  is  6,  not  6,  although  defectively  written. 

111.  ^iVK^  —  sa-re£u  —  (they)  swarmed  : 

a.  He-swarmed  Y^ttf,  they-swarmed  ^""^  ';  cf.  T**"!^  he-will-swarm, 
!|¥*Jt5^  they-will-swarm  ;   and  so  JO^)  he-created,   ^IfcO^  they- 
created;  JOp  he-called,  ^N^p  they  -called  ;  |H^  he-gave, 
they  -gave. 

1}.  Qal  Perf.  3  m.  pi.,  as  shown  by  the  ending  }. 

112.  Diiyp1?—  lemi-ne-hem—  to-ldnds-their  : 

a.  DH  is  pron.  suf  .  3  m.  pi.,  as  used  with  plur.  nouns,  ?  51.  1.  b  and  d. 
1).  —  (=  e)  is  a  defective  writing  for  *  _  ,  the  plur.  const,  ending. 

113.  £"pD~  ka-naph—  wing  : 

a.  The  first  —  is  a,  because  before  the  tone  :  the  second  is  a  because 
under  the  tone,  §  31.  1.  a.  (1),  c. 

b.  Const,  sing,  would  be  Cl^3  ;  dual  would  be 

- 


3.  FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


Mijrnp 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

69.  The  Imperfect  Qal  has  as  a  preformative  in  the  3d  masc. 
the  letter  *,  written  with  i. 

70.  In  forming  the  plural  of  the  Qal  perf.,  the  vowel  of  the  sec- 
ond radical  becomes  ~r. 

71.  Upon  the  addition  of  ]  in  the  Impf.,  as  well  as  in  the  Perf.. 
the  vowel  of  the  second  radical  becomes  T  (half-vowel). 


52  LESSON  12. 


72.  The  feminine  ending  Jl  is  often  preceded  by  an  unaccented 
—,  inserted  for  euphony. 

73.  The  article  is  -  ft  ;  while  fT  (also  J"f)  takes  the  D.  f.  by  impli- 
cation, *)  (also  y  and  tf)  entirely  rejects  it. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  50.  1,  The  regular  forms  of  the  Personal  Pronoun. 

2.  3  50.  2,  3,  Pausal  forms  and  Remarks  (to  be  read  only}. 

3.  \  122.  2.  &,  The  fern,  ending  j"l  attached  to  a  stem  by  means  of—. 

4.  §  122.  2.  c,  The  fern,  ending  fi  changed  to  n_. 

T 

0.    WORD-LESSON. 

(94)  n*H  fe/e  (97)  tJ>£tf  *owZ  (100) 

(95)  -*?3  a?Z,  every       (98)  f]^'  to-/y  (101) 

(96)  F5  wing  (99)  tl^  fowl  (102)      p    sea-monster 


7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  The-waters  swarmed  ;  (2) 
The-waters  shall-swarm;  (3)  G^orZ  created  )(  the-earth,  and-he-creatcd 
)(  the-heavens;  (4)  -4«c?-saw  6r0<^  )(  all-\-wMch  he-had-created,  and~ 
(\i}-was-\-good;  (5)  /  (am)  God  who  created  )(  the-liglit;  (6)  Thou 
(art)  in-the-heavens  and-I  (am)  upon-\-the-eartli;  (7)  TTe  (are)  great; 
(8)  77*01*  (m.)  (art)  small;  (9)  77iow  (f  .)  (art)  good;  (10)  Te  (are)  (the) 
light-of  the-earth. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English:—  (1)  tfjftj  ^K;    (2) 

;  (3)  DW'H  D^'T?;  (4)  01*  ^IN1?  ^"IfJ;  (5)  D 
(6)  VS$rn$  D^H^  N^a;  (7)p^»mj^;  (8) 

;  (9)  b?D3  ^JT  on. 

3To  te  written  in  English  Letters:—  (1)  pt£>,  (2)  -*?3,  (3) 

(4)  tr'51  (5)  i^'oi  (6)  p^n. 

4.  To  be,  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  kol,  (2)  kol+,  (3)  k'na- 
pha-yim,  (4)  'a-no-khi,  (5)  'att,  (6)  'at-tem,  (7)  nah-nu. 


LESSON  13.  53 


8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Force  of  the  Imperfect.  (2)  Segholates.  (3)  The  vowel  e*,  as 
derived  from  ~.  (4)  The  vowel  6.  (5)  The  various  ways  of  writing 
the  article.  (6)  The  plural  (masc.)  of  verbal  forms.  (7)  The  dual- 
ending.  (8)  The  fern,  ending  j"|»  (9)  The  forms  of  the  Personal 
Pronoun.  (10)  The  simple  verb-stem.  (11)  The  Passive.  (12)  The 
Causative. 


LESSON  XML-GENESIS  I.  22-25. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 


(1)  D'Oil  (42)  ;  (2)  npN*l  (18)  ;  (3)  Wf\fl]  (74)  ;  (4) 
(102,  103);T5)  tyjn  (46);'  (Q)^3  (108). 


2.    NOTES. 

i  14.  rpin-wa-y'bha-rekh—  and-(\&}-llessed: 
a.  Root  is  Tn^j  *  being  sign  of  Impf.,  and  1  the  conjunction. 
1.  D.  f  .  of  •  1  omitted  from  >,  which  has  only  a  Sewa,  g  14.  2. 

c.  The  final  7|  has,  as  always,  a  S'wa,  g  11.  2.  a. 

d.  The  syllable  ^  is  7ia?/-open,  not  open,  §  26.  4. 

e.  This  stem  is  not  at  all  like  either  (1)  the  simple  verb-stem,  as 
seen  in  KliT,  or  (2)  the  passive-stem,  as  seen  in  !flp*  or  (3)  the 

r  }'•    '  f  ,  IT  • 

causative-stem,  as  seen  in  7*13*,  7**135»    I*  is  a  new  stem,  viz., 
the  intensive.    The  form  would  regularly  be  tHD**  but  *1  rejects 
the  D.  f.,  and  the  preceding  •=•  becomes  —  ,  while,  by  a  change  of 
tone,  —  is  shortened  to  —  ;  cf.  HK,  but  -fttf  (23). 
/.   The  characteristic  of  the  intensive-stem  is  Daghes-forte  in  the 

second  radical,  not,  as  in  ^p*  (55),  in  the  first. 
115.  *""iDX7  —  l£'-mor  —  to-say,  generally  translated  saying  : 

a.  Inf.  const,  of  1?^  say  is  ^0^  5  cf.  ^'q  (96)  from  ^^ 

b.  Before  '^,  the  prep.  ^  takes  ^  ,  giving  "ift^,  2  47.  3. 

c.  N  being  weak,  —  and  —  are  allowed  to  contract,  and  give  e. 


54  LESSON  13. 


116.  113 — Pcru — be-ye-fruitful :  A  Qal  Imperative  plural. 

117.  1HH — u-rebhu — and-multiply-ye :  Qal  Imperative  plur.  with 
Waw  Conjunctive,  here  }  before  a  consonant  with  S'wa,  §  49.  2. 

118.  ^^Pl-u-mi-p'u— and-fill-ye  : 

a.  Waw  Conjunctive  before  a  labial  is  written  ?|,  $  49.  2. 

b.  S'wa  is  medial,  the  syllable  p  half-open,  g§  10.  2  ;  26.  4.  N. 

c.  Qal  Imperative  plural  of  N^Oi  1  indicating  the  plural. 

119.  D*P*3 — bay-yam-mim — in-the-seas : 

a.  Q*  sea,  D*£D*  seas,  Q*£^n  the-seas,  D*£D'^)  in-the-seas. 

b.  Cf.  Dl>  <*ay,  D'P>  days,  D^P^H  the-days,  D^P^l  in-the-days. 

120.  fliyni— weha-'6ph— and-ihe-fowl,  \l  49.  1 ;  45.  3. 

121.  2*")* — yi-rebh — let-(him}-multiply  : 

a.  Qal  Impf.,  shortened  form,  from  same  root  as  ^O")  (117). 

Z>.  *  is  the  pref.  of  the  Impf.;  *")  and  ^,  radicals  ;  third  radical  lost. 

122.  ^pn-hami-si-^A,  I  9.  2. 

123.  ^5?ln — td-§e' — Lct-(hcT)-causc-to-go-forth: ' 

a.  1  (6)  is  contracted  from  1__ ;  ^VlJl  is  like  K^lll  (65). 

6.  Hiph'il  Impf.  3  fern.  sg.  from  the  root  tf^>  lie-weut-fortli. 
i  24.  H^P1?— lemi-nah— to-kind-her: 

a.  <7  ?o;  pp  ifc/ftrf,  H_  her;  cf.  ^p1?,  1^0*?. 

t.  The  point  in  J^  is  neither  D.  f.  nor  D.  1.;  it  is  inserted  to  show 
that  n  has  a  consonantal  force  and  is  not  silent,  for  j""f  at  the  end 
of  a  word  is  always  silent  unless  it  has  this  point,  called  Mappiq, 
2  16.  1. 

125.  nDrT5-behe-ma— cattle  : 

a.  il,  having  no  Mappiq,  is  silent ;  the  noun  is  fern.,  3  122.  2.  c. 

126.  t^P*11 — wa-re-mes—  and-creepcr: 

a.  Waw  Conj.  before  the  tone-syl.  receives  ^r,  2  49.  4;  cf.  1(1^*1  (11). 
^-  t^O*!  is  a  Segholate  noun  from  the  same  root  as  ni^*0"l  (HO). 

V  J'.-  V    -IV 

127.  ri^'lr)^n^— weha-yetho+'e-re9— u/z^-6eas^o/+(th 

°"  il*n  (absolute)  =  Z//e  or  beast;  j"Vfl  is  construct,  ^  123.  2,  4. 


LESSON  13.  55 


?>.  *j  is  really  an  old  nominative  case-ending,  now  obsolete,  §  121. 1.  a. 
c-  IrVH  is  for  irVTT,  but  -=-  under  *  has  become  T  and  D.  f .  in  *  is 
dropped. 

128.  fVn — hay-yath — beast-of:  with  the  same  meaning  as  the 
preceding  archaic  form  'jj'Vn  i  here  D.  f .  remains. 

129.  nOINn — ha-'adha-ma — the-ground  : 

a.  The  article  before  a  weak  guttural  has  ~,  §  45.  3. 

I.  The  vowel  before  a  compound  Sewa  always  has  Methegh,  \  18.  3. 

c.  J$,  a  guttural,  takes  compound  rather  than  simple  Sewa,  $9.  2. 

d.  n,  having  no  Mappiq  (§  16.  1),  is  silent;  the  word  is  feminine, 
§  122.  2.  c. 

8.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


for  nDkXj?         rrn 

/or  N5fln         jrn         i:n 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

74.  Contractions  are  common  ;  thus  ~  fol.  by  —  becomes  e ;  *)  _ 
(aw)  becomes  6  ;  j"f_  (a-ha)  becomes  H (ah).   The  result  is  always 

T    -IT  T 

a  naturally  long  vowel. 

75.  The  original  fern,  ending,  including  the  ending  of  the  noun- 
stem,  was  ]")_>  which  is  retained  in  the  construct,  but  in  the  abso- 
lute the  j")  is  lost  and  the  preceding  ~  heightened  to  — . 

76.  There  are  remnants  of  ancient  case-endings  ;  the  nominative 
had  as  its  sign  «,  cf.  6  in  IjVn. 

77.  The  Imperative  has  only  a  second  person. 

78.  Before  a  tone-syllable  Waw  Conjunctive  and  the  inseparable 
prepositions  may  take  a  tone-long  — . 


56  LESSON  13. 


5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  51.  1.  a  —  d,    Pronominal  Suffixes,  —  separate  forms. 

2.  I  51.  2,  Pronominal  Suffixes  with  jltf. 

3.  I  42.  1—  3l        The  Peculiarities  of  Gutturals. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

(103)  Jlp"lX:  ground  (107)   TTfo  Jie-was-fruitful 

(104)  rrsro  cattu  uos)  n:n 

T      "      :  T     T 

(105)  T[")5  he-Uessed  (109)  jpjj'l 

(106)  N^D  Ae-///ed 

7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:  —  (1)  God  created  )(-them;  (2) 
He-said  to-the-sea-monsters,  Fill-ye  )(-\-the-seas;  (3)  The-fowl  multi- 
plied upon+the-earth;   (4)  The-day  the-fifth;   (5)  (The)  beast-of  the- 
earth  was  upon-\-the-ground;   (6)  To-kind-his,  and-to-kind-her,  and- 
to-kinds-their  ;  (7)  His-day,  my-day,  her-day;  (8)  ^oc?  mac?e  )(+^7te- 
creeperupon-\-the-ground;  (9)  The-cattle  the-good  (f.);  (10)  The  good 
beast;  (11)  And-saw  God  all-\-that  hc-had-created,  and-(ii}-was-}- 
good;  (12)  The-waters  (are)  in-the-seas  and-upon-\-the-earth. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English:—  (1)  ^)$W  ^l^rr1);  (2) 

;  (3)  - 


3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :—  (1)  KQ,   (2)  PO1,   (3) 

^  (4)  nona  (5)  rwp1?,  (6)  -iDx1?,  (7)  Km 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  kol,  (2)  kol+,  (3)  ben, 
(4)  ben,   (5)  ben+,   (6)  re-mes,   (7)  ha-y'tho,   (8)  bay-yain-nnm,  (9) 
'aser,  (10)  rekh,  (11)  bha-rekh. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  Intensive-stem.    (2)  Omission  of  D.  f.    (3)  Inf.  const. 


i  Learn  only  the  general  statement,  not  the  sub-sections  marked  a,  &,  c,  etc. 


LESSON  14.  57 


of  "1DK  with  prep.  *?.  (4)  Difference  between  the  words  for  sea, 
seas  and  day,  days.  (5)  The  ordinals  2d  to  5th.  (6)  Pron.  suf.  of  3d 
pers.  fern.  (7)  Nominative  case-ending.  (8)  Mappiq.  (9)  Relation 
between  the  fern,  affixes  j"f_  and  fl_.  (10)  Pronominal  suffixes,  — 
separate  forms.  (11)  Pronominal  suffixes  with  Jltf.  (12)  Peculiar- 
ities of  gutturals. 


LESSON  XIV.-GENESIS  I.  26-28. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(i)  t]ijn:  (104);  (2)  nong  (125);  o)  tr^rn  U26);  (4) 

(106);  (5)  DHK(95);  (6)^*1(114);  (7)^(116);  (8) 

(9)  wfyiy\  (iis);  do)  rrn(io3);  (ID  niraHn  (n°)- 

2.     NOTES. 

130.  nfe^JW  —  na-'ase  —  We-w  ill-make,  or,  let-us-make: 

a.  Of  these  four  letters  only  £/<ree  can  be  radicals;  the  root  is  flt^l^ 
5.  The  J,  from  pronoun  fttf  we,  indicates  1  p.  pi.,  we,  just  as  *  in- 
dicates 3  m.  sg.,  he,  and  jTj,  3  fern,  sg.,  she. 

c.  The  guttural  y  takes  compound  S"wa,  §  9.  2. 

6/.  Methegh,  as  always,  before  a  compound  Sewa,  ?  18.  3. 
e.  The  vowel  |*1  _  is  e  ;  cf  .  same  vowel  in  n$Orn  (59). 

131.  DTK  —  'a-dham  —  man:  both  vowels  changeable. 

132.  ^ffit£'2~~he<}&[-me-ii\L—in-image-our  : 

a.  Prep.i3;  noun  p1?^;  connecting-vowel  ~;  suffix  ^. 
TJ.  The  accent  T"  is  disjunctive,  separating  the  word  from  what 
follows. 

133.  ^niDHD  —  ki-dhemu-the-nu  —  according-to-likeness-our  : 
a.  3  has  D.  1.  because  of  preceding  disjunctive  accent,  §  12.  3. 

Z>.  The  syllable  5  is  half-open,  and  the  Sewa  is  medial,  §  26.  4.  N. 
c    The  noun  is  filO1^  the  suf.  and  connecting-vowel  being  ft    . 

d.  The  vowel  —  under  3  is  according  to  \  47.  2. 

134.  ^TTI  —  w'yir-du  —  and-they-shall-liave-dominion  : 


58  LESSON  14. 


a.  1  =  and;  *  indicates  Impf.  (future);  },  plural;  radicals,  ^  and  *]. 

1 35.  n^l3-bhi-dh<ghath-iV.M-q/: 

0.  Four  aspirates,  each  preceded  by  a  vowel-sound,  all  aspirated. 

1.  The  stroke  over  5  is  Haphe,  \  16.  2. 

c.  Prep.,  before  a  consonant  with  Sewa,  takes  — ,  2  47.  2. 
eZ.  The  syl.  bhi  is  half-open,  and  the  ~r  medial,  cf .  133.  I. 
e.  Noun  in  abs.,  flTT ;  in  const.,  fij1!,  §  122.  2.  a.  (3). 

136.  {^D*")n    t^Din  —  ha-re-mes    ha-ro-mes  —  tlie-creepcr.    the- 

\  T  V  JY  T 

creeping:  the  noun  and  the  participle,  both  with  article. 

137.  ib'PV? — b'gal-mo — in-image-his: 

a.  3  m;  J?^  sce  132-  ">'  1  7"*>  as  in  ^'P*?  (^  IJT)!  (73)- 
6.  The  accent  over  Q  is  disjunctive,  cf.  T  (132.  b}. 

138.  tijy^—k'qe-lem—in-image-of: 

a.  3  has  I).  1.  because  of  preceding  disjunctive  accent,  \  12.  3. 

b.  This  is  the  usual  form  of  the  noun,  but  D1?^  (^^-  a)  ig  the  pn- 
mary  form,  to  which  suffixes  are  attached.     Cf.  JTlt,  but  1 
(73);  and  so  pK,  but  1^1^,  ^,  but  1^,  ^£U'but 

etc.,  §  125.  4.  a,\ 

139.  ini<— '6-tho— X-7HWI,  |  51.  2. 

140.  HDp^  1^? — za-khar  u-neqe-bha— male  and-female: 

a.  *l^t  is  a  noun  like  D1K5  with  two  tone-long  vowels  which  were 
originally  short,  3  107.  1.  a. 

b.  Waw  Conj.,  before  a  consonant  with  Sewa,  is  1,  §  49.  2. 

c.  The  ending  ff ig  the  feminine  affix,  3  122.  2.  c. 

141.  Off?— la-hem— to-them,  \l  47.  5;  51.  3.  b  and  N. 

142.  n&$O?1 — w'khi-bhesu-ha — and-subdue-ye-her  : 

a.  1  and;^y^  for  ^p  [cf.  JJ^Q  (118)]  subdue-ye;  ft  her;  the 
root  being  t£^3. 

-    T 

&.  —  is  usually  ii,  but  here  a  defective  writing  for  }  (u),  the  sign  of 

the  plural ;  ii  is  sounded  as  u  in  put,  but  u  as  oo  in  tool. 
(f 

143.  'I'YTl — u-redhu — and-have-ye-dominion : 

a.  On  }  see  ^  49.  2 ;  the  accent  — -  over  "|  is  disjunctive. 


LESSON  14.  59 


144.  n^3-bi-dheghath-m-/^-o/;  cf.  f\F#  (135): 
a.  ^)  has  D.  1.,  because  of  preceding  disjunctive  accent,  §  12.  3: 

3.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


tJTH 

DDK  Nfffltt          nro 

'-jv    ;                   ;~;                                 I    ~                         T  _i'*:~;                                        .    I  " 

wia  nSi      UD1?^    on1? 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

79.  When  a  disjunctive  accent  stands  between  an  aspirate  and 
the  preceding  vowel,  the  aspirate  does  not  immediately  follow  the 
vowel,  and  hence  takes  Daghes-lene. 

80.  Segholates  before  suffixes  take  what  is  called  their  primary 
form,  i.  e.,  the  original  form  of  the  noun,  which  had  but  one  vowel, 
that  vowel  standing  under  the  first  radical. 

81.  The  suffix  meaning  him  is  *j,  them  QH  or  Q. 

82.  The  personal  pre-fix  1  p.  pi.  meaning  we  is  the  letter  ^ ;  the 
pronominal  suf-fix  our  is  ^  ;  her  is  ft. 

83.  The  half-open  syllable  always  has  a  short  vowel,  and  in 
many  cases  is  followed  by  a  medial  S'wa. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  52.  1.  a,  GJ  d,  and  2,    The  Demonstrative  Pronouns. 

2.  \  53.  1.  a,  6,  The  Relative  Pronoun. 

3.  §  54.  1,  2.  a — d,  The  Interrogative  Pronouns. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

(110)  DlNmaw-       (113)      *Of  maZe  (116)  C^^  image 

T  T  T  T  YJV 

(111)  rUTM         (H4)    COD  he-subdued  (117)  PPD  lie-subdued 

T      T  -    T  T    T 

(112)  niOT;  KA*weM  (115)  fOp}  /ema?e  (had-domin  ion) 


60  LESSON  14. 


7.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX.—  THE  ARTICLE. 


—  fhe-luminary  the-great  =  the  great  luminary. 
On  —  thc-luminary  the-small  =  the  small  luminary. 
Principle  1.—  The  adjective,  when  attributive,  follows  its  noun, 
and,  if  the  noun  is  definite,  receives  the  article. 

DlYl  ==  the-day  the-this         =  this  day. 
)N»7  =  the-earth  thc-this  (f.)  =  this  earth. 
D'OJ£*'n  =  the-heavcns  the-these  =  these  heavens. 

-J-     T       - 

Principle  2.  —  The  demonstrative  pronoun,  when  attributive,  fol- 
lows its  noun,  both  noun  and  demonstrative  receiving  the  article. 

8.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:1—  (1)  The  great  place;  (2)  The 
great  heavens;  (3)  The  good  seed;  (4)  The  good  luminaries;  (5)  This 
male  and  this  female;  (6)  These  luminaries  which  (are)  in  the  heavens; 
(7)  This  good  place  ;2  (8)  These  great  luminaries;  (9)  This  spirit  (f.), 
(10)  Who  created  man  in  his  image  f  (11)  Who  made  this  light?  (12) 
To  whom  (arc)  these  heavens  and  this  earth?  (13)  What  did  God 
create  in  beginning  ? 

2.  To  be  translated  into  English:—  (1)   HNTn  rTDl^H;    (2) 

rf?Nn  o^'n  ;  (3)  njn  DIDH  ngn  ;  (4)  'run  DI-TT  ;  w  -no 
onV  D^n^  jn|;  (6)  'T 

rwn  ;  (8)  1*7  PN 

-    •  T  -   :  I     v  -IT  T  v     -:  v: 

3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :—  (1)  Ht,  (2)  DKf,  (3) 

(4)  n^'N,  (5)  *o,  (6)  no,  (7)  *or,  (8)  n^pi. 

v    -  :  T  T  T  T  )  •  •  : 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  demuth,  (2)  ghath,  (3) 
da-gha,  (4)  la-hem,  (5)  '6-tho. 


i  In  this  and  in  following  exercises,  words  making-  in  Hebrew  one  word  will 
not  be  joined  together  by  hyphens. 

zThe^order  will  be:  (1)  noun,  (2)  adjective,  (3)  demonstrative,  the  article 
being  written  with  each  word. 


LESSON  15.  61 


9.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY, 

(1)  Gutturals  with  compound  S'wa.  (2)  The  vowel  H— •  (3)  The 
accents  — ,  -^,  — .  (4)  Half-open  syllables.  (5)  Medial' S'wa.  (6) 
D.  1.  after  a  disjunctive  accent.  (7)  Raphe.  (8)  Primary  form  of 
Segholates.  (9)  jltf,  -fiN,  TIN*  (10)  The  vowel  — .  (11)  Demon- 
stratives. (12)  Relative.  (13)  Interrogatives.  (14)  Rule  for  attrib- 
utive adjectives.  (15)  Rule  for  attributive  demonstrative. 


LESSON  XV.-GENESIS  1.29-31. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 


(1)  tyy  (67);  (2)  JTtt  (69);  (3)  }%-*$$  (73.  e);  (4)  n?PT  (128); 

5)  rrn  P'JM  (102,  103);  (6)  NTI  (22);  (?)  nprrnn  (36). 


2.    NOTES. 

145.  rU!"!  —  hm-ne  —  behold!  an  inter  jectional  adverb. 
1  46.  *firO  —  na-that-ti  —  I-have-given  : 

a.  D.  f  .  in  ft  is  for  1  assimilated,  *fli"0  —  *fOj"0  5  root  ?n}. 

•  j-  T  •    :  J-  T  I   -   r 

b.  The  ending  *J-1  =  I,  being  for  ^,  which  is  a  fragment  of 

cf.  ^DN  Ae-sa/cZ,  ^H^D^  I-said;  y-p  he-knew,  *f\yy  I-knew; 
'jWft  he-ruled,  ^^^I-ruled, 

-     T  •    :  j-     T 

147.  D?1?  —  la-khem  —  to-you  (m.)  : 

a.  Prep,  has  —  ,  cf.  D^^  (45),  QTh  (141). 

1.  D5  is  for  Qjl  of  DJlK  2/^>  by  a  euphonic  change,  the  opposite  of 
that  in  146.  6,  g  51.  1.  a. 

148.  y*^t  J7*if  —  zo-re(a)'  za-ra'  —  seeding  seed: 

.  ""AT    ~* 

a.  y*y  is  the  active  participle  of  the  Qal  stem  —  note  the  6. 
1.  On  —  under  y  read  §  42.  2.  d. 

c.  tnt  is  for  tnt  (69),  on  account  of  the  accent  (—  ),  §  38.  2. 

A1"  ~JY 

149.  n^n^—  yih-ye-/ie-(i.  e.,  it)-shall-be  : 

a.  Observe  the  Methegh  with  —  and  that  the  Sewa  is  silent,  I  18.  5. 


62  LESSON  15. 


&.  Root,  nVT;  *  indicates  Impf.;  cf.  shortened  form  *(*1*  (19) 

150.  H'7;)Nt?-leokli-la-/or-/oo^: 

a.  The  ~  under  fr$,  in  an  unaccented  closed  syl.,  is  o,  not  a. 

b.  The  root  is  plainly  ^ON  he-ate;  ff_  indicates  fern. 

151.  t^£?^ — ro-mes — creeper  (literally,  creeping): 

a.  Naturally  long  6,  tone-long  e  ;  Qal  act.  part.,  cf.  J^*"i?  (148). 

b.  This  6  (in  Qal  act.  part.)  is  seldom  written  fully,  as  here. 

152.  D^^^nN— 'eth+kol-J-ye-req— )(-\-every+greenness-of 

|     v-r.-        T 

a.  On  the  short  vowels  —  and  —  see  I  17.  2. 

b.  HT,  like  V*]X  and  many  others,  is  an  a-class  Segholate. 

|     v-r/  I    Y-JV 

153.  fOffy—  'a-sa— he-made  : 

a.  Qal  Perf.  3  m.  sg., — the  root-form  from  which  came 

and  ntyy  (71). 

154.  *!KD~me'odh — exceedingly:  an  adverb. 

155.  >t£^'n— has-sis-si— the-sixth. 

3.  FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


(I/OM) 
(7wm) 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

84.  Note,  in  cases  cited  above,  how  ~  and  —  have  become  T  and 
~  (o),  when,  as  the  word  is  joined  by  Maqqeph  to  the  following 
word,  the  tone  has  passed  away  from  them. 

85.  The  conjunction  *)  is  written  }  before  a  consonant  with  Scwa. 

86.  >fi  for  O  =  I;  DO  for  DH  =  you;  1  for  !jH_  =  7am. 

•  V  V  JT 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  i  2.  4,  5,  7,  Pronunciation  of  p,  D,  V» 

2.  $  3.  2,  3,  Letters  with  double  forms,  and  with  similar 

forms. 


LESSON  15.  63 


3.  2  4.  2,  Weak,  Medium  and  Strong  Letters. 

4.  2  12.  2,  3,  Aspirates  with  S'wa  preceding,  with  dis- 

junctive accent  preceding. 

5.  3  15.  1,  3,  Daghes-forte  compensative  and  conjunctive. 

6.  §  16.  1,  2,  Mappiq  and  Raphe. 

7.  H  26.  3,  4;  28.  3,  4,    Sharpened  and  Half  -open  syllables. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

(118)  rby&food          (m}\r\Vie-gave        (122)  ^JKO  exceedingly 

(119)  fUn  fceAoZd       (121)  pT  greenness    (123) 


7.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX.—  THE  ARTICLE. 

=  upon-\-faces-of  the-waters  =  upon  the  f  ace[s]  of 

the  waters. 

=  spirit-of  God  =  the  spirit  of  God. 

=  to-collection-of  the-waters  =  to  the  collection  of 

waters. 

=  all+soul(s)-of  the  life  =  all  the  souls  of  life. 

=  **&€    the-sea  =  in  the  fish  of  the  sea. 


Principle  3.  —  The  article  cannot  be  prefixed  to  a  noun  in  the 
construct  state  ;  if  the  article  is  needed,  it  is  given  to  the  noun 
following. 

Principle  4.  —  If  the  second  of  two  nouns  in  the  construct  rela- 
tion is  definite,  because  it  is  a  proper  noun,  or  because  it  has  the 
article,  the  first  noun  is  also  to  be  regarded  as  definite. 

8.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  I  knew  tJmt  tliou  (m.)  (art) 
good  ;  (2)  /  gave  to  the  cattle  and  to  the  beast(s]  of  the  earth  grass 
and  herb(s)  for  food  ;  (3)  The  tree  yielded  (Heb.,  made]  good  fruit  ; 

(4)  God  gave  to  the  fowl  of  the  heavens  the  seed  of  the  earth  for  food  ; 

(5)  (There)  was  fruit  in  all  the  earth;  (6)  All  that  God  made  was 
exceedingly  good. 


64  LESSON  16. 


2.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1  )  D'H^  Ht 

;  (2)  Frtrrn  nfr  w'n  01*33  i'(3)        'n  DV3 
;  (4)  JPJTQ  frouP3hv!  01*3 
^K^V^O^  01*3 
on  nr  njsn  otn;  (6)  norn-ri   nip        n  01*3 


T  T  |T 

3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters:—  (1)  ff?3N,  (2)  pT,  (3)  JTif, 
(4)  D1»,  (5)  ")pi  (6)  |3,  (7)  |>3. 

4.  To  be  written  in  Hebrew  letters  :—  (1)  hu,  (2)  khem,  (3)  ha,  (4) 
hami,  (5)  kha,  (6)  nu,  (7)  ze,  (8)  'elle. 


LESSON  XVI.-REVIEW. 

[To  the  student:— This  lesson  is  a  review  of  all  that  have  preceded  it.  Noth- 
ing is  so  necessary,  in  the  acquisition  of  a  language,  as  constant  and  thorough 
review.  One  should  carry  forward  with  him  at  least  nine-tenths  of  what  he 
has  learned.  The  first  chapter  of  Genesis  contains  one  hundred  and  two  differ- 
ent words,  and  about  four  hundred  and  fifty  different  forms.  The  most  com- 
mon and  most  important  principles  of  the  language  have  been  considered. 
Many  additional  principles  might  have  been  brought  forward  in  connection 
•with  this  chapter,  but  it  has  been  deemed  wise  to  hold  them  in  reserve.  It  is 
understood  that  in  no  case  will  the  student  proceed  to  take  up  Lesson  XVII., 
until  this  Lesson  with  all  which  it  includes  has  been  learned.  Let  every  word, 
every  verse,  every  principle  be  mastered  absolutely.] 

7.     WORD-REVIEW. 

[In  this  list  of  words,  the  superior  figures  indicate  the  verse  in  which  the 
word,  or  its  derivative,  is  found.  In  the  case  of  nouns,  the  singular  absolute 
is  given,  in  the  case  of  verbs,  the  root.  The  student  is  expected  to  compare 
with  each  word  as  here  given,  the  various  forms  of  that  word  which  occur  in 
the  chapter,  e.  g,,  with  TTH,  he  will  compare  n/vn  she-was,  TV  let-(iherc)-be, 
TV1  and-Zet-(thereH>e,  TV1  and-(there)-was,  VH1  and-ihey-shall-be,  rvp"  it-shall-be.] 

I.    VERBS. 

mn26     niD9 


rrn2 
nm22    ms22   ,  ^'D18 


*  The  Infinitive  form,  see  §  55.  3. 


LESSON  16.  65 


2.    NOUNS,  PARTICLES,  ETC. 


DID4 

•  -i-  T  |  •"  •  : 

rtity14     D^5    *"VixD14    nt^^9 

T    T  Y  -JY  T  T       T  "~ 

D'JJS2         D'D2  Dno     ni£T6 

•  T  •_!-  T  : 

m*30    N^'i11 

|      Y-1Y  Y    -IV 

526        -D1 

nijpD10          *34  V 

1     DIpD9 

nnn7       nn2 


^.    VERSE-REVIEW. 

1.  Pronounce  the  pointed  text  of  each  verse  until  it  can  be  read 
aloud  rapidly  and  without  hesitation  (see  Manual,  p.  7). 

2.  Write  out  on  paper  the  unpointed  text,  one  verse  at  a  time, 
and  then,  without  the  aid  of  either  pointed  text  or  translation,  insert 
the  necessary  points  and  vowel-signs.     Compare  the  result  with  the 
pointed  text,  and  note  the  mistakes ;  repeat  the  exercise  till  each 
verse  can  be  pointed  without  mistake  (see  Manual,  p.  29). 

3.  Write  the  Hebrew  of  the  chapter,  verse  by  verse,  with  only 
the  English  translation  before  the  eye.    Here  also  correct  the  result 
each  time  by  the  pointed  text  (see  Manual,  p.  18), 

4.  Write  the  Hebrew  of  the  chapter,  verse  by  verse,  from  the 
transliteration,  noting  with  care,  in  the  case  of  each  word,  the  exact 
English  equivalent  for  each  sign  or  character  in  the  Hebrew  (p.  39). 


66  LESSON  16. 


5.    GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 

1.  The  alphabet,  2  1.  1-3.  25.  Kinds  of  syllables,  2  26. 1-4. 

2.  Pron.  of  X,#,  (1,  p,  §  2. 1-4.  26.  Syllabication,  §  27.  1-3. 

3.  Pron.  oftO,t?,¥,  1,2  2.  5-8.  27.  Quantity  of   vowel   in   sylla- 

4.  Extended,  final,  and  similar          bles,  2  28.  1-4. 

letters,  2  3.  1-3.  28.  Naturally  long  vowels,  2  30. 

5.  Labials  and  gutturals,  24.1.          (opening  words)  and  Notes  1, 

6.  Weak,  medium  and   strong          2,  under  2  30.  7. 

letters,  2  4.  2.  29.  Tone-long  vowels,  2  31.  (open- 

7.  Pron.  of  ~r,  2  5.  6.  a.  ing  words)  and  Notes  1,  2,  un- 

8.  Vowel-letters,  tf,  \  \  2  G.  1,          der  I  31.  4. 

2,  3,  and  Notes  1-4.  30.  Peculiarities  of  gutturals,  2  42. 

9.  Classificat'n  of  vowel-sounds,          1-3. 

2  7.  1-4.  31.  The  article,  2  45. 1, 2, 3,  &  R.  3. 

10.  Names  of  vowels,  2  8.  32.  Inseparable  prepositions,  2  47. 

11.  Simple  Scwa,  2  0.  1.  1-5. 

12.  Compound  £ewa,  2  9.  2.  33.  Waw  conjunctive,  2  49.  1-4. 

13.  Initial  and  med.S'wa,  2 10.1,2.  34.  Personal  pron.,  2  50.  1-3. 

14.  Syllable-divider,  2  11.  1,  2.  a.  35.  Pronominal  suffixes,  2  51.  1. 
and  R.  a-d,  2. 

15.  Daghes-lene,  2  12.  1,  and  N.  36.  Demonstrative  pronoun,  2  52. 

16.  D.  1.  after  a  Sewa,  2  12.  2.  1.  a-d,  2. 

17.  D.  1.  after  a  disj.  ace.,  2  12.  3.  37.  Relative  pronoun,  2  53. 1.  a,  6. 

18.  Daghes-forte,  2  13.  1,  2,  and  38.  Interrogative  pronouns,  2  54. 
Note  1.  1,  2.  a-d. 

19.  Omission  of  D.f.,  2  14.  1-3.  39.  Roots,  2  55.  1,  2. 
Notes  1,  2.  40.  Inflection,  257.  1-3. 

20.  D.  f.  compensative  and  con-  41.  Tenses  and  Moods,   2  57.  3. 
junctive,  2  15.  1,  3.  Notes  1,  2. 

21.  MappiqandRaph'e7216. 1,2.  42.  Simple  verb-stem,  I  58.  1,  2. 

22.  Maqqeph,  2  17.  1,  2.  a  and  Notes  1,  4. 

23.  Methegh,  2  18.  1.  43.  Gender  of  nouns,  2  122. 1,  2. 1. 

24.  More  common  accents,  2  24.  44.  Number  of  nouns,  2  122.  3-5. 
1-3.  45.  States  of  nouns,  2  123.  1,  2. 


LESSON  17.  67 


4.    EXERCISE* 

To  be  translated  into  Hebrew : — 

1.  The  name  of  the  light  is  day,  and  the  name  of  the  darkness  is 

night. 

2.  Waters,  to  waters,  the  waters,  to  the  waters. 

3.  The  earth  will  be  seen  beneath  the  heavens. 

4.  The  day,  in  which  is  light. 

5.  The  fruit,  in  which  is  seed. 

6.  The  fruit  is  in  the  seed,  and  the  seed  is  in  the  earth. 

7.  The  sun  will  be  seen  in  the  heavens. 

8.  To  divide  between  the  day  and  the  night. 

9.  And  in  the  great  day.     The  great  stars. 

10.  The  great  luminary  is  the  sun  ;  the  small  luminary  is  the  moon. 

11.  The  sun  and  the  moon  are  in  the  expanse  of  the  heavens. 

12.  Thou  art  in  the  heavens,  and  I  am  upon  the  earth. 

13.  And  God  saw  all  which  he  had  created,  and  it  was  good. 

14.  God  created  the  earth,  and  he  created  the  heavens. 

15.  The  waters  are  in  the  seas  and  upon  the  earth. 

16.  His  day,  her  day,  my  day. 

17.  The  beast  of  the  earth  was  upon  the  ground. 

18.  This  good  place. 

19.  These  great  luminaries. 

20.  God  gave  to  the  fowl  of  the  heavens  the  seed  of  the  earth  for  food. 


LESSON  XVII.-GENESIS  II.  1-3. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW 


(1)  DWH  (5);  (2)  jngm  (8);  (3)  fifef];  (153);  (4)  DnK  (95); 
(5)  >     (24);  (6)  tt  (73);  (7)  ^ft  (48). 


These  sentences  are  selected  from  preceding  exercises. 


LESSON  17. 


2.    NOTES. 

156.  ft??!—  and-(t}iey}-were-finished;  cf.1  rjTOJ  (114),  Vl|^  (55): 

a.  D.  f.  omitted  from  *,  $  14.  2  ;  }  indicates  the  plural  number. 

b.  The  —,  in  verbal  forms,  always  marks  the  passive;  under  the 
first  radical  it  indicates  the  Pii'al  (intensive  passive)  stem,  §  59.  3. 

c.  Root  is  n^Dj  meaning  in  Pf  el,  ./z?m/i,  in  Pii'al,  he-finished. 

157.  QXiy-^-and-all+host-their;  cf.  -fig,  Q^  (89.  rf): 

a.  }  ace.  to  §  49.  1;  —  is  o,  because  in  a  closed  syllable  which  has 
lost  its  tone,  §  36.  1.  a. 

b.  fcO¥  /i0s£,  but  QJOy  host-their,  —  under  *g  becoming  —  when  it 
ceases  to  stand  before  the  tone,  §  36.  3.  b. 

c.  Q(  _  )  is  the  pron.  suf.  of  the  3  masc.  plur.,  §  51.  1.  d. 
153*  ^>y\-and-(he)-finished;  cf.  ft^X  tj^V 

a.  Shortened  from  ffjO'X  the  Pi'el  of  H^  (156.  c). 

b.  Two  D.  f.'s  omitted:  one  from  *  because  without  a  full  vowel, 
one  from  *7  because  final,  I  14.  1,  2. 

159.  U^Dt^n  DT^—  in-ihe-day  the-seventh: 

a.  The  accent  -^-  over  *j^5t^n  marks  the  end  of  a  secondary  sec- 
tion.   It  is  called  Zaqeph  qaton,  i.  e.,  little  Zaqeph,  \  24.  4. 

160.  Ifi^p-worMw;  cf.ijninWH: 

a.  Abs.  sg.  n^N^D  ;  X  has  lost  its  consonantal  force. 

b.  The  T"  of  *7  (in  abs.  form)  becomes  —  ,  because  the  open  syllable 
has  become  closed,  3  36.  1.  b. 

c.  The  abs.  has  H_,  but  the  form  with  suf.  has  fi,  \  122.  2.  a. 

161.  rQtP'*V-  and-ke-rested;  cf.  JOD*),  ^^  : 

T)  :  •-  T  :  •  - 

a.  This  is  the  regular  form  of  the  Qal  Impf.,  the  —  in  ^*lp^  and 
J^15^  being  due  to  the  presence  of  the  weak  letter  ft. 

b.  The  —  in  this  word  is  o  (tone-long),  not  6. 

c.  The  root  is  plainly  j"OJ^  he-rested,  see  below,  163. 

—    T 

162.  W*TV\—and-he-sanctified;  cf.  TTD'X 

-  - 


i  Every  old  word,  suggested  for  comparison  with  the  new  word  under  con- 
sideration, has  at  least  one  important  point  in  common  with  that  new  word. 


LESSON  17. 


a.  D  f.  omitted  from  >,  as  in  *fTl,  T 

fe.  The  root  is  t^"]p,  meaning,  as  a  verbal  form,  he-was-holy. 

c.  The  first  radical  has  — ,  the  second  radical,  D.  f.;  these  indicate 

a  Pi'el  form  ;  read  §§  59.  1.;  68.  2.  a. 
(7.  Compare  each  vowel-sound  in  fcTlp*  and  TH^',  and  note  that  the 

••)-:  |  V-IT: 

latter  has  —  instead  of  -=-,  because  *]  refuses  D.  f .,  and  —  instead 
of  — ,  because  the  accent  is  on  the  penult. 

e.  The  root  means  be-holy;  the  Pi'el,  here  intensive  or  causative, 
means  make-holy,  sanctify,  \  59.  2.  a. 

163.  rfttf-fo-rested;  cf.  &TO,  *Op, 

-     T  T    T  T|T 

a.  Qal  Perf .  3  masc.  sing,  of  the  strong  ver 

164.  r\^y^7—to-make,  i.  e.,  in-making;  cf. 

a.  The  prep.  ^  with  — ,  because  of  following  — ,  ^  47.  3. 

^-  nlt^i^  is  a  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  Ht^i^  5  the  H  is  the  fern,  ending. 

c.  Further  information  concerning  this  form  will  be  given  later. 

3.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


iut 


jnr 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

87.  Change  of  a  to  a,  of  e  to  a,  of  e  to  e,  of  o  to  o,  i.  e.,  of  a  tone- 
long  vowel  to  its  corresponding  short,  is  of  frequent  occurrence,  and 
is  called  shortening. 

88.  Change  of  a  to  •  (~  to  ~r),  i.  e.,  of  a  tone-long  vowel  to  a 
tone-short  (S'wa)  is  of  frequent  occurrence,  and  is  called  volatiliza- 
tion. 


70  LESSON  17. 


89.  The  Qal  Impf.  has  no  special  characteristic  ;  unless  one  of 
the  radicals  is  a  weak  letter,  it  generally  has  6  for  the  vowel  of  its 
second  radical. 

90.  The  Niph'al  has  D.  f.  in  and  —  under  the  first  radical,  while 
the  other  passive  stem  (Pii'al)  has  —  under  the  first  radical  and 
D.  f.  in  the  second. 

91.  The  Pi'el  has  (besides  D.  f.  in  the  second  radical)  —  under 
the  first  radical  ;  the  Hiph'il  has  ~  under  the  preformative. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  58.  1,  2.  a,     Simple  verb-stem,  Qal. 

2.  §  63.  (&  p.  167)  Tabular  view,  Inflection  of  the  Qal  Perfect. 

3.  §  63.  1-4,         Remarks  on  inflection. 

4.  \  36.  3.  a,         Volatilization  of  an  ultimate  vowel  in  verbal  in- 

flection. 

5.  \  36.  3.  N.  2,    [This  covers  volatilization  of  —  to  —  in  the  forms 


6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  Learn  from  the  Hebrew  word-lists  under  List  I.,  verbs  occurring 

500  to  5,000  times,  those  words  numbered  1-10. 

2.  Make  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Gen.  II.  1-3. 

7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:  —  (1)  /  said,  we  sard,  she  said, 
thou  (f.)  didst  say,  they  said,  ye  (m.)  said;  (2)  She  ruled,  they  ruled, 
ye  (f.)  ruled,  I  ruled,  we  ruled,  thou  (m.)  ruledst;  (3)  They  gave,  we 
gave,  I  gave,  she  gave,  thou  (m.)  gavest,  he  gave;  (4)  I  knew,  she  knew, 
we  knew,  they  knew,  thou  (m.)  didst  know. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  The  heavens  will  be  fin- 
ished;   (2)  The  waters  will  be  collected;  (3)  God  will  sanctify  the 
seventh  day;  (4)  God  rested  in  the  seventh  day;  (5)  He  created  the 
heavens  and  all  their  host;  (6)  He  made  the  great  luminaries;  (7)  He 


LESSON  18.  71 


will  rest  in  this  day;  (8)  We  rested,  she  rested,  ye  (m.)  rested,  they 
rested. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English:—  (1)  ifl 

>£;  (3) 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters:  —  The  first  three  verses  of 
Genesis  II.,  from  the  pointed  text. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs:  —  The  first  three 
verses  of  Genesis  II.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Omission  of  D.  f.  (2)  Characteristics  of  Pii'al  stem.  (3) 
Volatilization  of  a  penultimate  vowel,  of  an  ultimate  vowel.  (4) 
The  Qal  Imperfect.  (5)  The  Pi'el  Imperfect.  (6)  Shortening  of  a 
tone-long  vowel.  (7)  Difference  between  the  vowels  of  JlDt^  and 
X"Q,  £HD'1  and  Tn^V  (8)  Original  form  of  the  simple"  verb- 

T  T  ••)-:-  |  v  JT  :  - 

stem.  (9)  Form  in  use.  (10)  Its  inflection.  (11)  Forms  of  the  Qal 
Perf.  containing  half  -vowels.  (12)  The  various  personal  termina- 
tions and  their  origin. 


LESSON  XVIII.-GENESISII.4-6. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1)        tf  (62);  (2)  nT  (149);  (3)  ilQ'TX     (129);  (4)  *      (13). 


2.    NOTES. 

165.  fi?$—  these;  cf.  HJ  (m.),  JlNf  (f.). 

166.  r\rfy}r\-generations-of;  cf.  H^KP, 

a.  Plur.  fern.,  never  found  in  sing.;  two  syllables. 

&.  Absence  of  D.  1.  in  "]  shows  at  once  that  preceding  S'wa  is  vocal, 

I  12.  2. 
c.  Three  aspirates,  all  aspirated  ;  both  o's  are  6,  not  o. 


72  LESSON  18. 


167.  DJO!Jn3— in-leing-created-their;  cf.  Y)|3 

a.  3  pointed  with  Sewa ;  D_  same  as  in  D&OV  (157). 

1>.  It  is  *7gp,  but  rf?fc?pT;  so  JOSH,  but  ON"")};!?!,  i.  e.,  the  ulti- 
mate —  is  volatilized  when  D is  added,  ?  36.  3.  a. 

c.  JO3J"?  has  D.  f.  zVi  and  ~r  under  the  ^rs^  radical,  the  character- 
istics of  the  Niph'al  or  passive  stem,  §  75.  R.  2. 

<?.  This  is  an  Inf.  const,  governed  by  the  prep.  3- 

168.  J"Vlfe^ — to-make,  or  making-of:  see  164. 

169.  JTirT — Jehovah:  but  this  word  as  written  has  the  vowels, 
viz.,  T~>  —  and  ~,of  the  word  ^1K  Lord.    It  should  rather  be 
written  JYliTj  and  pronounced  Yah-we. 

170.  rrty—shrul-of:  one  syllable,  I  27.  1 ;  cf.  IT)"). 

171.  n^&il-tlte-field;  cf.  H^,  H W :  . 

a.  The  accent  —  over  H"]^?!,  like  -^-  over  ^Jj^'n  (159.  a),  marks 
a  secondary  section.  It  is  called  Rebhi(a)',  ^  24.  5.  &. 

172.  D*^D — te-rem — not-yet:  an  adverb. 

173.  TO¥Mhe)  will-sprout-forih;  cf.flb^: 

a.  Qal  Impf .  3  m.  sg.  of  P?PV  he-sprouted-forth. 

b.  The  —  under  Q  is  pausal  for  — ,  §  38.  2. 

c.  This  verb  has  —  (in  pause  — )  rather  than  — ,  as  seen  in 
because  of  the  guttural  fl,  §  *2.  2.  Z>. 

174.  N^-lS'-Tzof;  cf.npNJ,  flKf. 

175.  TpPrT— (he)  Aad-ccwwerf-^o-rom;  cf.  ^ 

a.  Here  are  three  radicals,  making  1g£  he-rained. 

b.  The  prefix  H  (originally  H)  indicates  the  Hiph'il  Perfect,  §  60. 
l.o,6;  and '?  62.  2. 

c.  Cf.  the  vowel  of  the  preformative  in  the  forms  ^^D*'  Nt^'irij 

^H^n,  ^H?D,  #ntD, with  that  in  ^9?n,  s  75.:k  6." 

176.  pK— a  noun  meaning  nothing,  but  always  used  as  a  verbal 
expression,  there  is  not,  there  was  not;  hence  the  phrase  means 
and  man  was  not,  or  and  there  was  no  man. 


LESSON  18.  73 


177.  HXfe-to-serve;  cf.  nlfc>j£, 

a.  The  *13J£  '  is  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  "Oj;  he-served  ;  but  ^  has  —  , 
where  Q  of  ^t^'O,  a  similar  form,  has  ~r,  because  it  is  a  guttural, 
I  42.  3.  a. 

5.  The  prep.  ^  takes  —  ,  as  in  Hli^^i  according  to  §  47.  3. 

178.  "INI—  we'edh—  and-(&}-mist. 

179.  rf?l^  —  (he)  will-go-up,  or  (he)  used-to-go-up;  cf. 


a.  *  is  the  pref.  of  the  Impf.;  the  root  is  r?]?  he-went-up. 


. 
1).  The  vowel  under  *  in  ]"Gt2^  and  HO^P  is  ~r-,  but  in  this  word  it 

AT    •    " 

is  -^-,  because  of  the  following  y,  $  42.  2.  a. 

c.  Just  as  an  original  —  is  retained  under  the  preformative  of  all 
Hiph'il  forms  except  the  Perfect,  where  it  has  been  attenuated 
(I  36.  4)  to  ~  (cf.  *VCppn),  s°  an  original  -=-  has  been  retained 
under  the  preformative  of  the  Qal  Impf.  before  gutturals,  where 
otherwise  it  is  attenuated  to  ~r~. 


d.  In  nfc^  the  first  rad.  has  —  ,  but  in  Jll^  it  has  —  ,  §  42.  3.  b. 

e.  The  Imperfect  here  expresses  customary  action  in  past  time. 

180.  "J9~  from:  so  written  only  before  the  article;  cf.  •£»  p, 
{  48.  1/2. 


181.  nDty'ni  —  and-used-to-caiise-to-drink;  cf.  * 

|  T   :       •    : 

a.  Another  Hiph'il  Perf.,  as  indicated  by  H  \  root 
6.  The  *)  here  is  Waw  Conv.  or  Consec.,  and  gives  to  the  verb  the 
force  possessed  by  H^^,  which  preceded  it,  §  73.  1.  b,  2.  b. 


3.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


fin 
rwn 


74  LESSON  18. 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

92.  A  guttural  will  take  (1)  under  it  a  compound  instead  of  a 
simple  Scwa  ;  and  (2)  before  it  the  vowel  —  rather  than  -r-  or  — . 

93.  The  Hiph'il  stem  has,  under  the  preformative,  the  vowel  " 
except  in  the  Perfect,  where  it  has  been  attenuated  to  —  (cf.  Latin 
facilis,  but  difficiUs}. 

94.  The  vowel  of  the  preformative  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  was 
originally  — ,  but  this  lias  been  retained  only  before  gutturals,  being 
elsewhere  attenuated  to  — . 

95.  The  Qal  Imperfect  may  have  for  its  stem-vowel  either  o,  or 
a.    In  the  cases  cited  above,  note  how  —  before  X  and  in  pause 
has  been  heightened  to  —,  while  before  H  it  has  been  heightened  to  e. 

96.  Pathah-furtive  steals  in  under  the  final  gutturals  f"f,  H»  ^, 
when  they  are  preceded  by  any  long  vowel  except  — . 

* 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  ?  59. 1.  a,  b,  2.  a,  l>.  and  N.,  Origin  and  use  of  the  Pf  el  stem. 

2.  §  59.  3,  4.  a,  b.  and  N.,  Origin  and  use  of  the  Pii'al  stem. 

3.  §  59.  5.  a,  6  a,  i,  Origin  and  use  of  the  Hithpa'el  st. 

4.  I  65.  1.  b,  2.  a,  b,(&  p.  167)  Inflection  of  these  stems  in  Perf. 

5.  §  36.  4.  a,  6,  Attenuation  of  —  to  ~. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  I.,  the  verbs  numbered  11—20. 

2.  Make  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  II.  4 — 6. 

7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:— (1)  He  sanctified (£Hp,  Pi.), 
we  sanctified,  they  sanctified,  I  sanctified ,  ye  (m.)  sanctified  ;  (2)  *S7ie 
spoke  C"O"J  in  Pi'el),  I  spoke,  we  spoke,  they  spoke,  thou  (f.)  efaYfetf 
speak,  ye  (m.)  cfa'c?  speak;  (3)  7?e  was  sanctified  (Pii'al),  I  was  sanc- 
tified, we  were  sanctified,  they  were  sanctified;  (4)  She  purified  her- 


LESSON  18.  75 


self  (^"Ip  in  Hithpa'el),  we  purified  ourselves,  they  purified  them- 
selves, I  purified  myself. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  Jehovah  God  sanctified 
this  day  and  this  place;   (2)  This  (is)  the  day  which  God  sanctified; 
(3)  These  (are)  the  heavens  and  the  earth  which  God  created;  (4)  The 
shrub  and  the  herb  will  le  in  the  field;  (5)  There  was  no  man  upon 
the  earth  in  those  days;  (6)  God  did  not  cause  it  to  rain  upon  the  dry 
(land);  (7)  The  herb  will  sprout  forth  upon  the  field;  (8)  These  gen- 
erations; (9)  This  earth;  (10)  This  day. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  OVi!'-^  Vl£Hp;  (2) 

mrn  p^n  rux  i1?  nru  ;  (3) 
^p^n  tfyyi  DVJ 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  Verses  4  —  6  of  chapter  II. 
from  the  pointed  text. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  4  —  6  of 
chapter  II.  from  the  unpointed  text. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Forms  of  the  Dem.  pron.  (2)  Use  of  D.  1.  (3)  Volatilization 
of  an  ultimate  vowel  in  verbal  forms.  (4)  Characteristics  of  the 
Niph'al.  (5)  The  word  filf-p.  (6)  PMMk-furtive.  (7)  The  differ- 
ence in  pointing  between  fi3t£^  and  rTO¥*>  between  f]3,ffi  and 

•     "  AT  •   "  •     * 

frOp*,  between  ffc^  and  ff?!£.  (8)  Attenuation  of  —  to  —  .  (9) 
Hiph'il  Perfect.  (10)  f^,  $??  and  Dip-  (11)  Difference  between 
IDI^  and  ^j^D.  (12)  Force  of  the  tense  in  jY7tf'.  (13)  Peculiar- 

*J  v-:|- 

ities  of  gutturals.  (14)  The  origin,  use,  and  inflection  of  the  three 
intensive  stems.  (15)  The  form  ^DP-  (16)  The  form 

T    :  |  |T 

(17)  Heightening.     (18)  The  Personal  pronoun. 


76  LESSON  19. 


LESSON  XIX.-GENESIS  II.  7-9. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 


(i)  m;rr  ura);  (2)  -p  (iso);  o)  rrn  ttfai  (102,  103);  (4) 
(IDS);  (T' 


182.  n¥n-^-(he)/0rmed;  cf  . 

a.  The  first  *  is  the  preformative,  the  second,  the  radical. 

b.  Qal  Iinpf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  root  "")¥*  he-formed. 

c.  The  ~  under  ^  is  e  ;  consideration  of  it  may  be  postponed. 

183.  *^&y  —  dust:  with  the  article  it  would  be  l^^n,  3  45.  4. 

184.  n&\—and-he-breathed;  cf. 


a.  For  flS-?*'  ^e  ^  ^ein§  assimilated  ;  root  H5^- 

b.  On  —  instead  of  -4-  before  H  see  §  42.  2.  6. 

185.  V5X5  —  be'&p-paw—  in-nostrUs-his: 

a.  riJSt  nose;  D*5^?  nostrils;  V5N  liis-nostrils. 

b.  Learn  that  V  _  ,  pronounced  aw  (the  *  having  no  force),  is  the 
form  of  3  masc.  sg.  suf.  when  attached  to  plural  or  dual  nouns. 

c.  The  D.  f  .  in  £3  stands  for  3,  the  original  form  being  jp-?^- 

186.  r\ftU?)-™-s'™*fa-brcath-of;  cf.  flTf,  ATI  : 

a.  Abs.  sg.  is  f"TOt£^,  but  in  const.  j"f  _  goes  back  to  the  orig.  f\__  ; 
the  other  changes  will  come  up  later. 

187.  n^n—  lives;  cf.  H*n  ?#e,  ^easi. 

188.  J^)*!—  «^-(he)-p?«7<^;  cf.  fl?^: 

a.  So  far  as  concerns  vowels  and  form,  the  same  as  flB^  (184); 
from  the  root  %?&%  lie-planted. 

189.  fJI  —  garden;  cf.  below  in  v.  9  \^  in  pause. 

190.  D"lpp  —  rniq-qe-dhem—  from-east;  cf.  D")J^  • 
a.  The  prep.  ?p  with  JJ  assimilated,  §  48.  1. 

6.  An  a-class  Segholate,  primary  form  D"Tp;  $  106.  1.  a. 


LESSON  19.  77 


191.  ti&*}—and-he-put:  learn  (1)  this  form,  (2)  its  meaning,  (3) 
its  root  D^t£*  to-put. 

192.  &&—  there:  an  adverb. 

T 

193.  *)JP  —  he-formed,  or  he-had-formed;  of.  ^5f**1  : 
a.  Pausal  for  *W,  the  root  form,  sec  182.  b. 

~  T 

194.  H5V-}  —  and-(he)-caused-to-sprout-forth;  cf.  *?*;Q*1  : 

a.  Cf.  with  <Qal  HD^  (173)>  which  has  —  under  *  instead  of  -=-, 
Z>.  The  -=-  under  the  preformative  is  the  indication  of  the  Hiph'il 
(except  in  Perf.). 

c.  ^J3|  has  —  under  2d  rad.,  but  fl/9V'  lias  ~J  wliy  ?    2  42.  2.  6. 

d.  Hiph.  Impf.  3m.  sg.  of  the  root  JlD^  lie-sprouted. 

195.  "TJ5DPO  —  neh-madh  —  desirable,  or  desired: 

T     :   Y 

a.  The  point  in  Q  is  neither  D.  f.,  nor  D.  1.  (why  not  ?);  it  is  used  in 
some  texts,  to  show  that  the  preceding  S£wa,  though  under  a  gut- 
tural, is  silent. 

b.  The  root  is  "TD!"Tj  ^  indicating  a  Niph'al. 

—     T 

c.  On  the  vowel  —  see  I  42.  2.  c;  on  —  ,  §  71.  2. 

196.  tagQ1?.  •  -  .nSOOWor-jrifl**.  .  .  .for-food: 

AT     •  I       •  VI, 

a.  Two  nouns  formed  by  the  prefix  £  ;  cf. 
Z>.  The  roots  are  JlNI  Tie-saw,  ^^^  lie-ate. 

T       T  -      T 

197.  D"fin—  ha-hay-yim-^e-ZiVes;  cf.  T 

a.  The  D.  f.  of  the  article  is  implied  in  H,  §2  42.  1.  6;  45.  2. 
Z>.  Methegh  on  the  second  syllable  before  the  tone. 

198.  r\y^f^—the~knowing:   a  verbal   noun  from  yi*  he-knew, 
with  the  article  pointed  as  usual  ;  it  has  here  a  direct  object. 

199.  ini—  wa-ra'—  and-evil;  cf.  IJi^l  : 

^    ITT  -IT 

tf.  Waw  Conj.,  before  a  tone-syllable,  takes  sometimes  ~,  ^  49.  4. 
i.  J/1,  instead  of  y*],  because  in  pause,  §  38.  2. 


5.    FO/?A/S  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


78  LESSON  19. 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

97.  Nouns  accented  on  the  penult,  having  ~  (e)  for  their  first 
vowel,  are  always  a-class  Segholates,  the  e  being  a  heightening  of 
an  original  a. 

98.  Nouns  accented  on  the  penult,  having  —  (e)  for  their  first 
vowel,  are  always  i-class  Segholates,  the  e  being  a  heightening  of 
an  original  1 

99.  Nouns  accented  on  the  penult,  having  —  (o)  for  their  first 
vowel,  are  always  •w-class  Segholates,  the  o  being  a  heightening  of 
an  original  ii. 

100.  The  unaccented  —  in  the  ultima  of  all  these  nouns  is  merely 
an  inserted  helping-vowel  (§  37.  2),  for  otherwise  the  word  would  be 
a  monosyllable  ending  in  two  consonants. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  $  60.  1.  a,  b,  2,  Origin  and  use  of  the  Hiph'il  stem. 

2.  §  60.  3,  4,  Origin  and  use  of  the  Hoph'al  stem. 

3.  2  61.  1,  2,  Origin  and  use  of  the  Niph'al  stem. 

4.  §  65.  1.  a,  c,  2.  c,  Inflection  of  these  various  stems(cf.p.  166). 

5.  I  106.  1,  Origin  of  Segholates. 

6.  §  36.  2.  N.,  To  what  are  a,  i,  u,  when  heightened,  changed? 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  Lists  I.  and  II.,  the  verbs  numbered  21 — 30. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  II.  7—9. 

7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew : — (1)  He  caused  to  rain,  they 
caused  to  rain,  I  caused  to  rain,  we  caused  to  rain;  (2)  He  caused  to 
kill,  she  caused  to  kill,  they  caused  to  kill,  ye  (m.)  caused  to  kill  ; 
(3)  He  divided  (Hiph.  of  *7"l3),  she  divided,  they  divided,  I  divided, 

— T 

we  divided;   (4)   Thou  (m.)  wast  caused  to  divide,   I  was  caused  to 
kill,  we  were  caused  to  kill;  (5)  He  was  killed,  I  was  killed,  she 


LESSON  19.  79 


was  killed,  tliou  (m.)  wast  sanctified  (Niph.),  ye  (f.)  were  sanctified, 
they  were  sanctified. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  And  God  breathed  into 
his  nostrils;  (2)  In  the  garden  which  God  planted  in  Eden  was  fruit; 
(3)  This  fruit  was  good  for  food;  (4)   The  good  fruit;  (5)  The  evil 
fruit;  (6)  The  good  tree  and  the  evil  tree;  (7)  And  he  caused  to  sprout 
forth  grass  and  herb(s)  and  tree(s). 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :-(!)    J»g    D'if?8 

jnn  p?i  nten;  (2) 
T 


irpyn         jjl  WSJ; 

(6) 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  Verses  7  —  9  of  chapter  II., 
from  the  pointed  text. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  7  —  9  of 
chapter  II.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  :—  (1)  The  verbs  in  \  76,  numbered  1—30,  in 
the  Perfect  3  m.  sg.  of  those  stems  in  which  each  verb  is  there  said 
to  occur;   (2)  the  same  verbs  in  the  Perfect  3  c.  pi.;   (3)  the  same 
verbs  in  the  Perfect  2  m.  pi. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Assimilation.     (2)  The  vowels  —  and  —  in  the  stem  of  the 
Qal  Imperfect.     (3)  Pronunciation  and  meaning  of  the  affix  V  _  • 

T 

(4)  The  root  to-put,  the  form  and-he-put.  (5)  Difference  between 
'TlD.!  an(^  Ft'PV*-  (6)  Q  as  a  prefix  in  the  formation  of  nouns.  (7) 
A-class  Segholates.  (8)  I-class  Segholates.  (9)  U-class  Segholates. 
(10)  Origin,  use  and  inflection  of  the  Hiph'il,  the  Hoph'al  and  the 
Nipli'al  stems.  (11)  Heightening.  (12)  The  helping-vowel  e. 


80  LESSON  20. 


LESSON  XX.-CENESIS  11.10-14. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(i)  inDN1?)  d60);  (2)  nii  USD;  (3)  nn^in  arc);  (4) 


200.  ^nfi-and-W-river;  cf.  D"TN, 

a.  This  noun  belongs  to  a  large  class,  formed  from  the  root  by  means 
of  two  originally  short  vowels,  both  of  which,  the  one  before,  and 
the  other  under,  the  tone,  have  become  tone-long,  \  107.  1.  a. 

201.  #W—yv-<*3—going-forth,=  goes-forth;  cf.  fc^Qh  : 

a.  The  active  participle  of  Qal,  used,  as  often,  for  a  present  tense. 

b.  The  first  vowel  is  6,  not  o  ;  the  root,  fr$V*  he-went-forth. 

202.  fiyQ—from-Eden;  cf.  ^JQ,  I  48.  2  ;  ^jgf^,  g  106.  1.  I: 
a.  Note  the  Zaqeph-qaton  (^-)  ;   it  marks  the  end  of  a  secondary 

section  and  also  the  accented  syllable  of  f"lJ7D3  cf.  159.  a. 

203.  fYitfV"?1?  —  to-cause-to-drinJc,  i.   e.,   to-water  ;    cf. 


a.  Like  ^"Ijn,  this  word  has  the  pref.  fl  i  it  is  Hiph.  Inf.  const. 

b.  Like  rnt£^,  it  ends  in  JTJ;  it  is  from  a  root  whose  last  letter  is  Jl- 

c.  Cf.  also  the  Hiph.  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  tl^ftl  (181). 

204.  Q&W-and-from-tliere;  cf.  f^,  finnO- 

205.  "1*)5*  —  it-wiU-be-divided,  or  it-divides-itself: 

a.  D.  f.  «i  and  a  under  £  indicate  at  once  the  Niph'al. 

b.  The  root  is  T)3;  Niph.  Perf.,  T)§4  ;  cf.  V)fD»  (55). 

206.  nj^^N*?—  /o^/oitr;  cf.  ^5*1  /oz«^/t. 

207.  D^t^K1~^'-sim  —  heads:  an  irregular  plural  from 

T 

208.  DL?'  —  sem  —  name  :  same  as  the  proper  name  Shem. 

209.  libn-the-(oue}-surroundmg;  cf. 
a.  On  —  see  171.  a. 


LESSON  20.  81 


210.  Mlfirr- ha-hawi-la— the-Havilah: 

T     •  -:  |- 

a.  The  article  here  belongs  really  to  fltf,  the  phrase  =  all  the  land 
of  Havilah,  not  all  land  of  the  Havilah,  see  Principles  (p.  63). 

211.  DB>"^>t— wliich+tliere  =  where;  cf.  13"")^  =  in  which. 

212.  Dn?— gold:  A  noun  like  TTl  DIN,  Cp3r2  107-  1-  «• 

TT  T    T  TT  If  T 

213.  Sntt— u-zahabh— and-gold-of: 

a.  The  Waw,  before  a  consonant  with  S'wa,  is  },  §  49.  2. 

Z».  Comp'd  Sewa  under  ?,  though  not  a  guttural,  after  \  %  32.  3.  d. 

c.  Methegh  with  }  before  compound  Sewa,  §  18.  3. 

d.  3H?  or,  as  it  would  be  without  ^),  ^Hf?  differs  from  ^}H?  in  that 

:  ~~    :  T  T 

the  first  — ,  in  an  open  syl.,  is  volatilized,  the  second,  in  a  closed 
syl.,  is  shortened ;  in  other  words,  the  form  is  treated  as  if  the 
accent  had  passed  from  it  to  the  following  word.  This  is  virtu- 
ally true,  for  the  noun  is  in  the  construct  state,  I  123.  (opening 
words);  3  125.  3.  «,  b. 
c,  Cf.  ^rO  abs.,  lut  *"in<3  const.;  C"p3  abs.,  but  Fpp  const. 

214.  Ninn— lia-hi'  (not  ha-hiw')— the-that;  cf.  fl^TTi!  : 

•     -  |  v    J    - 

a.  ^1,*1  is  archaic  for  X'H,  §  50.  3.  a;  here  used  as  a  Demonstra- 
tive, I  52.  2. 

b.  The  Demonstrative  follows  its  noun,  and  has  the  article 

2 1 5.  rfrnn— hab-bedho-lah  -the-bdellium. 

—    -i    :    — 

216.  DHi^'n  p^""'^"^1®11  h%s-sd-}ia,m—stone-ofthe-onyx: 

a.  Two  Segholates, — one  a-class,  one  ?t-class. 

b.  Helping-vowel  in  first  is  — ,  in  second,  after  ft,  -=-,  $  37.  2.  a. 

217.  ^^n-hid-de-qel-^ns  (?). 

218.  Tj^hn— ha-ho-lekh— the-(oue)- going  ;      cf.  MDH  : 
a.  D.  f.  of  article  is  implied  in  ft,  cf.  NinH  (214),  §  45.  2. 
6.  Qal  act.  Part.  (6,  not  o)  of  T]1??!  he-went. 

219.  nOlp — qidh-math — eastward-of;  const,  of  HD1D  • 

:  J '  T      :}  • 

a.  The  original  Jl—  is  restored  in  the  const,  state,  \  122.  2.  a.  (3). 
Z>.  A  fern,  form  related  to  Dip  (190). 

220.  mfi  Wn— «'*  Euphrates. 


82  LESSON  20. 


5.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


bs.,  but       J"j*f 

T  "" 

f"?Dt5^5  abs.,  but  j"lDJ£J||  cows*. 

Ti^r?   ""innrpDt^'       MDID  abs.,  but  HDID  co?^*. 

I"  T  T  -          p  T:|-  ~     '  1° 

4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

101.  The  o  of  the  Qal  active  Participle  is  unchangeable,  6,  not 
changeable,  o. 

102.  Note,  in  the  words  cited  above,  Methegh  written  (1)  on 
second   syl.  before  the  tone,   (2)  with  a  vowel  before   compound 
Sewa,  (3)  with  a  long  vowel,  in  a  closed  syl.  before  Maqqeph. 

103.  The   original  fern,  ending  in   Hebrew  was  j"l ;  but  this 

has  been  changed  to   H— >  except  where  something  closely  fol- 
lowing protects  it.    On  account  of  the  following  noun,  it  is  pre- 
served in  the  construct  state.  • 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  \  62.  Table,  General  view  of  the  Verb-stems. 

2.  §  62.  R's  1 — 4,  Changes  from  original  vowels. 

3.  \  66.  Tabular  View,  Inflection  of  Qal  Imperfect  (active). 

4.  §  66.  R.  1,  Various  prefixes  and  affixes  used. 

5.  8  66.  R.  2,  The  original  stem  of  the  Qal  Imperfect. 

6.  §  66.  R's  3,  4  Remarks  on  the  terminations  * ,  },  HJ- 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  II.,  verbs  numbered  31 — 40. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  II.  10 — 14. 

7.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX — THF  PERSONAL  PRONOUN. 

HE  or  IT  (is)  the  (one)  surrounding. 
And  the  gold  of  THAT  land. 
N1H  *l^D"in  ^njjni    And  the  fourth  river  is  Euphrates. 


LESSON  20.  83 


Principle  5.—  The  personal  pronoun,  besides  (1)  its  ordinary  use 
as  a  personal  pronoun,  may  have  (2)  the  force  of  a  remote  demon- 
strative pronoun  (that],  and  (3)  the  force  of  a  copula,  i.  e.,  to  mark 
the  relation  between  the  subject  and  predicate. 

8.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  He  will  rest,  I  shall  rest, 
we,  shall  rest,  they  will  rest,  thou  (f.)  shalt  rest  ;   (2)  They  (m.)  shall 
swarm,  he  shall  swarm,  she  shall  swarm,  they  (f.)  shall  swarm,  ye 
(m.)  shall  swarm;  (3)  He  will  call,  she  will  call,  I  shall  call,  we  shall 
call,  thou  (m.)  shalt  call;  (4)  He  will  plant,  I  shall  plant,  thou  (m.) 
shalt  plant,  she  shall  plant,  they  shall  plant  ;   (5)  He  will  give,  she 
will  give,  Twill  give,  we  shall  give,  thou  (m.)  wilt  give. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :—  (1)  (The)  river  of  that  land  is 
(a)  great  river;  (2)  (The)  name  of  that  river  is  Euphrates  ;  (3)  The 
river  which  goes  forth  from  Eden  will  be  divided  ;   (4)  (The)  gold 
of  (the)  land  of  Havilah  is  good  gold;  (5)  Thou  shalt  call  that  river 
which  goes  (=  the  (one)  going)  eastward  of  Assyria  Euphrates. 


3.  To  be  translated  into  English:—  (1)  Ifl^  fjj 

DTNrrnN  my  ;  (3)  py  ron  prroip;  (4) 

T    T    |T  T        :-|-T  I     Y~"  I   T    -  p  • 


N1H  DP;  (6)  UW'D  01*3  V?5 

4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters:  —  Verses  10  —  14  of  chapter 
II,,  from  the  pointed  text. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  10—llf,  of 
chapter  II.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  :—  (1)  The  verbs  in  \  76  numbered  31—62  (ex- 
cepting Nos.  35,  39,  48,  51,  59)  in  the  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  of  those  stems 
in  which  each  verb  is  there  said  to  occur  ;   (2)  The  same  verbs  in 
the  Perf.  3  c.  pi.;  (3)  The  same  verbs  in  the  Perf.  2  m.  pi. 


84  LESSON  21. 


9.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  £.  (2)  Nouns  which  had  originally 
two  short  vowels.  (3)  A-class,  I-class  and  U-class  Segholates.  (4) 
The  vowels  of  the  Qal  Part.  act.  (5)  A  comparison  of  jllp^'H 
with  ^"inn  an(^  riii^J7-  (6)  The  words  meaning  lie-was-divided, 
he-will-be-divided.  (7)  The  construct  state  of  nouns  like  ^injj,  Dilt, 
etc.  (8)  The  construct  state  of  Segholates.  (9)  The  two  forms  of 
the  fern,  ending  Jf— ,  and  M— •  (10)  Methegh.  (11)  The  original 

T 

forms  of  the  various  Perfect  stems.  (12)  Inflection  of  the  Qal  Im- 
perfect. (13)  Prefixes  and  affixes  of  the  Impf.  as  compared  with 
the  affixes  of  the  Perfect.  (14)  The  difference  between  the  stem- 
vowels  of 


LESSON  XXI.-GENESIS  II.  15-18. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1)  n&\  (184);   (2)-totf?  (115);   (3)  D"J(5p  (190);   (4) 


/V07TS. 


(198);  (5) 


221.  nj?n-awd-(he)-foofc;  cf. 

a.  For  ntf?^  but  *?  is  assimilated  (like  j),  §  39.  3. 

6.  The  guttural  H  has  •=•  (a)  before  it,  rather  than  o,  §  42.  2.  &. 

222.  ^nn^?  —  way-yan-ni-he-hu  —  and-he-caused-to-rest-liim  : 

a.  The  •  \  is  Waw  Consec.;  J|H  _  is  the  pron.  suf.  of  3  m.  sg. 

b.  The  root  is  (TO  to-rest;  the  form  is  an  irreg.  Hiph'il. 

223.  HIQ^I  nHy1?—  lc'o-bhedhah  u-leso-merah  : 

T    :    T      :  T  :  *r   : 

a.  The  translation  of  these  words  is  :  to-serve-her  and-to-keep-her. 

b.  The  insep.  prepositions  are  as  usual  ;  *)  before  *p  becomes  ?|,  I  49.  2. 

c.  The  final  ,1  is  a  consonant,  as  indicated  by  Mappiq,  §  16.  1. 

d.  The  —  under  ^  and  jy,  if  it  were  a,  would  have  Methegh,  §  18.  2. 


LESSON  21.  85 


e.  J1—  is  a  contraction  of  H *>  cf.  1  for  !)H ,  I  124.  1.  R.  1. 

T  T    JT  .       .       .  -IT 

/.  These  forms  are  Qal  Inf's  const,  (cf.  7fc^D),  and  without  suffixes 
would  read  "13J£  and  "JOt?'  (2  70.  2);  but,  before  the  suffix,  o  is 
pushed  backward  to  y  and  J£J,  and  shortened  to  o,  3  74.  3.  a.  (2). 

<;.  The  syllables  y^  and  t£^p  are  half-open,  and  the  S'was  under 
2  and  ^  are  raediaZ  (g  26.  4.  N.). 

224.  Wl— and-(}ie)-commanded;  cf.  ^1  from  ;f?3  : 

—  .  —  —     .  —  T     T 

a.  Shortened  from  HWV  P^l  Impf.  of  pfl¥  he-commanded. 
1.  D.  f.  omitted  (1)  from  »  and  (2)  from  1,  ^14.  1,  2. 

c.  The  unfailing  indication  of  the  Pi'el  is  here,  viz.,  ~ under  1st  rad. 

d.  niV,  in  Pi'el,  =  he-commanded;  so  fV?3i  in  Pi'el,  =  he-finished. 

225.  ^D^ — 'a-khol — to-cat,  or  eating : 

a.  Qal  Inf.  absolute  of  7^^  he-ate;  second  vowel  unchangeable. 

b.  Cf.  with  this  the  form  of  the  Inf.  const.  ^^  (cf.  ^'D)  =  '*khol, 
the  o  being  changeable,  $  70.  1.  6?  2. 

c.  Cf.  *?#p  (6)  and  ^'p  (o);  n'O^'  (6)  and  -)££>'  (o). 

226.  ^D^n— to'-khel— thou-shalt-eat  : 

a.  p  indicates  the  Impf.  2  m.  sg.  (thou),  root 
Z>.  Cf.  with  this  ")PN*1  and-ke-said,  from 

227.  fJ?P1— and-from-trec-of:  J|,  §  49.  2 ;  3D  J  48.  2. 

228.  *?3tfn— Another  spelling  of  *?3^n  (226). 

229.  DV?  ^  m9-/rom-Aim  (=  it);  for,  in-day-of: 

a.  p  reduplicated  =  [QQ;  with  ?|H ;    IH^gD  =  WOO,   in  which 
the  p]  is  assim.  backwards  and  repres.  by  D.  f.  in  3,  §  51.  5.  b, 
and  ~  is  deflected  to  — . 

b.  T).  1.  in  3  and  in  3  because  of  prec.  disj.  accent,  §  12.  3. 

230.  ^O£f— 'akho-lekha— thy-eating  : 

a.  The  Inf/const.  is  ^K,  but  before  £l,  ^^  (o),  §  74.  3.  a.  (1). 
5.  Cf.  (1)  reg.  form  ^CDp,'  (2)  form  before  ?TJ,  '^p,  (3)  form  before 
H_  (see  Note  223. /),  ^tpp  (o). 

231.  DlOn  n10~moth  ta-muth — dying  thou-shalt-die  : 
a.  The  Qal 'inf.  abs.,  and  Impf.  2  m.  sg.  of  filO  fo-tf/e. 


86  LESSON  21. 


b.  The  explanation  of  these  forms  will  be  given  later. 

232.  WfJ—  h'yoth—  being-of;  cf.  fiiB>#  mdking-of: 

a.  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  fl^H  he-was^  translated  as  a  verbal  noun. 

T  T  v 

&.  Under  the  guttural  j"f  appears  a  compound  Sewa. 

233.  ll^1?  —  1°  °r  in-separation-liis:  *?,  prep.;  H*3,  noun;  *),  suffix. 

234.  i^~n^I#*—  'e-'esel-f  16—  I-will-make+for-him  : 

a.  J$  indicates  the^rs^  pers.  sg.;  root  is  Hb^  he-made. 

b.  The  D.  f.  in  ^  is  conjunctive  (cf.  HI-Titfe^  ^  15'  3- 

c.  Cf.  j?jn  (46),  n^y  (71),  n1^,  all  from  H^. 

235.  If^—  'e-zer—  (*)Mp  or  7ie?per;  cf.  *)ty  p^  Ebenezer  : 
a.  Like  ^j;  and  j^an  i-class  SegholateJ  106.  1.  b. 

236. 


5.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

104.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  a  guttural  must  have  —  for 
their  stem-vowel  in  the  Imperfect. 

105.  The  Pi'el  Impf.  may  always  be  distinguished  by  the  -=•  (or, 
if  the  second  radical  is  a  guttural^  the  —)  which  is  under  the  first 
radical. 

106.  The  Hiph'il  Impf.  may  be  distinguished  by  the  —  which  is 
under  the  personal  preformative. 

107.  The  Niph'al  Impf.  may  be  distinguished  by  the  D.  f.  in  and 
the  T~  under  the  first  radical. 

108.  The  o  of  the  Inf.  abs.  is  6  unchangeable ;  but  the  o  of  the 
Inf.  const,  is  o,  and  may  be  shortened  to  o,  or  may  be  given  to  the 
first  radical  and  then  shortened  to  o. 


LESSON  21.  87 


5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  2  68.  1.  a,  6,     The  stem  and  inflection  of  the  Mph'al  Impf. 

2.  §  68.  2,  3,  4,     The  stems  and  inflection  of  the  Pf  el,  Hithpa'el, 

(cf.  pp.  166,  167)  Pii'al  and  Hoph'al  Imperfects. 

3.  3  68.  5.  a,  I,     The  stem  and  inflection  of  the  Hiph'il  Impf. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  II.,  verbs  numbered  41—50. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  II.  15  —  18. 

7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  He  will  be  divided,1  they 
ivill  l>e  divided,  we  shall  be  divided,  thou  (f.)  shalt  be  divided  ;  (2) 
She  will  sanctify,  I  shall  sanctify,  ye  will  sanctify,  they  (f.)  will 
sanctify,  we  shall  sanctify  ;  (3)  Thou  (f.)  shalt  be  sanctified,  I  shall 
be  sanctified,  ye  (m.)  shall  be  sanctified,  we  shall  be  sanctified;  (4)  He 
will  cause  to  divide,2  they  (m.)  will  cause  to  divide,  we  shall  cause  to 
divide,  thou  (f.)  wilt  cause  to  divide,  ye  (f.)  shall  cause  to  divide;  (5) 
Thou  (f.)  shalt  be  caused  to  divide,  we  shall  be  caused  to  divide  ;  (6) 
I  shall  rule,  I  shall  be  ruled,  thou  (f.)  shalt  rule  thyself,  they  (f.)  will 
cause  to  rule,  we  shall  rule  ourselves. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  Thou  mayest  eat  from  all 
the  fruit  which  God  has  given;  (2)  Thou  shalt  divide  between  the  good 
and  between  the  evil;  (3)  Thou  mayest  not  eat  from  the  tree  which  is 
in  the  midst  of  the  garden. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  ^Kfi  ^btf  5   (2) 

;  (3)  rrrn  Di-vrns  QTftS  t^;  (4) 
~ 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  Verses  15  —  18  of  chapter 
II.,  from  the  pointed  text. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  15  —  18  of 
chapter  II.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

iU«3  the  root  11£J  (in  Niphal).    2  Use  the  root          in  Hiph'il. 


LESSON  22. 


6.  To  be  written: — (1)  The  verbs  in  §  7G.  numbered  1 — 40  (except 
those  in  which  the  Qal  is  marked  Q*,  and  Nos.  17, 19,  35  and  39),  in 
the  Imperfect  3  m.  sg.  of  those  stems  in  which  each  verb  is  there 
said  to  occur. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Assimilation  of  *?.  (2)  Dif.  between  the  o  of  the  Inf.  abs.  and 
the  o  of  the  Inf.  const.  (3)  The  Inf.  const,  before  suffixes.  (4)  The 
words  meaning  being-of,  to-serve-her,  tliy-eating.  (5)  The  character- 
istics by  which  the  various  Imperfects  may  be  distinguished.  (6) 
The  stems  of  the  various  Imperfects.  (7)  The  inflection  of  the  va- 
rious Imperfects.  (8)  Peculiarities  of  gutturals.  (9)  Tone-long 
vowels.  (10)  Methegh,  Mappiq,  Raphe  and  Maqqeph. 


LESSON  XXII.-GENESIS  II.  19-21. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1)  nDTOp  (129);  (2)rrtTU28);   (3)  nitSTT  (171);   ( 
(29);  (5)  nni?  (125);  (6)  1?  *l.(235,  236);  (7)  fl^l  (221)' 


2.    NOTES. 

237.  "ttn—  a  defective  writing  of  ")^5  (182). 

238.  fcO^l  —  and-he-caused-to-come;  cf.  J7*rO^  > 

..  T_  ...  —  ^ 

a.  Clearly  a  Hiph'il  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  root  XlS  to-come-in. 

b.  Instead  of  —  ,  the  preforinative  *  has  ~  in  an  open  syllable. 

239.  nl^-ttr-'oth-to-see;  cf.  ^'D*?,  nlB>Jg£  : 
«•  nlX*)  is  the  Inf.  const,  of  the  verb  H2O  Tie-saw. 

b.  ^,  before  a  letter  with  Sewa,  takes  —  \  47.  2. 

240.  I'^'N'ljp^nD—  may+yiq-ra'+16—  what+he-wiU-caU+to-it 

a.  The  Interrogative  what?  pointed  like  the  article,  §  54.  2.  a. 

b.  *)/  =  to-Jtim,  just  as  13  ==  i 


LESSON  22.  89 


241.  JOn— literally  he,  =  is;  cf.  Principle1  5  (3). 

242.  nlD^ l!DK* — his-name names: 

a.  Before  the  suffix  *j  the  T  of  QJ^'  becomes  T;  but 
>.  The  ~  is  retained  before  the  fern.  plur.  affix  6th. 
c.  R«bhi(aT  (-=-)  over  ni6fi£  2  24-  5.  6. 

243.  N¥D--fo-/oMnrf;  cf.  JOp,  anS: 

a.  — ,  instead  of  ~=~  as  in  rOt£^  because  fr$  is  silent. 
1.  Lit.,  he-found;  here  impersonal,  =  there-was-found. 

244.  *?5*5 — way-yap-pel — and-(he)-causcd-to-faU : 

a.  This  form  is  for  ^3^1,  which  is  like  ^5^,  in  Hiph'il. 

b.  Root  ^£3,  of  which  ^  is  assimilated  and  represented  by  D.  f. 

c.  fnX  ytDl  (1§1  ^5J  all  have^  for  their  first  radical;  the  old 
Jewish  paradigm- word  was  7^3i  the  first  radical  of  which  is  £  ; 
hence,  technically,  these  verbs  are  called  ?"£,  i.  e.,  Pe  Nun, 
§  77.  2,  and  N.  1. 

245.  ntDT")ri — (&}-deep-sleep:    on  formation  see  §  115.  and  R. 

246.  IW"}— way-yi-san— and-lie-slept ;  cf.  IV'I : 

IrYr       "  V  J— 

a.  The  —  is  pausal  for  -=-,  ^  38.  2. 

i.  The  radical  *  becomes  silent  after  the  preceding  — . 

247.  nrTK-a-hath— one:    fern,  of  Ifl^  (37). 

248.  Vr\jf? ¥ft—miw&-le<b-ihsiv?—from-ribs-his  : 
a.  The  JQ  with  |  assimilated,  §  48.  1. 

^-  r\J^7V  isplur. const. of  ^^^  (v.  22),  a  feminine  noun, 
c.  V_  is  the  same  as  in  V5&  see  Note  185.  I. 

249.  "Ijlp*! — way-yis-gor — and-Tie-closed ;  cf. 
a.  Perfects  :'-UD, 

1.  Imperfects : 

c.  The  o  is  o,  not  6  ;  as  it  always  is  in  Qal  Impf. 

250.  *\uft-fle8h;  cf.  cn&  n^,  nnr,  *ini  isy,  2 107.  i.  a. 

T     T  TT|TT  TT  TT          T  *r 

251.  Jl^in HD  — tah-ten-n a — instead-of-her: 


i  That  ip,  Principle  of  Syntax. 


90  LESSON  22. 


a.  Prep.  j"injl,  see  49;  a  connecting  syllable,  J ;  the  fern,  suf.,  J"f- 

b.  n  is  assim.  backwards,  so  that  rQfinfl  becomes  ^FlfTH ;  then 
the  vowel-letter  H  is  added,  §  6.  «!"N.  1. 

5.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


D1NH 

T    T    |T  •    -      T       - 

nnnD        NVD-N1?         DIN'?')  (v.  20         nsn 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

109.  The  preposition  f  £  /rom  is  written  separately  chiefly  before 
the  article  ;  elsewhere  it  is  joined  to  the  following  word,  the  ^  suf- 
fering assimilation ;  but,  if  the  following  word  begins  with  a  gut- 
tural, the  D.  f.  is  rejected  and  the  preceding  —  heightened  to  — . 

110.  The  syl.  standing  second  before  the  tone  receives  Methegh, 
if  it  is  an  open  syllable. 

111.  Three  accents  of  high  rank  are  -^-  Zaqeph  qaton,  —  Zaqeph 
gadhol,  —  Rebhi(a)',  §  24.  4,  5.  a,  b. 

112.  Verbs  whose  first  radical  is  J  assimilate  the  ^  whenever  it 
would  stand  at  the  close  of  a  syllable.    It  is  then  represented  by  D. 

f.  in  the  second  radical.    Such  forms  are  liable  to  be  confused  with 

\ 

Pi'el  forms. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  $  69.  1.  a — c,  The  stem  of  Imperatives. 

2.  I  69.  2.  a,  6,  and  N.  1,  The  inflection  of  Imperatives. 

3.  I  70.  1.  a,  b,  The  Infinitive  Absolute. 

4.  §  70.  2,  The  Infinitive  Construct. 

5.  2  30.  6.  a,  The  6  that  comes  by  obscuration  from  a. 

6.  §  30.  7.  a,  c,  c?,  The  6  that  comes  by  contraction  of  au  or  aw. 


LESSON  22.  91 


6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  V.,  nouns  numbered  1  —  15. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  II.,  19-21. 

7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  Rule  thou  (m.),  keep  ye  (f.), 
sanctify  thou  (f.),  divide  ye  (m.),  fill  ye,  subdue  ye,  be  tJwu  (f.)  sepa- 
rated, sanctify  yourselves,  swarm  ye;   (2)  To  rule  (abs.),  to  cause  to 
rule  (abs.),  to  keep  (const.),  to  sanctify  (const.),  to  sanctify  oneself, 
to  be  kept  (abs.),  to  be  created  (const.),  to  be  called  (const.),  to  cause 
to  divide  (const.),  to  rule  (const.),  to  be  ruled  (abs.). 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:—  (1)  What  will  God  call  the 
great  luminary  f  (2)  Who  formed  every  fowl  of  the  heaven  f  (3)  Who 
gave  (Heb.,  called)  names  to  the  fowl  of  the  heaven,  and  to  the  beast 
of  the  earth  f  (4)  Flesh,  the  flesh,  to  the  flesh,  in  the  flesh,  and  in  the 
flesh;  (5)  God  caused  a  deep  sleep  to  fall  upon  the  man;  (6)  /  will 
close  the  flesh;  (7)  He  found  the  fruit  in  the  garden. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  'P^'HD  ;  (2) 

(3)  nongrr1??'?  cnNj?  ^[p?-no;     ' 
T'T  m  Dn  nri 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  Verses  19  —  21  of  chapter 
II.  ,  from  the  pointed  text. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  19  —  21  of 
chapter  II.  ,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  :—  The  verbs  in  §  76.  numbered  41  —62  (except 
Nos.  43,  46—49,  55,  59,  60)  in  the  Imv.  2  m.,  and  the  Infinitives  (abs. 
and  const.)  of  those  stems  in  which  each  verb  is  there  said  to  occur. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  Interrogative  Pronouns.    (2)  Verbs  with  &$  as  their  third 
radical.    (3)  Verbs  with  J  as  their  first  radical.    (4)  Nouns  which  had 


92  LESSON  23. 


originally  two  short  vowels.  (5)  Preposition  ?p.  (6)  The  accents 
Zaqeph  qaton,  Zaqeph  gadhol,  and  Rebhi(a)'.  (7)  The  stems  and 
inflection  of  the  various  Imperatives.  (8)  The  Infinitives  Absolute. 
(9)  The  Infinitives  Construct.  (10)  The  6  from  a.  (11)  The  6  from  aw. 


LESSON   XXIII.-GENESIS   II.  22,  23. 

1.    NOTE-REVIEW. 


(1)  DHN  (131);  (2nfea  (250);  (3)  Q  in  tf'NQ  (202);  (4) 
(80);  (5)  -TflN  (37);  (6)  tf?  (174). 


252.  p'1—  way-yi-bhen—  and-(he}-built;  cf.  2T: 

a.  Shortened  from  ftp*  (root  HJD),  as  ]yV  from  rQ"V  (root 

fe.  The  ending  ft_  is  always  rejected  from  verbal  forms  with  Waw 

Consecutive  ;  so  W\  not  fTi}*1),  t^J^l,  not  H^^V 
c.  ?3*  ig  difficult  to  pronounce,  so  —  is  inserted  under  ^,  §§  37.  2. 

c;  100.  5.  M3). 
cZ.  From  the  root  j"03  build,  come  ?3  S07Z''  H3  daughter. 

253.  y^Vn—the-rib;  cf.  the  form  before  suf.  flj^V  (248)- 

254.  PCfr-Vtoo*;  cf.  the  Qal  Impf.  Hp^  (221). 

l~  T 

255.  ni^'N1?—  le'is-sa—  -for-woman;  cf.  ^K  (v.  23). 

256.  nXD*!  —  wa-jrebhi-'e-ha  —  and-he-caused-to-come-her: 

a.  RootTjd3";  cf.  Xl4'*)  (238);  D.  f.  omitted  from  \ 

"  T~ 

b.  The  pf  is  3  f.  sg.  suffix  her;  —  may  be  called  a  connecting  vowel. 

c.  The  —  is  i,  though  written  defectively. 

d.  In  }O*  ~  stands,  because  before  the  tone  ;  but  in  H&O*i  this  v 

••  T  T  jv   •  : 

has  become  ~  ,  because  of  the  removal  of  the  tone,  \  32.  1.  c. 

257.  fiKr-z6  ih-this  (f.);  cf.  rfpK  (165),  3  52.  1.  c. 

258.  D375J1  —  hap-pa-'am  —  the-stroke,  =  now: 

a.  An  a-class  Segholate,  original  a  retained,  1  106.  2.  a. 


LESSON  23.  93 


b.  —  used  as  a  helping-vowel  instead  of  — ,  ?2  37.  2 ;  42.  2.  a. 

c.  Article  has  here  its  original  demonstrative  force,  tffos,  i.  e.,  this 
stroke  or  time,  meaning  now. 

259.  */bV,J^O — me-'a9a-may— from-bones-my : 
a.  JO  for  JJO;  cf.  ^Q  and  C^ND  (v.  23),  §  48.  2. 

Z>.  *£3VJ7  is  the  form  taken  by  D^jL^  in  the  plural  with  the  suffix 
meaning  my;  the  form  is  a  difficult  one,  {j§  124.  3.  a.  (1);  125. 4.  c. 

260.  ^W3&—from-flesh-my;  cf.  D* /H^  iTlN^ : 
a.  Not  Htbi,  but  H£>3 ;  cf.  256.  d.  \  32i  1.  c. 

•    T       T  •  T         . 

6.  A  singular  noun  with  suffix  of  1  person  sg. 

261.  N*"]p* — yiq-qa-re' — 7ie-(i.  e.,  it)-shall-be-called : 

a.  Niph.  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  verb  Nip  call. 

b.  Note  the  D.  f.  in,  and  pretonic  T~  under  the  first  radical. 

262.  n^t'nnp1? — Iii-q0haz+z6  th — was-talcen-\-this : 

a.  ~r  indicates  Pu'al ;  comp'd  Sewa  under  p,  tho'  not  a  guttural. 

b.  n indicates  Perf.  3  fern,  sg.;  cf.  ("TiTH- 

T  T   : |T  v 

c.  D.  f .  conjunctive  in  f,  i  15.  3 ;  Methegh  before  comp'd  Scwa. 

d.  D.  f.  omitted  from  p,  U  14.  2  ;  32.  3.  b. 

3.  FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 

for 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

113.  The  ending  H i  with  which  all  Imperfects  of  verbs  having 

n  for  the  third  radical  end,  falls  away  after  Waw  Consecutive. 

114.  Two  consonants  with  Scwa  seldom  stand  at  the  end  of  a 
word ;  a  vowel  (—  or  -=•)  is  generally  inserted  for  euphony. 

115.  A  vowel  which  became  long  because  of  proximity  to  the 
tone,   becomes  tone-short   (i.   e.,  a  half-vowel),  when  the  tone  is 
removed  to  a  distance. 


94 


LESSON  23. 


116.  Some  Segholates  have  two  S'ghols ;  others,  those  with  a 
guttural  for  the  third  radical,  have  one  S€ghol  and  one  Pathah ; 
still  others,  those  with  a  guttural  for  the  second  radical,  have  two 
Pathah  s. 

5.   PRONOUNS,  PERSONAL  TERMINATIONS,  PRONOMINAL  SUFFIXES. 


on 

frr 

DDK 


or 

She  has  kept  thee  (f.). 
Thou  (m.)  hast  kept  him. 
Thou  (f.)  hast  kept  her. 
I  have  kept  thee  (m.). 
They  (m.)  have  kept  me. 
They  (f.)  have  kept  you  (f.). 
Ye  (m.)  have  kept  them  (m.). 
Ye  (f.)  have  kept  them  (f.). 

kept  you  (m.). 


[Note.— Let  this  exercise  be  thoroughly  mastered;  it  will  be  found  a  most 
helpful  acquisition.] 


6.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 


71.  1.  a,  c, 
71.  2,  3, 

58.  2.  6,  c, 

58.  Notes  2,  3, 

64.  1—3, 

67.  1—3  and  Notes, 


The  Qal  active  and  passive  Participles. 
The  Niph'al  and  remaining  Participles. 
Tne  stem  of  the  Qal  Perfect  Statives. 
Middle  A,  E  and  0  verbs  ;  Statives. 
Inflection  of  Qal  Perfect  Statives. 
Inflection  of  Qal  Imperfect  Statives 


7.    WORD-LESSON. 


1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  V.,  nouns  numbered  16—30. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  vrords  in  Genesis  II.  22,  23. 


LESSON  23.  95 


8.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  Ruling,  ruled,  causing  to 
rule,  ruling  oneself,  being  caused  to  rule;   (2)  Resting,  causing  to 
rest,  closing,  closed,  caused  to  close  ;  (3)  Eating,  causing  to  rain,  find- 
ing, serving,  sanctifying  (Pfel),  sanctified  (Pu'al),  keeping  oneself. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  This  (is)  the  woman  whom 
God  created  from  the  man;  (2)  I  will  close  my  flesh;  (3)  This  woman 
was  taken  from  this  man;  (4)  Bone  from  his  bone  and  flesh  from  his 
flesh;  (5)  The  waters  shall  be  called  seas. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  Ifl      DV.J  (2)  I 


(6) 
(8)  nattr?  mia 

T  T        '      T 

4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :—  Verses  22,  23  of  chapter  II., 
from  the  pointed  text. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  22,  23  of 
chapter  IL,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  :—  (1)  The  verbs  in  g  76.  marked  1—40  (except 
those  in  which  the  Qal  is  marked  Q  .*,  and  Nos.  17,  19,  35  and  39) 
in  the  Participles  of  those  stems  in  which  each  verb  is  there  said  to 
occur  ;  (2)  The  verbs  in  §  76.  in  which  the  Qal  is  marked  Q.*,  in  the 
Qal  Perfect  3  m.  sg.,  2  m.  sg.,  2  m.  pi.,  and  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  3 
m.  sg.,  2  f.  sg.,  2  f.  pi. 

9.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Loss  of  Jl_.  (2)  Insertion  of  T  and  —  .  (3)  The  demonstra- 
tive pronoun.  (4)  The  personal  pronoun.  (5)  The  pronominal  suf- 
fixes with  the  sign  of  the  definite  object.  (6)  The  personal  termi- 
nations of  the  Perfect.  (7)  D.  f.  conjunc.  (8)  D.  f.  omitted.  (9) 
Pii'al  stem.  (10)  Volatilization.  (11)  The  vowels  of  Segholates. 
(12)  Qal  Participles.  (13)  Other  Participles.  (14)  Qal  Perfect  (sta- 
tive).  (15)  Qal  Imperfect  (stative).  (16)  Statives. 

i  See  S  45.  4. 


96  LESSON  24. 


LESSON  XXIV.-GENESIS  II.  24,  25. 

7.    NOTES. 

263.  \3~^y  —  upon-\-so,  =  therefore;  cf.  e  of  ?3  and  e  of  pj. 

264.  "D?^—  ya-'azobhH  —  he-shaU-forsake+: 

a.  For  Dtj)',  but  before  Maqqeph  o  becomes  o;  root  2?}^. 

5.  jf#>  instead  of  j?#>  (cf.  ^bpty  because  the  guttural  y  prefers 

(1)  ^  to  —  ,  and  (2)  :—  to  —  ,  §§  42.  2.  a;  42.  3.  b. 
c.  Qal  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  guttural  verb  Dt^5   synopsis  in  Qal, 

"' 


265.  V5K—  'a-bliiw—  father-Ms: 

a.  3J^  father;  *  _  is  an  archaic  ending  peculiar  to  this  word. 
&.  *)  is  all  that  is  left  of  *\ft  his  or  Aim;  cf.  *)  in  V3N« 

T     "" 

266.  IftK  —  'im-mo  —  mother-his: 

a.  DJSt  mother;  *j,  the  suffix  of  the  3  masc.  sg. 

b.  Before  1,  £  is  doubled;  —is  consequently  shortened  to—,  §  28.  3. 

267.  tty—and-shaU-deave;  cf. 
a.  SynopsisTin  Qal,  p5*l,  p^ 

5.  *]  with  the  Perf  .  is  Waw  Conversive  ;  cf.  •  *|  with  the  Imperfect. 

268.  iJ10<?—  bc;is-to—  in-wife-his: 

a.  An  irregular  form  of  Jlt^Ki  before  the  suffix. 

269.  VH*V-  way-yih-yu—  and-they-were;  cf.  VHI  : 

v  :   I"  T    • 

a.  Sewa  under  f"J  is  silent,  being  only  a  syllable-divider. 

6.  Methegh  with  —  ,  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation  of  the  fol.  H- 

c.  Qal  Impf.  3  m.  pi.  of  the  verb  n*J"t,  with  Waw  Consecutive. 

270.  DJl^t^—  (the)  two-of-them  =  they-two;  cf.  .^^',  DH^  : 
a.  *>%&  is  the  construct  state  of  the  dual  OOtff  ^wo. 

Z>.  DH  is  the  pronominal  suffix  of  the  3  plur.  masc. 

271.  D'DIIJ?—  <eriim-mim—  naked  : 

a.  The  Sewa  under  J/,  because  of  distance  from  the  tone. 
6.  The  }  must  here  be  regarded  as  a  short  vowel  (i.  e.,  an  incorrect 
full  writing  of  u),  on  account  of  the  D.  f.  following. 


LESSON  24. 


97 


272.  ^£On*— yith-bo-sa-su— they-will-be-ashamed 

a.  A  formation  after  the  manner  of  the  Hithpa'el. 

b.  Imperfect  3  masc.  plur.  of  the  root  fc^O- 

c.  The  —  in  pause  for  T. 

3.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


vr 


D'JS 


P.    OBSERVATIONS. 

117.  The  ~  which  is  seen  in  ^JDp*  was  originally  a  Pathah;  this 
original  Pathah  is  retained  before  gutturals. 

118.  Waw  Consec.  with  the  Impf.  is  O;  with  the  Perfect,  it  is  ). 

119.  The  vowel  to  which  —  is  shortened  in  a  closed  syl.  is  — . 

120.  The  vowel  to  which  —  is  shortened  in  a  sharpened  syl.  is—. 

121.  The  plural  ending  Q* becomes  in  the  construct  * . 

122.  The  dual  ending  D* also  becomes  in  the  construct  * . 

•_|—  •* 

3.    PRONOUNS,  PERSONAL  PREFIXES  AND  TERMINATIONS, 
PRONOMINAL  SUFFIXES. 


ah 


i 


I?1? 

on1? 


He  will  write  to  us. 
She  will  write  to  thee  (f.). 
Thou  (m.)  wilt  write  to  him. 
Thou  (f.)  wilt  write  to  her. 
I  will  write  to  thee  (m.). 
They  (m.}  will  write  to  me. 
They  (f.)  will  write  to  you  (f.). 
Ye  (m.)  will  write  to  them  (m.). 
Ye  (f.)  will  write  to  them  (f.). 
We  will  write  to  you  (m.). 


98  LESSON  24. 


5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  §  75,  General  View  of  the  Strong  Verb. 

2.  I  75.  E's  1—7,  Characteristics  of  Steins. 

3.  I  77.  ].  a—  c,  Guttural  Verbs. 

4.  377.  2.  a,  6,  Contracted  Verbs. 

5.  §77.  3.  a—f,  Quiescent  Verbs. 

Note  1.  —  The  synopsis  of  a  stem  includes  (1)  the  Perf.  3  m.  sg., 
(2)  the  Impf.  3  m.  sg.,  (3)  the  Imv.  2  m.  sg.,  (4)  the  two  Infinitives, 
(5)  the  Participle  or  Participles. 

Note  2.  —  In  this  general  review  of  the  strong  verb,  master  the 
synopsis  of  each  stem,  so  that  it  can  be  pronounced  without  hesita- 
tion, and  written  with  perfect  accuracy. 

Note  3.  —  In  this  work  use  the  following  verbs  in  addition  to  the 
paradigm  word  :  (1)  bt^'Q  rule.  (2)  "IfO  write.,  (3)  ""O1?  capture. 

-  -  - 


6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  Lists  V.  and  VI.,  nouns  numbered  31  —  45. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  II.  24,  25. 

7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:  —  (1)  He  will  rule,  he  ruled 
himself,  he  will  be  caused  to  rule,  be  thou  (m.)  ruled;  (2)  He  will  be 
kept,  keep  thy  self  (Niph.)  ,  he  caused  to  keep,  to  be  caused  to  keep;  (3) 
He  was  holy,  he  shall  be  sanctified,  sanctify  thou  (Pi'el  and  Hiph'il), 
it  shall  be  sanctified;  (4)  To  be  created,  being  created,  causing  to 
divide,  to  cause  to  call,  ruled,  being  caused  to  keep. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  God  will  not  forsake  me; 
(2)  My  mother  will  write  to  me;  (3)  The  man  and  the  woman  became 
(Heb.,  were  for]  one  flesh;  (4)  The  man  was  called  Adam;  (5)  The 
woman  forsook  her  mother,  and  clave  to  her  husband. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  *$$}  ifjyi  N*?  5  (2)  ^7 

;  (3)  nt-ns  fitston  irj;n  N1?  ;"w  orr     vrr 


LESSON  25.  99 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters :—  Verses  %4,  25  of  Chapter 
II.,  from  the  pointed  text. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  : —  Verses  24,  25  of 
Chapter  II. ,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  Synopses  to  be  written  :— (1)   Of  ^"l^  in  Ni.  and  Hi.;  (2)  of 

in  Pi-  and  Pil;  (3)  of  'jjgfr  in  Qal^Pi.,  Pu.  and  Hi.;  (4)  of 
in  Qal,  Ni.  am?  Hi.;  (5)  o/!p£)  m  <z?Z  seve/i  steww;  (6)  o/*O3 
(which  has  a  in  Qal  Impf.  and  Imv.)  in  Qal,  Ni.,  Pi.,  Pii,  Hi,  Hithp. 

8.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Attenuation  of  a  to  i  in  the  preformatives  of  the  Qal  Impf. 
(2)  The  occurrence  of  an  original  a  before  gutturals  in  the  preform- 
atives of  the  Qal  Impf.  (3)  Waw  Conversive,  or  Consecutive,  with 
the  Perf.,  with  the  Impf.  (4)  The  words  for  man,  woman,  Ms-wife, 
her-husland.  (5)  Dual  ending  in  absolute  and  construct.  (6)  Short- 
ening of  e  to  e  and  i.  (7)  Synopses  in  various  stems.  (8)  Character- 
istics of  various  stems.  (9)  Classes  of  weak  verbs. 


LESSON  XXV.-REVIEW. 

7.    WORD-REVIEW. 

[In  this  list  of  words,  the  superior  figures  indicate  the  verse  in  which  the 
word,  or  its  derivative,  is  found.  In  the  case  of  nouns,  the  singular  absolute 
is  given,  in  the  case  of  verbs,  the  root.  The  student  is  expected  to  compare 
with  each  word  as  here  given,  the  various  forms  of  that  word  which  occur  in 
the  chapter,  e.  g.,  with  HPi^  he  will  compare  Hpl^n  he-caused-to-drink, 
to-cause-to-drink.] 

I.    VERBS. 

DID17 


DV^8 

SriD11       N¥B20 


rav 


np1?15 


100  LESSON  25. 


2.    NOUNS,   PARTICLES,   ETC. 

IX-4 


DH^'12 

D£>8 


DiS*24 

PT}?21    rnfc>5     Dinjpn^tfra2        nr4       t}X7 


2.    I/ERSE-REVIEW. 

1.  Pronounce  the  pointed  text  of  each  verse  until  it  can  be  read 
aloud  rapidly  and  without  hesitation. 

2.  Write  out  on  paper  the  unpointed  text,  one  verse  at  a  time, 
and  then,  without  the  aid  of  either  pointed  text  or  translation,  insert 
the  necessary  points  and  vowel-signs.    Compare  the  result  with  the 
pointed  text,  and  note  the  mistakes ;  repeat  the  exercise  till  each 
verse  can  be  pointed  without  mistake. 

3.  Write  the  Hebrew  of  the  chapter,  verse  by  verse,  with  only 
the  English  translation  before  the  eye.    Here  also  correct  the  result 
each  time  by  the  pointed  text. 

4.  Write  out  the  transliteration  of  each  verse,  referring   in 
doubtful  cases  to  the  transliteration  of  particular  words  given  in 
the  Notes  from  time  to  time. 

3.    GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 

1.  Long  6  =  a,  §  30.  6.  a.  6.  Simple  verb-stem  (Qal),  3  58. 

2.  Long  6  =  aw,  I  30.  7.  a,  c,  d.  1,  2.  a-c,  Notes  1-4. 

3.  Heightening  of  a,  i,  ii,  §  36.      7.  Formation  and  force  of  the 

2.  N.  [and  N.  2.  Pi'el  stem,  §  59.  1,  2. 

4.  Volatilization,  §  36.  3.  a,  &.      8.  Formation  and  force  of  the 

5.  Attenuation,  §  36. 4. a,  6.  Pu  al  stem,  I  59.  3,  4. 


LESSON  25. 


101 


9.  Formation  and  force  of  the 
Hithpa  el  stem,  I  59.  5,  6. 

10.  Formation  and  force  of  Hiph. 

and  Hoph.  stems,  I  60.  1-4. 

11.  Formation  and  force  of  the 

Niph'al  stem,  I  61.  1,  2. 

12.  General   view  of  the   verb- 

stems,  I  62.  R's  iHt. 

13.  Inflection  of  Qal  Perf.  (act- 

ive),  2  63.  R's  1-4. 

14.  Inflection  of  Qal  Perf.  (sta- 

tive),  2  64.  1-3. 

15.  Inflection  of  remaining  Per- 

fects,  §  65.  1,  2. 

16.  Inflection  of  Qal  Imperfect 

(active),  2  66.  R's  1-4. 


17.  Inflection  of  Qal  Imperfect 

(stative),  §  67.  1-3. 

18.  Inflection  of  remaining  Inl- 

perfects, I  68.  1-5. 

19.  Inflection  of  the  various  Im- 

peratives,  \  69.  1,  2. 

20.  The  various  Infinitives  (abs. 

and  const.),  I  70.  1,  2. 

21.  The  various  Participles,  271. 

1-3. 

22.  General  view  of  the  strong 

verb,  §  75.  R's  1-7. 

23.  Classification  of  weak  verbs, 

277.  1-3. 

24.  Segholate  nouns,  §  106.  1. 


4.    A  REVIEW  EXERCISE  ON  THE  STRONG  VERB. 

[  Supply  in  each  case  the  vowel-points,  etc.  ;  the  superior  figures  denote  the 
number  of  places  in  the  paradigm  represented  by  the  accompanying  form,  e. 

g.,  n^as 


(i)  jrtop3,  (2 
V?Dn2,  (6)  rten4,  en 


,  (4) 


,  (8)  i^conn,  (9) 


(5) 


no)  rtopnn2,  UD  'nop2,  (12)  rfropn,  us)  ^topN,  (14) 

,    (15)   ^DpfT,    (16)  *?BpJT,    (17)   *7tDpnn3,    (18) 

(is)  n^topn,  (20)  ^Bprr,  (21)  n^Dpn12,  (22) 
(23)  ^Dpn10,  (24)^opD3,  (25)i^topn2,  (26)  n^copnn, 
(28)  ^topnn2,  (29)  i^topnn,  (30)  ^topD,  (3D 
,  (32)  n^Dpi  (33)  i^op5,  (34)  ^topK5,  (35)  ^pnx, 

,    (37)  n^tOpP,    (38)  ^tOpn5,    (39)  ^Dpni   (40) 

,  (4D  Vropn  (42)  on^topnn,  (43)  n^topn2,  (44) 

(45)  ^Dp3,  (46)  «7Bp>5,  (47)  ^tOp^7,  (48) 


(36) 


102  LESSON  26. 


(49)  f?Dpnn2,  (50)  tfj&pn2,  (51>  vfr&pA  (52)  ^Dp2,  (53) 

frf?tDpA  (54)  rfrDp6,  (55)  top*   (56)  tyfcpft,  (57)  frf?t)pft2, 
(58)   Y7Bp;V,    (59)   ^Dp10,    (60)    rtep3,    (61)   I^DpA    (62) 

,  (63)  Drfj&p3,  (64)  Ttonrr,  (65)  ^onrr,  (66) 
(67)  ntonn,  (68) 


LESSON  XXVI.-GENESIS  III.  1-3. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(D-P(49);   (2)*7b(108);   (3)  JVft  (128);   (4)  ft"}frft  (171);   (5) 

(255);  (6)  YS  (70);  (7)  jjft  (189);  (8)  rpn?  (41);  (9) 
(229). 


273.  t^n^ni—  and-the-serpent:  W  49.  1;  45.  1;  107.  1.  a. 

T  T  ~    : 

274.  iTn—  Qal  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  '£  gut.  and  H"1?  verb 

T   T 

&e;  meaning,  he-was;  corresponding  form  of  the  strong  verb, 
§  100.  1.  a. 

275.  D'ny  —  cunning:  a  passive  formation,  §  108.  1.  c. 

276.  H"^J/—  Qal  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  '£}  gut.  and  ft"1? 

make;  meaning,  he-made;  corresponding  form  of  the  strong  verb, 
^Dp,  2  100.  1.  a. 

-  IT 

277.  £lX  —  'aph  —  also,  even:  a  conjunction. 

278.  ")5^—  Qal  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  N"S  verb  *O<;  meaning, 
he-said;  cor.  form  of  strong  verb,  ^^p,  !§  88.  1;  89.  (5). 

279.  ^DKD—  tho'-kh'lu—  ye-shall-eat;  cf  .  ^DN*1  : 

:  |  -i- 

a.  r\  —  thou,  and  with  the  affix  }  (plur.)  indicates  Impf.  2  pi.  m. 
Z>.  The  J»J,  as  in  *1!JJX*X  loses  its  force,  and  preform,  has  6,  $  88.  1. 
c.  The  —  under  5  is  for  —  or  —  II  88.  2;  66.  R.  3. 

280.  ID^ni—  wat-to'-mer—  and-she-said  : 

j   — 

a.  On  the  form  of  "VVaw  Consecutive  with  Impf.  see  $  73.  2.  a. 


LESSON  26.  103 


1).  On  the  retrocession  of  the  accent,  §  73.  3.  a.  (3). 

c.  On  the  vowel  after  ft  (6),  and  the  vowel  under  JO  (S),  §  88.  1,  2. 

d.  Qal  Impf.  3  f.  sg.  of  the  K"£  verb  *")DN  say;  meaning,  slie-will- 
say;  corresponding  form  of  the  strong  verb, 

281.  ^DNJ— no'-khel— we-may-eat;  cf . 

a.  A  as  in  ft^J£3  (130),  is  connected  with  ^H/^- 

b.  ft  loses  its  force,  and  the  preformative  has  6,  §  88.  1,  2. 

c.  Qal  Impf  .1  pi.  com.,  of  the  X"£  verb  ^5^5  meaning,  we-may-eat; 
corresponding  form  of  strong  verb  ^bp^lj  $  88.  1,  2. 

282.  yttfi— tirfg-g-'fi— ye-sliall-toucli,  for  IJ^fl : 
a.  ft,  with  ?|,  indicates  Impf.  2m.  pi. 

I.  J,  the  first  radical,  is  assimilated,  ?§  84.  2.  a;  85.  (6). 
c.   Qal  Impf.  2  in.  pi.  of  the  ?"£  and  /!?  gut.  verb  y^  touch;  mean- 
ing, ye-sliall-toucli;  corresponding  form  of  strong  verb, 

283.  }^  13  y^n-The  D.  1.  in  ^  and  £),  S  12.  3. 

284.  pnpri— temu-thun— ye-sJiall-die;  cf.  tyZft  • 

a.  £],  with  ?J  (p  archaic,  ^  66.  R.  3),  indicates  Impf.  2  m.  pi. 

b.  The  root  is  JTlO  rfi'e;  T  is  defective  for  1,  2  6.  4.  N.  2. 

5.    FotfMS  f0/?  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

123.  In  verbs  K"£j,  the  X,  in  Qal  Impf.,  loses  its  consonantal 
force,  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  always  6. 

124.  In  verbs  H"1??  where  the  ft  is  merely  a  vowel-letter,  and  in 
verbs  K"^,  where  the  K  has  lost  its  consonantal  force,  the  ultimate 


104  LESSON  26. 


—  of  the  root  form  (cf.     Dp)  is  heightened  in  the  open  syllable 

-  IT 

to  T~. 

125.  The  prefix  ft  with  the  affix  ?J  indicates  an  Iinpf.  2  m.  pi. 

126.  Methegh  is  found  with  a  long  vowel  in  a  closed  syllable 
before  Maqqeph,  and  especially  with  an  unchangeable  long  vowel. 

127.  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Imperfect  draws  the   accent 
from  the  ultima  to  the  penult,  provided  the  penult  is  not  a  closed 
syllable. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  $  73.  1.  a.  b,  Use  of  Impf.  and  Perf.  with  Waw  Cons. 

2.  g  73.  2.  a.  6,  The  form  of  the  Conjunction. 

3.  §  73.  3.  a.  b,  The  verbal  form  employed. 

4.  I  73.  3.  K  and  N's.  1,  2,  Special  cases. 

5.  §  88.  1,  2,  Peculiarities  of  verbs  tf"£. 

6.  §  89,  The  verbs  having  these  peculiarities. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  VI.,  nouns  numbered  46—60. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  III.  1 — 3. 

7.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX.— COMPARISON. 

rn&D  rvn  ^bp  onj;  rrn  t^rtiDI— And  the  serpent  ivas 

cunning  from  every  (=  more  cunning  than  any)  beast  of  the  field. 
Principle  6. — Comparison  is  expressed  by  means  of  the  prep.  fp. 

8.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew : — (1)  The  sun  is  larger  than 
(Heb.,  great  from)  the  moon;  (2)  The  man  is  better  than  the  woman; 
(3)  The  woman  is  better  than  the  man;  (4)  We  may  eat  of  all  good 
fruit;  (5)  She  may  eat  from  the  fruit  of  the  tree  which  is  in  the  midst 
of  the  garden;  (6)  We  may  say,  ye  (m.)  may  say,  she  ivill  say,  I  will 
say. 


LESSON  26.  105 


2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  God  created  the  heavens, 
and  made  the  luminaries;  (2)  He  made  (the)  man  in  the  sixth  day, 
and  rested  in  the  seventh  day;  (3)  He  will  sanctify  the  seventh  day, 
and  will  rest  in  it;  (4)  The  man  will  give  food  to  the  cattle,  and  to 
tfiefoiol  oftJie  heavens,  and  will  give  (Heb.,  call)  to  them  names. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—(l)  fOJ'?!  fWJ£;  (2) 

(3)  mtfW  >rO>n;  (4)  -OO  fi^;  (5) 

(6)  ttfto1!  m;  (^)  rrtt"tt<ft  mm 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  The  new  words  of  Genesis 
III  1-3. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  1-3  of 
Genesis  III.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  described:1—  The  forms  WW  (1:21),2  "ij|p»  (2:21),  ffj* 
(1:17),  &OJ5?  (2:23),  ^  (1:4),  ^'^  (2:3). 


(1)  The  K  of  verbs  tf"£.  (2)  The  vowel  of  the  preformative  in 
the  Qal  Impf  .  of  verbs  #"£.  (3)  The  stem-vowel  of  verbs  X"£3  in 
the  Qal  Impf.  (4)  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Impf.  (5)  Waw 
Consecutive  with  the  Perfect.  (6)  First  radical  of  verbs  f"5.  (7) 
Hiph'il  Impf.  with  Waw  Consecutive.  (8)  The  ,1_  of  Jl"^  Impf's 
with  Waw  Consecutive.  (9)  Change  of  accent  with  Waw  Consecu- 
tive. (10)  D.  1.  after  a  disjunctive  accent.  (11)  The  use  of  Methegh 
before  Maqqeph. 


1  The  description  of  a  verb  includes  a  statement  of  (1)  the  stem,  (2)  tense,  (3) 
pers.,  gen.,  num.,  (4)  class,  (5)  root,  with  its  meaning,  (6)  meaning-  of  the  form, 
(7)  corresponding  form  of  StOD;  this  order  is  to  be  followed  rigidly. 

2  These  figures  refer  to  the  chapter  and  verse  of  the  text  in  which  the  form 


106  LESSON  27. 


LESSON  XXVII.-GENESISIII.4-6. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1)  HID  (231);  (2)  pfpfl  (284);  (3)  USD  (229);  (4)  JTjl  (199); 
(5)  NIPT  (Principle  5). 


285.  i^"j*  —  yo-dhe(a)'  —  knowing,  =  knows;  cf. 

a.  Qal  act.  part.  sg.  masc.  of  the  Y'£)  and  /17  guttural  verb  y"T*  know; 
meaning,  knowing;  corresponding  form,  ^tDp- 

b.  The  —  under  y  is  Pati&h-furtwe,  \\  82.  1.  c.  (3);  91.  (4). 

286.  DD^N—  'akho-lekhem—  your-eating;  cf.  ^Dtf  : 

v   :    T    -:  I  :    T    -; 

a.  The  —  under  ^  is  6  shortened  from  o,  §  74.  3.  a.  (1). 

b.  Qal  Inf.  const.,  for  ^itf,  with  pronominal  suffix  Q^- 

287.  ^np£D^1  —  and-shall-be-opened  : 

a.  The  ^  is  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Perfect,  §  73.  2.  6. 
6.  The  j  is  the  characteristic  of  the  Niph'al,  \  61.  1. 

c.  Niph'al  Perf.  3  c.  plur.  of  the  '^  gut.  verb  HpB  open;  meaning, 
ihey-were-opened;  corresponding  form,  ^pp^. 

288.  &yyy  —  'e-ne-khem  —  your  eyes: 

a.  Eye  f^;  [two]  eyes  D^!'#;  [two]  eyes-of*$y,  $  123.  5. 
&.  The  grave  suffix  DJ?  always  accented,  §  51.  1.  b. 

289.  Qft"ft}—wih-yi-them—and-ye-shan-be: 

a.  X  so  written  before  a  consonant  with  Sewa,  is  Waw  Consecutive. 

b.  OH  is  the  personal  termination  of  the  Perf.  2  m.  plur. 

c.  First  radical  ffi  second  *,  third  *;  T  under  H  silent. 

290.  D'rfrfcO—  ke'-lo-him—  like-  God  : 

a.  For  D^n^KJD  according  to  §  47.  3;  but  fc$  is  weak  and  loses  its 
consonantal  force,  and  ~  unites  with  ~,  forming  e,  §  47.  R.  1. 

291.  ^"1*—  yo-dhe'e—  knowers-of;  cf.  J^jM285)  : 
a.  The  m.  plur.  const,  of  Jflj*;  note  the  ending  *  _  . 

292.  fcOJll  —  wat-te-re'  —  and-(she)-saiv;  cf.  XT1  and-(he)-saw  : 


LESSON  27.  107 


a.  Full  form  ft$1f\  (cf.  fTilf  .)»  but  ,%_  is  dropped  (2  100.  5.  6), 
leaving  JOf);  then  a  helping  —  is  inserted  (§  37.  2),  and  —  ,  now 
standing  under  the  tone,  is  heightened  (§  100.  5.  b.  (4)). 

293.  iTlNfi—  (a)  delight:  a  noun  formed  by  prefix  ft,  I  115. 

294.  D'i'JT1?—  to-tlie-\two\-cyes:  W  45.  E.  3;  122.  5.  a. 

295.  HDft?1  —  neh-madh  —  desirable  : 

a.  Niph.  part,  of  the  '£  gut.  verb  ^f^ft  desire;  meaning,  desired  or 
desirable;  corresponding  form  ^tOpJi  but  the  ~  has  become  ~ 
before  ft,  §  78.  2.  6. 

&.  The  strong  guttural  FT  has  simple  (silent)  Sewa,  I  78.  3.  c. 

296.  ^D^ft1?—  lehas-kil—  to-make-wise  : 

a.  Hiph.  Inf.  const,  of  ^5^  be  wise;  corresponding  form 

b.  Synopsis:  ^^H,  ^?^,  ^t^H,  ^tr,>5^, 
—  note  the  ~  under  preformative,  except  in  Perfect. 

297.  ^^-from-its-frmt:  (1)  JQ,  (2)  H$,  (3)1. 

298.  fnni  —  and-she-gave  :  feminine  of  1ft*}  (94). 

299.  HOJ7  —  'im-mah  —  with-her;  preposition  Q^  : 

a.  n  _  5  arising  by  contraction  from  ft  _  ,  must  be  ah,  not  ah. 

T  T    -IT 

3.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


jn? 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

128.  The  ending  *  _  is  the  construct  ending  of  dual  as  well  as  of 
plural  nouns. 

129.  The  letter  ft,  of  ft^ft  be,  always  takes  simple  (silent)  S'wa, 
unless  it  is  initial. 

130.  The  Niph'al  Perfect  and  Participle  has  the  prefix  J. 


i  The  point  in  Q  is  a  Dagrhes,  noting  the  fact  that  the  prec.  S«wa  is  silent. 


108  LESSON  27. 


131.  The  vT  under  tf  sometimes  contracts  with  a  preceding  — 
and  gives  ~  (e). 

132.  Any  3  masc.  sg.  verbal  form  of  the  Imperfect  may  be  made 
3  fern.  sg.  by  change  of  *  to  ft. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 


1.  §78.  Tabular  view,  Synopsis  of    t?J^  in  various  stems. 

2.  I  78.  1,  Rejection  of  D.  f.  by  the  guttural. 

3.  §  78.  2.  a,  b,  Preference  of  gutturals  for  a-class  vowels. 

4.  §  78.  3.  a  —  c?,  Preference  of  gutturals  for  comp'd  Sewa. 

5.  §  42.  1—3,  Peculiarities  of  gutturals  (to  be  read). 

Note  1.  —  In  the  study  of  this  class  of  verbs,  (1)  examine  closely 
the  synopses,  noting  the  variations  from  the  strong  verb,  (2)  ana- 
lyze exhaustively  all  forms  given  under  §  78.  with  which  you  are 
familiar,  (3)  master  thoroughly  the  sections  indicated  to  be  learned, 
(4)  write  without  help  a  complete  paradigm  of  the  verb,  (5)  compare 
the  result  with  the  paradigm  given  in  the  grammar. 

Note  2.  —  In  the  study  of  'Q  gut.  verbs  use  for  practice  (1)  Ifty 
stand,  (2)  *O)7  serve,  (3)  pffl  be  strong. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  VI.,  nouns  numbered  61  —  76. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  III.  4-6. 

7.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

JT1>  >5—  For  God  (is)  knowing  =  For  God  knows. 
inpOfl  toOD  D?7?^  Di>3—  /»  ^  day  of  your  eating 
from  it,  THEN  shall  be  opened  your  eyes. 

Principle  7.  —  The  participle  is  often  used  for  the  present  tense. 
Principle  8.  —  The  conjunction  *]  is  frequently  used  "to  connect 
a  statement  of  time  with  the  clause  to  which  it  relates." 


LESSON  27.  109 


8.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:—  (1)  She  caused  to  serve  ;  (2) 
He  will  be  strong;  (3)  She  was  served;  (4)  I  caused  to  stand;  (5) 
They  ivill  cause  to  stand  ;  (6)  Thou  (f.)  wilt  be  caused  to  stand;  (7) 
It  will  be  said;  (8)  She  will  abandon;  (9)  Ye  (m.)  did  abandon;  (10) 
I  will  be  served;  (11)  Be  thou  served;  (12)  To  be  abandoned;  (13)  We 
shall  serve;  (14)  Pe  (m.)  shall  stand;  (15)  .Be  strong. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  Serving  tliou  shalt  serve 
JchovaJi  ;  (2)  And  the  man  saw  the  good  fruit  ;  (3)  And  the  woman 
saw  that  the  fruit  was  good;  (4)  Their  eyes  ivere  opened;  (5)  In  the 
day  of  your  ruling  the  earth;  (6)  The  woman  will  eat  the  fruit,  and 
of  (=  from)  it  she  will  give  to  her  husband,  who  ivill  eat  with  her 


3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1)  n^rrfitf  HtSfttfl  nfTj?J? 

" 


;  (2)  mrn  n!2ft    njn 
j  ;  (4)  pjgj  nsrr^s  ibfr  ^NH  ;  (5) 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  The  new  words  of  Genesis 
III.  4-6. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs:  —  Verses  4  —  6  of 
Genesis  III.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  out  :—  Synopses,  as  indicated  in  8  79,  of  the 
verbs  numbered  6,  9,  11,  20,  24. 

7.  To  be  described  :-The  forms  H?Op, 

,  rrfe, 


P. 

(1)  Dual  abs.  affix.  (2)  Dual  const,  affix.  (3)  H  with  —.  (4)  And- 
he-saio,  and-she-saw.  (5)  Apocopation  of  H—  •  (6)  Formation  of 
feminine  nouns.  (7)  Synopsis  in  Hiph.  of  ^W-  (8)  Contraction 
of  ~  and  "vT.  (9)  Synopses  of  verbs  '£  guttural.  (10)  Peculiarities 
of  verbs  '£  guttural. 


110  LESSON  28. 


LESSON  XXVI1I.-GENESIS  III.  7-10. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1)  DiT^'  (88,270);  (2)  (TH  (15);  (3)  Ifij^N  (268);  (4)  >Jjtj  (13); 
(5)  rlfi     (41)  ;  (6)    Jrj  (189)  ;  (7)  N          (29)  ;  (8)  DIN  (131). 


.2.      /I/07TS. 

300.  n^llMril—  aw^-(they,f.)-w;ere-ope7ie^;  cf.  Y\p*  : 

a.  Niph'al  (note  D.  f.  z»  and  —  under  5),  Impf.  3  fern.  (H3)  plur.  of 
the  yt7  guttural  root  Hp3  5  corresponding  form 

301.  W#—  'e-ne-et/es-o/;  cf.  D3*J^.(288) 

302.  *l  j^Tl  —  way-ye-dhe'u  —  and-tliey-knew  : 

a.  Qal  Impf.  3  m.  plur.  of  the  Y'£  and  '*?  gut.  verb  y^  know. 
i.  Corresponding  form,^tpp*  ;  the  first  radical  \  being  weak,  drops 
out,  and  ~  now  standing  in  an  open  syl.,  is  heightened,  §  90.  2.  a.  (I). 
c.  Methegh  with  long  vowel  before  vocal  S'wa  pretonic,  I  18.  2. 

303.  D^QI^  —  'e-rum-mim  —  naked  :  irregular  plural  of  CTVy. 

304.  DH  —  hem  —  they(m.}  :  cf.  the  other  form  nDHj  pron.  suf.  QH. 

T  J*  " 

305.  1"l5fVl  —  way-yith-pcru  —  and-they-  sewed  : 

a.  Q^l  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  of  "15D  sew;  cor.  form,  I^Dp*;  3  m.  sg. 

6.  synopsis  :  ngn,  ^f,  nfl]i,  map,  nflp,  H$n, 

306.  n^—  ale—  ^a/-o/:  abs.  sg.  ,1^. 

307.  n^NH  —  the'e-na—  fig-tree  :  note  the  Zaqeph-qaton. 

T  "     : 

308.  ^1^1  —  way-ya-'asu—  and-tliey-made;  cf. 

309.  ^y^\-and-they-lieard  ;  cf.  VlgJV}  (305). 

310.  ^Ip—  qol-voice;  cf.  ^b  (kol)  all. 

311.  TlyHrip—  walking:  Hithpa'el  participle  of  T 

312.  N3DTO—  and-(^Q}-hid-Jiwisclf;  cf. 

313.  HS^—  'ay-yek-ka—  where-(art)-tJwu?  : 

a.  ^  where,  with  union  syllable  }  _  ,  ^  74.  2.  c.  (3). 


LESSON  28.  Ill 


&•  J"O?  a  fuller  writing  for  !TT,  the  pronominal  suffix. 

314.  *r\yfa1& — I-heard;  corresponding  form  Vl^Dp  ;  cf. 

315.  NTJO — wa-'i-ra' — and- I-was-af raid  : 

a.  •  \  the  Waw  Consec.,  before  a  guttural,  loses  D.  f.  and  becomes  X 
Z>.  fr$  indicates  the  first  person  /;  the  root  is  JO*  be-afraid. 
c.  The  accent  T'bhir  (,),  and  that  under  >fl#pt#,  Tiphha  (J,  are 
disjunctives  of  the  third  class,  §  22.  10,  11. 

316.  JGfiNV- wa-'e-ha-bhe'— and- I-liid-my self : 
a.  On  1  and  K  see  preceding  note  (315.  a). 

L.  Niph'al  Impf.  1  c.  sg.  of  the  '£  gut.  and  X"1?  verb  JOJ"T  hide. 
c.  D.  f.  rejected  from  H,  and  preceding  vowel  heightened,  §  78.  1. 

3.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


MTJ 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

133.  •*),  before  thej^rs^  person  (J^),  becomes  X 

134.  Of  two  J3ewas  in  the  middle  of  a  word  the  first  is  a  sj'llable- 
divider,  the  second  a  half  -vowel. 

135.  An  aspirate,  although  preceded  by  a  vowel-sound,  will  have 
D.  1.  if  the  preceding  word  have  a  disjunctive  accent. 

136.  Where  a  closed  syllable  would  have  i,  an  open  syllable  has  e. 

137.  The  Hithpa'el  is  generally  reflexive  ;  the  Niph'al  was  orig- 
inally reflexive,  and  in  common  usage  frequently  has  this  force. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 


1.  $  80.  Tabular  View,  Synopses  of    Np  in  various  stems. 

2.  §  80.  1.  a,  b,  and  N.  1-3,  Rejection  of  D.  f.  by  the  guttural. 

3.  §  80.  2.  a-c,  Preference  of  the  guttural  for  a. 

4.  §  80.  3,  and  Notes  1,  2,  Preference  of  the  gut.  for  comp'd  S'wa. 

5.  §  42.  1-3,  Peculiarities  of  gutturals  (to  Ic  read). 


112  LESSON  28. 


Note  1. — In  the  study  of  this  class  of  verbs  (1)  examine  closely 
the  synopses,  noting  the  variations  from  the  strong  verb,  (2)  analyze 
exhaustively  all  familiar  forms  given  under  \  80.  1-3,  (3)  master 
thoroughly  the  sections  indicated  to  be  learned,  (4)  write  without 
help  a  complete  paradigm  of  the  verb,  and  (5)  compare  the  result 
with  the  paradigm  given  in  the  grammar. 

Note  2. — In  the  study  of  'y  gut.  verbs,  use  for  practice  (1)  7$StJ 
redeem,  (2)  Vr£  hasten,  (3)  fi  W'  destroy,  (4)  Tp!J  Hess. 

6.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  VII.,  the  nouns  numbered  77 — 84. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  III.  7 — 10. 

7.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

JIN   D'li^K  frTQ—  God  created  the  heavens. 
Tf?X  DDK  *T\y*\—And  God  blessed  them. 

:•:  T  |  Y-IT  :- 


— Thy  voice  I  heard  in  the  garden. 

Principle  9. — The  object  of  the  verb  generally  stands  after  both 
predicate  and  subject ;  but  if  the  object  is  pronominal  it  stands  be- 
tween the  predicate  and  subject ;  or,  if  the  object  is  to  be  empha- 
sized it  stands  before  both  predicate  and  subject. 

8.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:— (1)  He  will  redeem ;  (2)  Re- 
deem thou(L)-  (3)  They  (in.)  will  redeem;  (4)  Ye  blessed  (PI);  (5) 
We  shall  be  blessed;  (6)  Bless  ye  (m.) ;  (7)  Thou  shalt  be  blessed; 
(8)  Thou  didst  hasten  (Pi.);    (9)  We  shall  hasten;   (10)  To  destroy 
(PI);  (11)  Destroying;  (12)  Ye  destroyed. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :— (1)  Thou  didst  hear  the  voice 
of  God  from  the  heavens  ;  (2)  Let  us  make  for  ourselves  large  gird- 
les ;  (3)  They  will  hide  themselves  (Ni.,  or  Hithp.)  in  the  garden ;  (4) 


LESSON  29.  113 


This  is  the  day  in  which  Jehovah  spoke  to  the  man  in  the  midst  of 
the  garden  of  Eden;  (5)  God  blessed  tlie  man  and  his  seed;  (6)  Bless 
thou  (f.),  my  soul,  the  God  of  the  heavens. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English:-(l)  fiifT-fi#  0*011 


(2)      rr    D'ij   ?i     n',  (3) 


(4)  DJPJ  'if?**  nm  (5)  rnrr  DIP  n"o>  PNTT 

•j-   T     -  v:      |T  T       :  |  -      :    I     VJT  T 

4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  The  new  words  of  Genesis 
III.  7-10. 

5.  To  be  written  witli  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  7—10  of 
Genesis  ///.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  out:  —  Synopses  as  indicated  in  §  81,  of  the 
verbs  numbered  2,  3,  8,  19,  24,  27. 

7.  To  be  described  :—  The  forms    "H^O'I,   fi$rnp,    D^?"!3 

nnt?,  ire?,  ^j. 

9.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  1  of  verbs  V£  in  the  Qal  Impf.  (2)  The  vowels  6  and  o. 
(3)  Cases  of  Niph'al  and  Hithpa'el  stems  in  this  Lesson.  (4)  •*)  be- 
fore J<.  (5)  The  peculiarities  of  gutturals  as  exhibited  in  verbs  'y 
guttural.  (6)  Synopses  of  verbs  'y  guttural.  (7)  Synopses  of  the 
strong  verb  ^tDp.  (8)  The  personal  'pronoun.  (9)  The  inseparable 
prepositions.  (10)  The  Waw  Consec.  with  Perfect  and  Imperfect. 


LESSON  XXIX.-GENESIS  III.  11-14. 

7.    NOTE-REVIEW. 

(1)  mS  (229) ;  (2)  D"IN*H  (131) ;  (3)  fi^tf  (255) ;  (4)  p  (49) ; 

JV      •  T  T    |T  T        • 

(5)  n?N*n_l  (280);  (6)  tfTUn  (273);  (7)  nOH?  (125);  (8)  ^PF  (128); 
(9)  HT^H  (171);  (10)  ^xn  (228). 


114  LESSON  29. 


2.     NOTES. 

317.  n^H—  (he)  made-known;  cf.  Tt?0n,  ^,  fl£)>  : 
a.  Hiph'il  (H)  Perfect  3  sg.  m.  of  the  f"£j  verb  "1^3  fnake  known. 


I.  Cor.  form,       DpH  ;  Synopsis,  ^H,  T^,  H-lil,    "tin, 
TJD  i  the  D.  f.  in  j|  is  for  the  assimilated  1  §  84.  2.  5. 

318.  ^1*7  —  preposition  *?,  with  suffix  ^T  §  51.  3. 

319.  nflN—  pausal  for  frfltf,  23  50.  2  ;  38.  2. 

T  AT  -JT    - 

320.  jiprj—  hamfti—  f/roM,  ^46'  1;  48' 

321.  ^IVVIV  —  9iw-wi-thi-kha  —  I-commanded-thee;  cf  .  Wl  : 
a.  Pfel  Perf.  1  sg.  of  the  >;/t7  verb  ,1^  command,  §  100. 

Z>.  Cor.  form,  ^^'pDp  5  ^>ut  instead  of  ^J_,  we  have  >___  =  e  =  i  ; 

§  100.  3.  6. 
c.  ^]1  =  /;  !n  =  ^ee;  D.  f.  in  },  characteristic  of  Pfel. 

322.  ^'75'?  —  t°-n°t:  prep.  *?,  and  Vl^J,  the  neg.  used  with  Inf  's. 

323.  "^X—  'akhoH  --  (to}-eat:  Qal  Inf.  const,  before  Maqqeph, 
§  17.  2. 

324.  njirU—  na-that-ta—  thou-gavest;  cf.  Il^Dp  : 

a.  Qal  Perf'Ysg.  m.  of  the  J"fi  verb  JH1  2  84.:  2.  h.  3. 

Z>.  The  |*"J  at  the  end  is  not  usual  ;  the  ending  is  generally  )1. 

T 

325.  *"l£DJ?  —  5im-ma-dhi  —  witli-me:  note  Zaqeph  qaton,  §  24.  4. 

326.  ^"rUnU  Kin—  hi'  na-thenal+li—  she  gave+to-me,  ?15.  3  : 
a.  The  pronoun  used  as  subject  of  a  verb  is  expressed  whenever, 

as  here,  it  is  emphatic. 

327.  ^p'Kl-wa-'o-khel—  and-I-ate;  cf.  MlT^l,  ^NV 

«•  ^DN  is  for  ^J^^,  of  which  the  radical  tf  is'lo'st,  ^88^1.  N. 
6.  O,  the  form  of  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Impf.,  becomes  *)  be- 

fore N,  I  73.  2.  a.  (2). 
S28.  nN'T-nO—  maz+zoth—  wJiat+thisf  H  54.  2.  a;  52.  1.  c. 

329.  rWl£—  thou-(f.)-hast-done;  ft=thou  (f  .)  ;  on  ^_  see  §  100.  3.  6. 

330.  ^&Wn—  his-si-'a-ni—  (he)  deceived-me;  cf. 


LESSON  29.  115 


a.  ^  is  the  pron.  suf.  of  1st  pers.,  ~  the  so-called  connecting  vowel, 

g  74.  1.  c.  N.  1. 
&•  *W'n,  Hiph.  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  of  Xt^'l  3  being  assim.,  §  84.  2.  5. 

331.  HNt  rVWy— 'a-si-thaz  zoth— thou-(m.}-hast-done  this  : 
a.  rVtyy  =  thott-(f.)-hast-done;  JT^J£  =  thou-(m.}-7iast-done. 

1.  D.  f.  in  |  is  conj.,  \  15.  3 ;  accent  over  flXf,  S'gholta,  §  24.  3. 

332.  "VON— 'a-rur— cursed;  Qal  Part.  Pass,  of  TIN,  I  71.  1.  c. 

333.  ^hjJ-%-Z>e?fy;  cf.  D^'l*  nhNJ?  : 

a.  The  ~  of  JlHJI  becomes  —  when  the  suf.  is  added,  \  125.  1.  a. 
~b.  The  6  is  written  defectively ;  the  suffix  is  !T[  with  — . 

334.  Tl^n — the-lekh — thou-shalt-go  : 

a.  The  root  is  Tj^n,  or  tjh\  $$  102.  14,  15  ;  90.  2.  R.  3. 
6.  The  prefix  j"|  =  ^Aow  (m.);  cor.  form  of  ^Dp  is 

335.  W—days-of ;  sg.  D'V,  plur.  D^D*,  plur.  const. 

336.  ^"11"" hay-ye-kha— tliy-lives ;  from  the  plur. 
a.  On  the  vowel  * (e)  see  §  30.  5  and  I. 

3.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


TJin      >o      rmy       TTWU      n?^K      nnx 

T     -i-      T  T   :  |T  T    :  |T  T 

•no      rv'wy    rH&tv'wy      nnn^ 


4.    OBSERVATIONS. 

138.  The  radical  ^,  when  it  would  stand  at  the  end  of  a  syllable, 
is  assimilated. 

139.  The  Interrog.  pronouns  are  *£  wliol ',  and  «|*10  what?. 

140.  ]1  =  ^/iott  (m.),  £l  =  ^/iow  (f.),  but  both  have  their  aspirated 
sound,  (tli]  when  a  vowel  precedes. 

141.  D.  f.  conj.  may  or  may  not  be  accompanied  by  Maqqeph. 

142.  The  personal  termination  jl  tliou  (m.)  is  generally  written 
without,  though  sometimes  with,  the  vowel-letter  j"7. 


116  LESSON  29. 


143.  In  pause  -=-  becomes  —  ,  and  frequently  the  tone  is  shifted 
from  the  ultima  to  the  penult. 

5.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  3  82.  Tabular  View,  Synopses  of  tllDp  in  various  stems 

2.  3  82.  1.  a,  6,  Preference  of  the  guttural  for  a. 

3.  ?  82.  1.  c,  Insertion  of  Pathah-furtive. 

4.  g  82.  1.  d,  Insertion  of  —  in  Perfects  2  f  .  sg. 

5.  3  82.  2,  Preference  of  the  gut.  for  comp'd  Sewa. 

6.  g  82.  2,  Notes  1,  2,  The  Niph.  and  Pi'el  Inf's  abs. 

7.  §  42.  1-3,  Peculiarities  of  gutturals  (to  ~be  learned}. 

Note  1.  —  Treat  as  directed  in  former  Lessons  the  familiar  forms 
in  g  82.  1,  2. 

Note  2.  —  In  the  study  of  '*?  guttural  verbs  use  for  practice  (1) 
noint,  (2)  ff?'  se?i<7,  (3)  JftfcJ  swear,  (4)     fttf  hear. 


6.     WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  VII.,  nouns  numbered  85  —  94. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  III.  11  —  14. 

7.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  I  will  anoint;  (2)  He  will 
cause  to  anoint;  (3)  Sending,  sent;   (4)  Thou  (f.)  didst  hear;  (5)  He 
will  send;  (6)  /  swore  (Niph.);  (7)  /  will  swear;  (8)  She  caused  to 
send;  (9)  To  anoint;  (10)  We  shall  send  (Pf  el);  (11)  Cause  thou  (m.) 
to  se?ic7;  (12)  3^0  &e  sen/. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  He  told  the  man  that  he 
was  good;  (2)  Hast  thou  eaten  fruit  from  the  tree  of  lives  ?   (3)  Who 
gave  the  woman  to  the  man?  (4)  He  gave  me  fruit  and  I  ate  ;  (5)  She 
gave  him  fruit  and  he  ate  ;  (6)  I  gave  her  fruit  and  we  ate. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1) 

;  (3) 


LESSON  30.  117 


D?on-forj;  (5)  woo  nriN  'rurp  (6) 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  The  new  words  of  Genesis 
III.  11-14. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :—  Verses  11-14  of 
chapter  III.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  out  :  —  Synopses  as  indicated  in  I  83,  of  the 
verbs  numbered  1,  2,  9,  11,  20,  22. 

7.  To  be  described  :—  The  forms  HO*    Hfl*,     &,  H' 


5.    7"0p/£$  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  J  of  verbs  f"£)  in  the  Hiph.  (2)  He  Interrogative.  (3) 
The  negative  used  with  the  Infinitive.  (4)  The  peculiarities  of  the 
verb  frO.  (5)  O  before  K.  (6)  D.  f.  conjunctive.  (7)  The  Interrog- 
ative pronouns.  (8)  Jl  and  Hll-  (9)  The  peculiarities  of  gutturals 
as  exhibited  in  verbs"4?  guttural.  (10)  Pathah-furtive.  (11)  The 
helping-vowel  —  in  Perfects  2  f  .  sg.  (12)  Synopses  of  the  strong 
verb.  (13)  Synopses  of  the  /J7  guttural  verb 


LESSON  XXX.-GENESIS  III.  15-17. 

7.    NOTES. 

337.  PO^l — w*'e-bha— and-enmity:  a  fern,  noun,  from  root  y#. 

338.  rV&X—I-wM-put;  #  =  I,  the  root  being  f|^'  (*"&)  put: 
a.  Observe  the  Rebhi(a)\  I  24.. 5.  6. 

339.  ^\y^—fhy-seed;  n^"lt  her-seed;  cf.  Ijni"  his-seed. 

|     :    ;-  AT    :  : 

349.  T]51t^'* — he-shall-bruise-thee;  W«31t^ri  tliou-shalt-bruisc-liim: 
a.  The  Qal  Impf.  of  fj^'  is  ^1^>  (3  m.  sg.),'  f]^'ri  (2  m.  sg.). 
&.  When  the  tone  is  shifted  the  a  under  *  and  H  becomes  ~. 
c.  !H  with  —  =  <Aee  (m.);  W-— is  a  strengthened  form  of  1H 
2  74.  2.  c.  (3)  and  Note  1.  " 


118  LESSON  30. 


341.  t^Nl — head,  and  Dpl^  hcd  are  accusatives  of  specification. 

I  ..      T 

342.  ri2T}tl—causmg-to-be-great:   irreg.  for  PD*]}!,  Hiph.  Inf. 
Abs.  of  PO*")  'multiply. 

343.  r?3""]K — I-will-cause-to-be- great:  Hiph.  Impf.  1  sg.  of 
§  100.  1.  6.  : 

344.  ^y$y—i<j-<je}>h6-nekli—thy-(¥.}-sorrow  : 

«•  |l3Vj)  (root  3VJ7,  formative  addition  ?*),  g  119.  3)  becomes 

when  the  tone  is  shifted,  as  before  the  pron.  suffix,  $  125.  1.  a. 
b.  The  2  fern.  pron.  suf.  is  T[;  ~  is  the  so-called  connecting  vowel. 

345.  Tpi")n— thy-conception:  JIIH  with  7|  and  — ,  see  344.  b. 

346.  l^y. — sorrow:  an  a-class  Segholate,  §  106.  1.  a. 

347.  n'pjl— te-ledhi— thou-(f.}-shalt-bring-forth  : 

a.  For  *~f7ir)  (cf.  ^ppri),  but  *),  being  weak,  drops  out  and  — ,  in 
an  open  syllable,  becomes  — ,  ^  90.  2.  a. 

b.  Root  1^  =  I5?*) ;  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  I1?*,  for  I^V- 

-  T  -  T  ••  :  • 

c.  ft  and  * are  fragments  of  ^HK,  the  older  form  of  |HX,  §  50.  3.  c. 

348.  D*4^ — bha-nim— so7is:  irreg.  plur.  of  J3  so"' 

349.  "nnplt^ri — tesu-qa-thekh — thy-(i.}-desire  : 
a.  Abs.  npl^rV  a  feminine  formation,  §  115.  R. 

Z>.  Const.  nplK^I,  s^f.  T[  with  —  ;  cf.  Tjjlp  (345),  Tj^lDVi?  (344). 
c.  Before  t] ,  ~=~  in  an  open  syllable  becomes  — ,  $  124.  2. 

350.  T]S"^^'^— yim-sol-f  bakh— Jie-shall-rule+in-thee  (f.) : 
«.  "^t^'p*  f or^^p^  before  Maqqeph,  §  17.  2;  cf.  ^3,  -^3. 
?>.  T|^  =  in-thee  (f.);  cf.  ?|5  'in-thee  (m.),  2  51.  3. 

351.  ^J^N— 'is-te-kha— thy-wife;  pausal  for  ^rit^ N  J  38. 1.  N.: 

a.  ft  indicates  the  feminine,  here  attached  to  t^N  j  cf.  const. 

b.  S'gholta  repeated  according  to  §  23.  6. 

352.  mnN— fern.  sg.  of  *\T\#  (332),  Qal  Part.  pass,  of 

T         -;  T 

curse. 

353.  Tl'QJ^— ba-<abhu-re-kha— on-account-of-thee : 


LESSON  30.  119 


a.  A  compound  preposition,  *)^J^5  =  on-account-of,  for-the-sake-of. 
1).  5\  with  the  preceding  T  changed  to  —  as  in  ^Tjn^N,  3  38.  1.  N 
c.  D.  1.  in  2  because  of  preceding  disjunctive,  Tiphha  (0,  §  22.  10 
354.  tl&Sfift—  to'-kh8len-na—  tliou-(m.}-sJialt-eat-it  : 


a.  s   jal'lmpf.  2  sg.  masc.  of       K  eotf,  §  88.  1. 

b.  fT3—  is  for  fO_,  a  strengthened  form  of  ft,  just  as  !|j|      (in 

-j  note  carefully  g  74.  2T.c.  (3)  and  N.I,  2. 


2.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


3.    OBSERVATIONS. 

144.  In  pausal  forms  there  stands  between  the  verb  and  the 
pronominal  suffix  a  syllable,  ^___;  the  pf  of  1J"!  and  j"f  is  assimilated 
backwards  and  represented  in  the  j  by  D.  f  . 

145.  Between  the  usual  form  of  the  noun  and  the  2  fern.  sing. 
pron.  suffix  T|  there  stands  the  vowel  ~.     This  is  commonly  called 
a  connecting  vowel;  it  is  really  an  old  case-ending  (cf.  3124.  1.  6.  (1)). 

146.  The  o  of  the  Qal  Impf  .  is  changeable  (6),  and  before  Maq- 
qeph  becomes  6. 

147.  The  —  which  stands  before  the  suffix  !TT  is  a  volatilization 
of  an  original  —  ,  which  in  pause  is  restored,  and  heightened  to  e. 

148.  The  ~  which  stands  directly  before  the  tone  is  volatilized 
when  the  tone  is  shiftedj  as  before  affixes  for  gender  and  number. 

4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  I  84.  Tabular  View,    Synopses  of  *?&%  in  various  stems. 

—    T 

2.  3  84.  1.  a,  6,  Loss  of  Jj  in  Qal  Inf.  const,  and  Imv. 

3.  I  84.  2.  a,  6,  Assimilation  of  J. 

4.  1  84.  2.  N.  1,  The  preformative  vowel  in  Hoph'al. 

5.  I  84.  2.  R's  2,  3,  The  verbs  Up1?  and  {£& 


120  LESSON  30. 


Note  1. — In  the  study  of  this  class  of  verbs,  follow  the  order  in- 
dicated in  previous  Lessons,  analyzing  exhaustively  the  familiar 
forms  given  under  §  84.  1,  2  and  Remarks  1 — 3. 

Note  2.— Use  for  practice  (1)  *UJ  make  known,  (2)  ^$3  fall, 
(3)  E^3  approach. 

5.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  VII.,  nouns  numbered  95 — 104. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  III.  15—17. 

6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew: — (1)  Approach  thou,  to  ap- 
proach;  (2)  She  will  approach,  I  shall  approach;   (3)  They  made 
known  (HI),  thou  (f.)  wilt  make  known;  (4)  It  will  be  made  known; 
(5)  /  shall  take,  to  take,  take  thou,  taking;  (6)  Thou  shalt  give,  1 
shall  give,  to  give,  give  thou  (m.);  (7)  He  will  fall,  he  will  cause  to 
fall. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew :— (1)  Between  thee  and  between 
me;  (2)  Between  him  and  between  her;  (3)  God  made  known  to  the 
woman  that  the  man  should  rule  over  her;  (4)  Thou  (f.)  didst  hear 
the  voice  of  thy  husband;  (5)  Cursed  is  the  earth  because  thou  didst 
eat  from  this  tree;  (6)  I  will  give  thee  food  all  the  days  of  thy  lives. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English:— (1) 

(2)D^n  ntston  "f?n  3¥J£;  (3) 
(4)to#  TTOI  rrirr-1^  m^wiw  wrr 

:         |  ••  T  T       : 

4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  : — The  new  words  of  Genesis 
III.  15—17. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs : —  Verses  15 — 17  of 
Genesis  III.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  out :— Synopses  as  indicated  in  §  85,  of  the 
verbs  numbered  5,  7,  8,  10, 13,  28. 

7.  To  be  described :— The  forms  nt£i  Jft,  ftg», 

n?,  nn,  n,  ni" 


LESSON  *!.  121 


7.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Strengthened  form  of  the  pronominal  suffix  1H,  of  the  pron. 
suf.  H.  (2)  The  pron.  suf.  of  the  2  f.  sg.  (3)  Thou  (f.)  shalt  bear. 
(4)  The  accent  S'gholta;  its  repetition.  (5)  Cursed  (m.),  Cursed  (f.). 
(6)  Change  of  —  to  e.  (7)  ,1_  and  fl— .  (8)  Loss  of  J.  (9)  Assim- 

T 

ilation  of  j.  (10)  —  in  sharpened  syllables.  (11)  Synopsis  and 
peculiarities  of  Hp*?  5  of  JA3.  (12)  Synopses  of  ^20^  in  various 
stems. 


LESSON  XXXI.-GENESIS  III.  18-21. 

1.    NOTES. 


355.  rPPV^  —  she-win-cause-to-spring-  forth  :     Hiph.    of 
§  82.  1.  c.  (I)!  " 

356.  H^—  pausal  for  ^h  for-thee  (in.);  TJ1?  =for-thee  (f.). 

357.  fi'/O^I  —  Accent  on  ultima,  because  of  the  Waw  Consec., 
gg  21.  4;  78/a  &. 

358.  r)J7?5  —  beze-?ath  —  in-sweat-of;  const,  of  H^- 
i    •> 

359.  ^9^  —  'ap-pe-kha  —  thy-nostrils;  fromt\#nose: 

a.  Sg.  f]tf,'  dual  D*3K,  form  before  ^|  (or  H)  »gtf  ;  cf.  ^^(1. 

6.  The  Daghes-forte  in  ^  also  serves  as  Daghes-lene,  5  13.  2.  N.  1. 

c.  On  the  disjunctive  accent  Pasta  (  ^  )  see  |§  22.  8  ;  23.  5,  6. 

360.  DO^—  le-hem—  bread;  cf.  DfY?  JT3  Bethlehem. 

361.  ^]3*II^  —  thy-returning  ;  Qal  Inf.  const,  with  pron.  suffix: 
«.  ^bjp  is  for  ^tp[p  or  ^Dp  ;  3l#  is  for  ^Jff  or  3*1^'. 

Z>.  The  root  is  pronounced  i^,  because  the  Perfect  ^^  contains 

T 

only  two  radicals,  3  55.  3. 

362.  riVQft—fromrher:  for  ,^00;  cf.  ^00  for  1POED,  1  51.  5.  b. 

TJV    •  T   :  -iv    •  J'/    •  :  -iv    • 

363.  JlPTp1?—  luq-qah-ta—  thou-wast-taken,  U  59.  4.  6;  38.  2. 

364.  D1urn-^o^-5/ia^-re^r;i;  cf  .  filOn  (231)  : 

a.  Qal  Impf/2  m.  sg.  of  the  V'y  verb  ^^'  Lm;  cor.  form, 


122  LESSON  31. 


is  for    ppri,  the  ~  being  attenuated,  the  —  heightened. 
c-  y>^r}  (corresponding  to  ^ppfi)  becomes  3\Wf]  by  contraction 
of  )  to  }  and  heightening  of  —  to  —  . 

365.  mn-haw-wa-EX-  cf.  fTf!  life. 

lYT  -  T   - 

366.  NIPT—  hi',  not  hiw'—she:  for  K'H,  I  50.  3.  a. 

367.  iirVn  —  ha-y*tha  —  she-was  : 

a.  Qal  Perf.3  f.  sg.  of  the  '£  gut.,  and  ft"1?  verb  flTT  6e,  ?  100.  4. 
6.  Methegh  with  a  long  vowel  before  vocal  Sewa  pretonic,  I  18.  2. 

368.  DK—  but  1BK  (266):  DX  is  for  p^K,  2  106.  2.  c. 

369.  *f"f  —  pausal  for  *n  ;  an  adjective  meaning  living. 

370.  ]il^ri3—  koth-noth  —  tunics-of;  const,  pi.  of  AirD- 

371.  D^D1?^  —  way-yal-bi-sem  —  and-lie-causcd-tJiem-to-put-on  : 

a.  Hiph.  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  of  CO^?  wi^  suffix  Q  joined  by  ~. 

b.  The  —  under  ^  is  i,  though  written  defectively. 

2.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


1.  Verbal  Forms  :-|TOy& 

aitrn,  rrn»ji,  ^_, 

2.  Nominal  Forms  :-^j7,  Off?  ;  Iflj;,  DIN  5  flp, 

5.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 


?—  A  or  a«  *7ie  cos#  o/,  ^e  sw?ea«  of  thy 

nostrils  (=  face)  ^/ww  sTialt  eat  bread. 

Priiiciple  10.  —  The  preposition  3  may  denote  the  condition  in 
which,  or  the  cost  at  which  a  thing  may  be  done,  i.  e.,  the  manner 
or  the  price. 

4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  I  88.  1,  2,  The  peculiarities  of  verbs  N"£). 

2.  g  98.  Tabular  View,    Synopses  of  XCOp  in  various  stems. 


LESSON  31.  123 


3.  I  98.  1,  Final  X  in  verbs  tf"1?. 

4.  \  98.  2.  a,  I,  3.  a-c,      Medial  K  in  verbs  N"1?. 

Note  1.—  In  the  study  of  verbs  N"£j  and  tf"1?,  follow  the  order 
indicated  in  previous  lessons,  analyzing  exhaustively  the  familiar 
forms  given  under  %$  88.  1,  2  and  98.  1-3,  and  Remarks. 

Note  2.—  Use  for  practice  (1)  ")DK  say,  (2)  NXftfind,  (3)  JOD 
call 

5.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  VII.  ,  nouns  numbered  105  —  115. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  III.,  18  —  21. 

6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:  —  (1)  Ye  will  say,  I  shall  say  ', 
she  will  say,  thou  (f.)  wilt  say;  (2)  I  shall  eat,  we  shall  eat,  they  will 
eat;  (3)  He  will  be  created,  he  will  cause  to  call,  he  was  created,  he 
will  be  caused  to  call;   (4)  They  called,  she  caused  to  find,  tliou  (f.) 
wilt  find;  (5)  I  created,  ye  were  created,  thou  wast  caused  to  call,  we 
filled  (Pi'el);  (6)  They  (f.)  will  call,  ye  (f.)  will  be  created,  call  ye  (f.). 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  The  earth  caused  to  sprout 
forth  for  man  grass  and  herbs  and  thorns  and  thistles;  (2)  We  found 
in  the  field  the  fruit  which  God  commanded  (fTl^)  not  to  eat;  (3) 
The  man  shall  die,  and  unto  the  dust  he.shall  return;  (4)  I  shall  call 
the  name  of  my  wife  Eve;  (5)  I  have  found  my  mother;   (6)  Eve  was 
the  wife  of  (  jlt^'K)  Adam,  and  the  mother  of  all  living;  (7)  Adam 
was  Eve's  husband. 

3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—(!)  ,11(1  £>>N  JlM  >£;    (2) 

*ro;  o)  DIKJI  rrjp'p 
T  :)  rvio 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  The  new  words  of  Genesis 
HI.  18—21. 


124  LESSON  32. 


5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  18  —  21  of 
Genesis  III.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  out  :—  Synopses  as  indicated  in  \  99,  of  the 
verbs  numbered  1,  4,  8,  9,  15,  18. 

7.  To  be  described  :-The  forms  ^Q&\  ^N 

,  *«ra, 


7.     TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  primary  form  of  ^p.   (2)  The  form  31£>.   (3)  QN,  11 
(4)  Peculiarities  of  verbs  tf"£).     (5)  Inflection  of  ^DN  in  Qal  Impf. 
(6)  Peculiarities  of  verbs  X"1?.     (7)  Synopses  of  KtDD  in  various 

T  )T 

stems.    (8)  Inflection  of  tftOp  in  Qal  Perf.,  in  other  Perfects,  in 
Irnpf's  and  Imv's. 


LESSON  XXXII.-GENESIS  III.  22-24. 

7.    NOTES. 

372.  fil—  hen—  behold  :  same  as  n^H  (145). 

373.  ^P  nfl^5-^e-o?ie-o/[/rom]-ws: 

a.  "1HN  is  the  construct  of  "lH^  ;  here  followed  by  a  preposition. 
&•  1U5J9  is  i'or  JO  reduplicated"  and  ^  tw,  g  51.  5.  a;  cf  .  ?)3£p  for 


374.  Oj?~torA»ioio:  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  J/T  ^ow;;    §  90.   2. 
Kl;  ^J47l5. 

375.  *ni  —  wa-hay—  a?ic7-(he-should)-Zive  : 

a.  1  is  Waw  Con  sec.  with  Perf.,  the  ^r  being  pretonic,  §  73.  2.  ?>. 

b.  *n  is  Qal  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  y"y  verb  >^H  ?«Ve,  §  8G.  1. 

376.  inn1?^!  —  w^  -ycsal-lehe-hu  —  and-(=  therefore)-(he)-se7i^- 
1dm  : 

a   D.  f.  of  Waw  Consec.  omitted  from  >  because  it  has  not  a  full 
vowel. 


LESSON  32.  125 


b.  Pi'el  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  /l?  guttural  verb  Ffjty  send;  corres- 
ponding form,  JlH^Dp/ 

c.  The  pron.  suffix  !)fj  joined  to  the  verb  by  the  vowel  ~. 
377.  *i2y*?—  to-till:  Qal  Inf.  const,  II  78.  3.  a;  47.  3. 

1    378.  D^D  •  •  •  •  ^tytfl—  which  ____  from-there,  =  whence. 

379.  t^'"U*l  —  wa-y"gha-res—  and-he-d  rove-out  : 
a.  This  is  for  ^"W,  like  CHi^X  or  ^Dp^  ;  but 

Z>.  The  *,  having  only  a  Sewa,  drops  its  D.  f.,  while  the  gut.  *")  rejects 
its  D.  f.,  and  ~  under  j|  becomes  —  . 

c.  The  accent  being  drawn  to  the  penult  by  •  1,  "  becomes  ~. 

d.  Pfel  Impf.  3  masc.  sg.  of  the  'y  guttural  verb  t^")Jl  drive  out, 
!  80.  1.  a. 

380.  f3t^1  —  way-yas-ken  —  and-he-caused-to-dwell;  cf.  ^"IJ^I  : 

a.  Hiph.  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  (with  —  ,  not  *_)  from  ]yti  dwell,  I  73.  3.  R. 

381.  D^?"On  —  hak-keru-bhim  —  the-cherubim;  ~  for  ^  ;  singular 


382.  njnriDrT—  ham-mith-hap-pe-kheth—  the-(one}-tuming-it- 
*df:  cf.  rinnp,  S  122.  2.  6. 


383.  n-lis-mor—  to-keep;    cf.  mOt^?  (223),   and 

:  T  :    T     : 

(377). 

2.    FORMS  FOR  SPECIAL  STUDY. 


1.  Verbal  Forms  :-njTf?,  it?^,  ^flX   ^Hn^n,  Up1?, 

]3^\  nssnw- 

2.  Nominal  Forms  :—  "in, 


3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 


.  .  -toNV  .  •  .np1?1)  IT  rr^-jgi  nnjr|-^w^  now,  lest  he 

put  forth  his  hand  and  take  and  eat  and  live. 


126  LESSON  32. 


Principle  11. — In  the  narration  of  actions  which  are  to  occur  in 
the  future,  or  which  can  be  only  conditionally  realized,  the  first 
verb  is  in  the  Imperfect  while  those  that  follow  are  in  the  Perfect 
and  connected  with  the  preceding  verb  by  means  of  Wdw  Consec- 
utive (§  73.  1.  I). 

4.    GRAMMAR-LESSON. 

1.  S  100.  Tabular  View,  Synopses  of  HDp  in  various  stems. 

2.  I  100.  1.  a—/,  Treatment  of  the^d  radical  when  final. 

3.  §  100.  2,  Treatment  of  3d  rad.  bef .  vowel-additions. 

4.  $  100.  3.  a  —e,  Treatment  of  3d  rad.  bef.  cons.-additions. 

5.  I  100.  4,  The  3  sg.  fern,  of  Perfects. 

6.  §  100.  5.  a,  b  (1)— (8),  Apocopated  forms  (to  be  read). 

Note  1. — In  the  study  of  verbs  fl"1?,  follow  the  order  indicated 
in  previous  Lessons,  analyzing  exhaustively  the  familiar  forms  given 
under  §  100.  1—5. 

Note  2.— Use  for  practice  (1)  fftj  reveal,  (2)  f"03  build,  (3)  H^ 

IT  T  T  T    T 

complete. 

5.    WORD-LESSON. 

1.  In  the  Word-Lists,  under  List  II.,  verbs  numbered  51 — 60. 

2.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  new  words  in  Genesis  III.  22—24. 

6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew : — (1)  He  built,  he  will  build, 
building;  (2)  He  commanded  (Pi  el),  he  will  command,  commanding, 
command  thou;  (3)  To  command  (abs.),  to  build,  to  finish  (Pi'el) ; 
(4)  I  commanded  (Pi'el),  we  built,  thou  didst  cause  to  reveal;  (5)  We 
finished  (Pi'el),  ye  built,  they  (f.)  shall  build;   (6)  They  built,  they 
(m.)  will  command,  they  caused  to  build;  (7)  SJie  was,  she  made,  she 
was  made,  she  was  caused  to  reveal,  thou  (f.)  icilt  build. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew: — (1)  I  shall  put  forth  my  hand 
and  take  the  fruit  and  eat;  (2)  The  man  knew  good  and  evil;  (3) 
God  drove  forth  (Pi'el)  the  man  from  Eden  because  he  did  that  which 


LESSON  32.  127 


God  had  commanded  him  not  to  do;  (4)  The  man  will  serve  the 
ground  whence  he  was  taken;  (5)  Behold  the  sword  turning  itself;  (6) 
The  cherubim  and  the  sword  will  keep  the  way  of  the  tree  of  life. 
3.  To  be  translated  into  English  :—  (1) 


nwr  210    ?;  <4)  orn   o^r     rny 
(5)  -ruo  trwrni* 


4.  To  be  written  in  English  letters  :  —  The  new  words  of  Genesis 
III  22-24. 

5.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  22  —  24  of 
Genesis  III.  ,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

6.  To  be  written  out  :  —  Synopses  as  indicated  in  \  lOla.  of  the 
verbs  numbered  1,  2,  4,  11,  15,  19,  27,  28. 

7.  To  be  described  :—  The  forms 


7.    7"op/C5  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  Pi'el,  Pu'al,  Hiph'il,  and  Hithpa'el  stems  of  HDp-  (2) 
The  defective  writing  of  *|.  (3)  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Perfect. 
(4)  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Imperfect.  (5)  The  form  r\y^7- 
(6)  The  third  radical  of  verbs  called  ,1"^.  (7)  The  treatment  of 
this  radical  when  final,  before  vowel-additions,  and  before  conso- 
nant-additions. (8)  The  Perf.  3  sg.  fern.  (9)  Apocopated  forms. 
(10)  Synopses  of  HOD  in  various  stems.  (11)  Inflection  of  HDD  ^n 

T  }T  T  JT 

Perfects,  in  Impf's  and  Imv's. 


128  LESSON  33. 


LESSON  XXXIII.-GENESIS  IV.  1-4. 

7.    NEW  WORDS* 

(1)  frjn,    (2)   fop,    (3)  JIN  (preposition),    (4)  tp\   (5)   P?N, 

(6)  ^n,  (7)  njn,  (§)  fa&,  (9)  pp,  cioj  nmp,  (ID  rn 
(12)  rn,  (is) 


V.  1.  ilffl,  for  iTjrfp,  2?  78.  2.  a;  7S.  3.  &,  <Z;  100.  I.  Z>  and 
5.  6.  (5).—  -f?m"  §§  90.  2.V  (!)  ;  73.  3.  a.  (3).-VTJ5p,  2  100.  3.  6.- 

V  J"   -  •       f\T 

'*~jlKi  preposition  with. 

V.  2.  f]prV),  for  C]pinj,  22  90.  3.  b;  68.  5.  6.  (1)  ;  73.  3.  a. 
(2)  and  (3).—  Kl^  22  47.'  5;  90.  2.  o.  (3).—  VITO,  22  121.  2.  c;  124. 
1.  6.  (2);  1=!|n  his,  2  44.  4.  c.—  ^H,  for  ^30,  2^8.  2—  nj^'-|,  abs. 
HJ^h,  22  100.  1.  c;  123.  3. 

V.  3.  DW  (=  D^V),  plur.  of  01*  (=  pV).-N^l,  for  ^, 
§  94.  1.  c.(3),Aand  2.  Ok-nVT^i  read  by  Jews^'lN^,  ¥«.  K  2/  " 

V-  *.  ^35  (=  NpH),  2  94.  1.  6,  and  2.  IrrnPb^Qi  22  48. 
1;  122.  3;  sg.  H^ID?,'  2  108.  1.  a,  and  fc-fflj'^^  (u-me-he- 
lebhe-hen),  U  49.  3;  48.  2  ;  ^Sf-f  (^  defective),  const,  plur.  of  ^H, 
2  125.  4.  e;  2  61.  1.  rf.-]^,  'for  H^,  2  100.  5.  6.  (5).HnfT?B, 
from  nmO,  22  122.  2.  a.  "(2);  124.  2.''"' 

• 


3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.  2. — fTl^1?  npFll — And  she  added  to  bear  =  and  again  she  bore. 

Principle  12. — When  the  second  of  two  verbs  expresses  the 
principal  idea,  the  first  merely  modifying  it,  the  second  is  often 
an  infinitive  depending  upon  the  first. 

*  Consult  the  Hebrew-English  Vocabulary,  or  a  Hebrew  Lexicon.  Be 
prepared  to  pronounce,  transliterate,  describe  and  define  each  word.  Let 
this  work  be  done  before  proceeding  further  in  the  study  of  the  Lesson. 


LESSON  33.  129 


4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  2  86.  Tabular  View,  Synopses  of  tOtOp  in  various  stems. 

2.  $  86.  1.  a,  &,  2.  a  —  c,  The  stem-vowel,  and  the  preformative 

vowel. 

3.  Word-Lists,  Lists  II.,  III.,  Verbs  numbered  61—70. 
Note  1.  —  Analyze  the  familiar  forms  under  §  86.  1,  2. 

Note  2.  —  Use  for  practice  (1)  ^PT  begin,    (2)  33D  encompass, 
(3)       p  &e  %^  (not  heavy). 


5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  He  began  (Hiph.),  to  begin, 
beginning;  (2)  Encompassing,  he  will  encompass,  he  was  caused  to 
encompass,  he  will  be  encompassed;  (3)  He  will  be  light,  he  will 
make  light;  (4)  Cause  to  encompass,  encompass  thou,  he  caused  to 
encompass,  be  tliou  encompassed. 

(2)  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  The  woman  conceived 
and  bare  a  son;  (2)  The  man  begat1  a  son;  (3)  And  the  woman  spoke 
again;  (4)  Abel  was  a  shepherd,  and  Cain  was  a  tiller  of  ground; 
(5)  Cain  brought  to  Jehovah  an  offering;  (6)  Eve  was  the  wife  of 
Adam  and  the  mother  of  Cain  and  Abel;  (7)  Abel  gave  to  God  from 
the  firstlings  of  his  Jlock. 

3.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  1  —  4  of 
Genesis  IV.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

4.  To  be  written  out:  —  Synopses  in  Qal,  Niph.,  Hiph.  Hoph.  as 
indicated  in  §  87,  of  the  verbs  numbered  2,  4,  5,  6,  11,  12,  14. 

5.  To  be  described:—  The  forms  >fl,  3D>,  3D,  IS',  SDH,  *?p», 


6.     TOPICS  FOR  STUDY, 

(1)  Apocopation  of  Jl__.   (2)  Loss  of  *)  in  Qal  Impf.  of  verbs  Y'fl- 
(3)  The  *>_  of  verbs  H"7  in  Perf.  before  consonant  additions.    (4) 


in  Hiph'il. 


130  LESSON  34. 


The  6  in  V'£  Hiph'ils.     (5)  The  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  verbs  Y'fl.     (6) 

The  * of  flN  before  suffixes.     (7)  The  endings  Jl  _  and  H in 

H"1?  participles  and  nouns.    (8)  The  preposition  ^  before  HlPf*  and 
D*rf?N-     (9)  Synopses  of  DtOD  in  QaL  Niph.,  Hiph.,  and"  Hoph. 

•/:  -  I T 

(10)  The  vowel  of  the  stem  in  verbs  yy,  of  the  preformative. 


LESSON  XXXIV.-GENESIS  IV.  5-8. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(i)  rnn,  (2)  nitfj  (3)  $hr\,  (4)  DN,  (5)  n&>,  (6)  N^,  (7) 
nn?,  (8)TnNDn,  (9)T  pn,  uo)  Dip,  (ID 

2.    NOTES. 


Y.  5.  irn  for  rrrr,  22  100.  5.  &  (5);  73.  3.  N.  i.-?,  on 

repeated  accent,  §  23.  6.  —  ^fl-^,  Methegh  with  a  sharpened  syl- 
lable ;  on  assim.  of  i  ?  84.  2.  a.—  V^9  (pa-naw),  §  12.  3;  on  V_, 
\  124.  3.  J;  cf.  V3£  (185). 

V.  6.     HO1?  =  HD  with  *?,  the  D.  f.  being  firmative,  §  15.  6.— 

T    T<  T  T  .  :  . 

Fnn,  with  accent  on  penult,  §  21.  1.  —  1"|7,  pausal  for  ^7,  3  51.  3 
(Tab.  View).—  ^5  (pha-ne-kha),  on  *_  (e)"  I  124.  3.  c. 

Y.  7.  N'f?n  (halo')  =  noTiTie,  I  46.  1  ;  this  6  is  for  a,  §  30.  6  — 
D'PVI,  for  D^tO^n  (cf.  ^ppn),  but>_  becomes  e  ('_)  §  30.  4.  6; 
Hiph.  Impf.  2  m.  sg.  of  2fo\  §§  92.  2;  93.  (1)  .—  HN^,  a  seemingly 
irreg.  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  K^O,  $$  102.  13;  84.  1.  a.-J?T^H1,  i  23.  6; 
prep,  ^^t  treated  as  a  noun  in  plur.  before  the  suffix  H,  cf  .  ^\^Q  in 
v.  6,  §  124.  3.  c;  the  -7-  becomes  —  in  an  open  syl.  —  IriplL^n, 
n  124.  2;  18.  footnote.—  i^^r),  22  17.  2;  51.  3.  a. 

V.  8.  Vrfltf,  see  in  v.  2—  DHi^  (bih-yo-tham),  on  —  ,  2  47.  2; 
on  Me'thegh,  ^18.  5;  on  Hi,  2  100.  l!e;  Q__,  as  in  DXl^n?  (167). 
—  Dp^l  (way-ya-qom),  Qal  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  of  Dip  I  paradigm-form, 

|TVT~~ 

*,  but  see  i  94.  2.  R.  4;  the  T"  under  p,  in  an  unaccented  closed 


LESSON  34.  131 


syl.,  must  be  o.  —  ^ifljnrPX  on  -sr  under  *,  3  78.  2.  a;  on  ^  under  (*15 
§  78.  3.  rf;  on  —  ,  I  74^  2.  6  (1)  j  on  jj,  §  16.  2  ;  on  —  ,  §  74.  2.  c.  (2)  ; 
the  second  and  third  syllables  are  half  -open,  §  26.  4. 

5.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 


V.  7.—  n^  2'tp'JFJ  DK  Klfl  :—  /«  ^re  TIO*  a  lifting  up,  if  thou 

doest  well  ? 

Principle  13.  —  A  question  expecting  an  affirmative  answer  is 
introduced  by  N^H  (—  nonne  ?}. 

4-.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  $  86.  3,  4,  yy  stems  before  vowel  and  cons,  terminations. 

2.  $  86.  4.  R.  1,  Changes  of  stem  and  preformative  vowels. 

3.  $  86.  5.  a-c,  Intensive  stems  in  yy  forms. 

4.  Word-Lists,  Verbs  numbered  71  —  80,  in  List  III. 

Note.  —  After  a  study  of  the  principles  here  given,  write  out  a 
complete  paradigm  of  DtDp  in  the  Qal,  Niph.,  Hiph.,  and  Hoph. 
stems. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:—  (1)  She  encompassed,   they 
caused  to  encompass,  thou  (f.)  wilt  encompass,   they  will  be  encom- 
passed; (2)  Thou  didst  encompass,  I  caused  to  encompass,  we  were 
encompassed,  thou  wast  caused  to  encompass;  (3)  Thou  wast  light, 
thou  shalt  encompass,  I  have  encompassed,  I  shall  cause  to  encom- 
pass; (4)  Cause  ye  to  encompass,  they  (f.)  will  encompass,  ye  (f.)  will 
cause  to  encompass,  encompass  ye  (f.) 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  The  countenance  of  Cain 
fell,  because  Jehovah  looked  not  with  favor  upon  his  offering;  (2) 

Why  was  Cain  angry  (Heb.,  why  was  it  kindled  to  Cam?};  (3)  Did 

not  God  say,  let  there  be  light?   (4)  Did  not  Abel  bring  to  Jehovah 

from  the  firstlings  of  his  flock?     (5)  Did  not  Cain  kill  Abel?    (6) 

Why  did  Cain  kill  Abel?   (7)  God  will  bless  him  who  shall  do  well. 


132  LESSON  35. 


3.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  : —  Verses  6 — 8  oj 
Genesis  IV.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

4.  To  be  written  out: — Inflection  of  the  Qal  Perf.  and  Impf.  of 
verbs  in  I  87.  numbered  1,  2,  5  ;  of  the  Niph.  Perf.  and  Impf.,  of 
3,4;  of  the  Hiph.  Perf.,  Impf.  and  Imv.  of  7,  12 ;  of  the  Hoph. 
Perf.  and  Impf.  of  6,  14. 

5.  To  be  described :— The  forms  ftp,   n^fVT,   ^Dfl, 

nm  rrfppf  naprj,  rwapp,  rwap,  'n 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Repetition  of  post-positive  accents.    (2)  The  ending  V •   (3) 

D.  f.  firmative.  (4)  The  ending  ?J'_.  (5)  tiftfj.  (6)  The  ending  fil 
in  ny/t?  Inf's  construct.  (7)  Raphe.  (8)  Change  of  —  to  — .  (9) 
y"y  stems  before  vowel-additions.  (10)  yy  stems  before  conso- 
nant-additions. (11)  Intensive  stems. 


LESSON  XXXV.-GENESIS  IV.  9-12. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(D  o1!,  (2)  pjrc,  (3)  nm  (4)  ng,  (5)  T,  (6)  nb,  (7) 

?),  (8)  n^  (nadh). 

T 

2.    NOTES. 


T.  9.    19K*|,  2  88.  2.-^PTN,  2  124.  1.  5.  (2).-^T,  a 
and  /17  gut.  verb,  cf.  ^fl^Dp  J   on  "the  accent  -^-,  §  24.  4!— 
^  46.  1;  71.  1.  a. 

v.  10.  n^  rrp,  ss  ^4.  ^;  100.  3.  t.- 

const.  0*1,  plur.  abs.  b*P1T,  const.  ^^J,  ^  125.  2/6;  122.  4.  l~ 
D'pJ^V'  ^  71-  !•  «/  125*  3'T]El-  4  5  Plur-  in  agreement  with  »g^,  not 
*?1p-—  ftj?}  cf-  ^N  in  v.  7;  really  a  plural  noun. 

V.  11.     n^*jnt$>  22  71.  1.  c;  38.  2,  S.-HJIV^  22  18.  2  ; 
100.  4.  and  N.—  h»S,  from  HB,  22  121.  2.  c;  124.  1.  V.  (2).- 


LESSON  35.  133 


I  47.  5;  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  Up1?,  2  84.  2.  R.  2;  on  rw  under  ft  in- 
stead of  —  ,  g  37.  2.-^?,  pausal  for  ^jp,  12  38.  1.  N.;  124.  1. 
B.  2. 

V.  12.  *Hy#l,  corresponding  to  ^Dpfi  5  on  —  ,  2  78.  2.  a;  on 
—  ,  §  78.  3.  6;  on'o,  I  C7.  1—  ^DH  (tho-seph),  for  £]&]$  ;  on  6, 
§  90.  3.  5;  on  ^  2  68.  5.  &.  (1).—  nn3-j1p,  on  Methegh,  8  18.  4;  on 
~  heightened  from  —  \  84.  2/R.  3.  '(1);  on  jl_  ,  2  «•  3.  a.— 
"I31  J73  (na*  wa-nadh),  on  the  ^r  (a)  under  %  in  each  case,  2  94.  1.  c. 
(1);  the  roots  are  %}]%  and  "ft^  and  these  forms,  Qal  Part's  act.  — 
rp.rtfl,  22  78.  3.  N.;  18.  5;  100.  1.  b. 

3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.  9.  —  *3JK    *(!£$    *10t^'n  —  ^m  -^  keeping  my   brother,   or,   my 

• 


| 

brothers  keeper  f 

Principle  14.  —  A  question  asking  for  information,  without  neces- 
sarily implying  the  affirmative  or  negative  character  of  the  answer, 
is  introduced  by  Jl. 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  94.  Tabular  View,  Synopses  of  ^p  in  various  stems. 

2.  3  94.  1.  a,  The  radical  *)  uniting  with  —  . 

3.  I  94.  1.  6,  The  radical  *),  changed  to  *,  uniting  with  I 

4.  \  94.  1.  c,  The  radical  *)  rejected  when  it  would  stand 

with  a  heterogeneous  vowel. 

5.  I  94.  1.  N.  The  form  of  the  Qal  Active  Participle. 

6.  §  94.  2.  a-c,  The  vowel  of  the  preformative. 

7.  Word-Lists,  The  verbs  numbered  81—90  in  List  III. 
]NTote.-Use  for  practice  (1)  Dip  rise,  (2)  y\&  turn,  (3)  fRO  diel 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  He  will  rise,  thou  shalt 
turn,  turn  thou,  he  will  die,  we  shall  die;  (2)  He  caused  to  die,  he 


i  This  verb  has  e  (naturally  long)  in  Perfect  and  Participle  of  Qal. 


134  LESSON  36. 


loill  cause  to  turn,  to  cause  to  die  ;  (3)  He  turned,  rising,  dying,  he 
was  turned,  he  will  be  turned;  (4)  He  established  (=  caused  to  rise], 
establish  thou,  he  was  established,  he  will  establish. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  : — (1)  I  do  not  know  the  name  of 
the  man;  (2)  Am  la  ruler  ?  (3)  Who  did  this  (f.)  ?  (4)  Cursed  am  I 
from  the  ground  ;  (5)  The  blood  (pi.)  of  thy  brother  hath  cried  out  to 

God ;  (6)  Thou  shalt  not  till  the  ground ;  (7)  Cain  was  a  wanderer 
and  a  fugitive. 

3.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  : —  Verses  9 — 12  of 
Genesis  IV.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

4.  To  be  written  out : — Synopses  as  indicated  in  3  95.  of  the 
verbs  numbered  8, 9, 13,  25,  32,  36,  omitting  Synopses  of  the  various 
Intensive  forms. 

5.  To  be  described: -The  forms   fllO*.   3IB71,    Dip, 
N'3JT  NJT ,  TNH,  D'pO,  JN,  -0,  Dip!'  'TiDV 

0.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  6  in  the  Qal  Impf .  of  verbs  N"fl.    (2)  The  i 
and  ,13  before  suf.   (3)  He  Interrogative.   (4)  The  i  of  ft"1?  Perl's. 

(5)  The  Perf.  3  f.  sg.  of  verbs  JT/l?.  (6)  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  verbs  ["£). 
(7)  —  in  pause.  (8)  Qal  Impf.  of  verbs  '£  guttural.  (9)  The  6  of 
Y'fi  Hiph'ils.  (10)  The  a  of  Y'Jf  Perfect  and  Part.  act.  (11)  The 
forms  in  which  1  (of  Y'J7  verbs)  unites  with  — .  (12)  The  forms  in 
which  *)  (of  *\"y  verbs)  is  changed  to  *.  (13)  The  forms  in  which  *) 
(of  \'y  verbs)  is  entirely  rejected.  (14)  The  6  in  )"y  Niph'als.  (15) 
The  pref.  vowel  in  \'y  forms. 


LESSON  XXXVI.-GENESIS  IV.  13-17. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(1)  Jty  or  pl^,  (2)  nnD,  (3)  p*?,  (4)  D'njW',  (5)  DW,  (6) 


LESSON  36.  135 


2.    NOTES. 


Y.  13.     ^iljl,  pi.  Dl"!?  ;   on  formation,  I  108.  1.  a— 
from  fiiy,  of  same  formation  as  ^"O  5  before  *_,  _  becomes  _, 
§  125.  1.  «..—  Nlfc^Pj  tne  o  being  incorrectly  written  "j  ;  |p  indicates 
comparison. 

V.  14.    fit^U,  for  J1&H1  §  80.  1.  a;  synopsis?— 
49.  2;  48.  l";   on  ^,  i  124."  3.  c—  1TID&  **  75'  2  '  68' 

op«s?—  vwn,  2  100.  3.  &/  on  ^  3  73/2.  &.—  >Nvb, 

with  ^;  on  change  of  __  to  _  ,2  125.  3.  R  4.—  Vj3T£  (ya-ha-r<ghe- 
ni),  composed  of  JHiT,  _  and  ^  ;  on  change  of  o  to  T",  and  on  —  , 
§  74.  2.  1.  (1),  and  c.  (2)  ;  on  change  of  —  to  —  ,  §  78.  3.  d. 

V.  15.  Dp^,  pausal  for  Dp*  5  on  D.  f.  in  p  (for  j),  §  84.  2.  I; 
on  -  in  Hoph^^  84.  2.  N.  l.HDt^l,  for  D^l,  §  73.  3.  a.  (3)  ;  - 
for  »_.,  2  96.  1;  root,  Q'tff  (^'J?).—  ftiTnl^O  J  on  Methegh,  g  18. 
4;  on  D.  f.  in  3  (for  J)j  84.  2.  &;  on  H,  2  60.  1.  a;  on  nl,  §  100. 

i.  «/  on  n^,  2  si.  2.-iN*Y9,  cf-  ^V9  in  v-  14< 

V.  16.  KJPJ  (way-ye-Qe');  for  KVV1,  but  ^  is  dropped  and  i  be- 
comes e,  2  90.r2.  a.  (1)  ;  on  —  under  i  §  67.  3  ;  on  Methggh,  2  18. 
6  ;  on  the  accented  penult,  2  21.  3—  'j^ftp,  (1)  |p,  (2)  ^  (3)  0§. 
—  ^^'^,  for  D^'T^X  but  ^  is  dropped,  and  i  becomes  e,  §  90.  2.  a. 
(1)  ;  on  shifting  of  tone,  2  21.  3. 

V.  17.  yVX  f°r  yiVi  ^ut  ^  ^s  ^r°PPe(i)  and  i  becomes  e,  2 
90.  2.  a.  (1)  ;  on  ~  under  y  instead  of  —  ,  i  90.  2.  a.  (1)—  71(101, 
see  note  on  v.  1.—  I^FV),  for  "fpV^l'  ^ut  ^  ^s  ^OPP6^  an(l  i  becomes 
e,  2  90.  2.  a.  (1);  on  "shifting  of  "tone,  I  21.  3.—  *!»#  H^  *n*X  on 
the  shifting  of  tone  in  the  case  of  pO-}>  2  21.  1;  on  D.  1.  in  ^,  §  12.  3. 

"."  -I 

5.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.  14.  —  DTTl  *i"litf  n^^Jl  —  Thou  hast  driven  me  out  this  day. 

Principle  15.  —  The  article  often  has  its  original  demonstrative 
force. 


136  LESSON  36. 


V.  15. — ?*p_  j"?"?3~~'4#y  one  killing  Cain. 

Principle  16. — S^  is  used  to  make  prominent  a  single  one  from 
among  a  plurality. 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  94.  3,          Inflection  of  verbs  *\"y  before  ro^e7-terminations. 

2.  §  94.  4.  a,  b,  Inflection  of  verbs  *\"y   before  consonant-termin- 

ations. 

3.  3  94.  5,          The  various  Intensive  forms  found  in  }"y  verbs. 

4.  Word-Lists,  The  verbs  numbered  91—100  in  List  III. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  : — (1)  /  caused  to  rise,  ye  (m.) 
caused  to  rise,  they  caused  to  rise;  (2)  Thou  didst  cause  to  turn,  we 
shall  cause  to  rise,  I  shall  be  caused  to  rise,  she  rose;  (3)  Ye  turned, 
I  rose,  they  will  rise,  we  shall  rise;   (4)  Rise  thou  (f.),  rise  ye  (f.),  she 
was  risen  (Niph.),  they  were  risen;  (5)  I  died,  she  died,  we  shall  die, 
thou  shalt  return,  she  was  caused  to  return. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew : — (1)  God  is  greater  than  man; 
(2)  /  drove  him  out  from  the  garden  of  Eden;  (3)  The  woman  will 
be  hidden  from  the  face  of  God;  (4)  Any  one  killing  me  shall  die;  (5) 
Any  one  finding  him  will  kill  Cain;   (6)  Cain  was  avenged  seven- 
fold; (%}  And  Cain  went  out  from  Eden,  and  dwelt  in  the  land  of 
Nod. 

3.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs :—  Verses  13—17  of 
Genesis  IV.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

4.  To  be  written  out : — The  inflection  in  Qal  of  Dip?  p3  J  in 
Niph,  of  JDD,  ^D;  in  Hiph.  and  Hoph.,  of  DD,  31£>;   in  Polel, 
of  tjyf;  in  Polal,  of  31^';  in  Hithpo.,  of  -fly. 

5.  To  be  described  :-The  forms  !)£,  IDIT,  HDH, 


LESSON  37.  137 


6.     TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Nouns  with  the  original  vowels  a— a  (=  6).   (2)  The  PTel  of 

verbs  'y  guttural.     (3)  The  * (=  c)  before  suffixes  5\  and  H»  and 

before  the  plur.  fern.  ftf.  (4)'  The  >_  of  H"4?  Perfects.  (5)  The 
change  of  —  before  —  to  —  (6)  The  Hoph.  of  verbs  J"fi.  (7)  The 
HI  of  ft"*?  Infs  const.  (8)  The  ^i  under  *  of  V'fi  Qal  Imperfects. 
(9)  The  H_  (e)  of  n"*7  participles.  (10)  The  Article  used  as  a  de- 
monstrative. (11)  The  separating  vowel  of  \'y  verbs  in  Perfect 
and  Imperfect.  (12)  The  points  of  resemblance  between  verbs 
V'Jf  and  verbs  y"y. 


LESSON  XXXVII.-GENESIS   IV.  18-22. 

7.    NEW  WORDS.  , 

(1)  DW'  (const.  *£|5Jf),   (2)  ^N,   (3)  njjpp,   (4)  feW,   (5) 

(6)  :uiy,  (7)  &&,  (8)  trSrr,  o)  n^'m,  ao) 
(ID 


Y.  18.  l^,  root  -Tl  (=  T);  on  D.  f.  in  J|,  ^  13.  2;  90.  3.  a; 
on  the  form,  §  68.  1.  a;  cor.  form,  *7Dj^—  TV#"flKi  the  sign  of 
the  def.  object  with  a  subject,  see  Principle  17  (below). 

V.  19.  rrj-n,  for  np^lj  *?  assim.  like  1  2  84.  2.  E.  2  ;  on  - 
under  p,  2  82.  1.  a—*fity  (ste,  ?io£  sete),  the  Sewa  silent  ;  the  only 
case  in  the  language  of  a  syllable  beginning  with  two  consonants 
without  an  intervening  half  -vowel  ;  fern,  of  ^^,  const,  of  D^t^-  — 
D'Bfy  cf.  (!){?>{$  man,  (2)  H^K  woma»,  (3)  D'B^jf  »»«»,'  (4) 
n^'K  wiTe-o/,  (5)  ^4  wwcs-o/.—  ri^^'rT.  •  •  -nPlNrj,  of.'  the  masc. 

forms  ^n....nnKn. 

T     V    IT  i. 

V.  20.  I^Hl,  cf  .  note  on  v.  17.—^,  const,  of  ^tf  ;  on  »_, 
§  121.  2.  c;  on  accent,  I  24.  5.  a—2$\  like  ^CD-—  ^0,  a  ^-class 


138  LESSON  37. 


Segholate,  cf.  ID*},  §  lOG.lc;  here  used  collectively.— 

|  Y  -i  v    :     • 

ne),  meaning  substance,  cattle,  and  governed  by  some  word  under- 
stood signifying  possession  ;  on  form,  $  113.  2  ;  on  meaning  of 
form,  \  114.  2. 

V.  21.  VflN,  see  note  on  v.  2.  —  #gh,  like  ^CJp—  liJJp,  on 
form,  §  110.  5.  c—2$\y,  on  form,  §  109.  3. 

V.  22.  rn^,  §  63.  R.  3  ;  Synopsis  in  Qal,  I  90.  2.  a—  Kftft; 
like  *?bp—  #1/1,  like  *?CDp—  Mlnjjjl,  const,  of  nlflX,  and  1  with 
—  according  to  §  49.  3. 

3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

Y.  18.—  TT#-ri#  nUrf?  I1?}'!—  ^»d  ^-orf  was  ^™  to  j^nocA. 
Principle  17.  —  The  subject  of  a  passive  verb,  which  would  be 
the  object  of  the  same  verb  if  it  were  active,  is  often  preceded  by 
j")5St,  the  sign  of  the  object. 


V.  20.—  H^DDI      nfe  D#*—  Dwelling  in  tent(s)  and  (possessing) 

v|:     •  v  j 

cattle. 

Principle  18.  —  Two  nouns  are  sometimes  connected  with  a  verb, 
when,  strictly  speaking,  only  the  former  is  applicable  in  meaning 
(zeugma). 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  90.  Tabular  View,  Synopses  of  ^CQ*  (—  ^Dl)  in  various  stems. 

2.  §  90.  1,  The  treatment  of  original  *)  when  initial. 

3.  §  90.  2.  a,  6,  The  two  treatments  in  the  Qal  Impf.,  Imv., 

and  Inf.  const. 

4.  2  90.  3.  a-c,  The  treatment  of  *)  when  medial. 

5.  Word-Lists,  The  verbs  numbered  101—110  in  List  III. 
Note  1.  —  In  the  study  of  verbs  V'£),  follow  the  order  indicated 

in  previous  Lessons,  analyzing  exhaustively  the  familiar  forms  given 
under  §  90.  1—3. 

Note  2.—  Use  for  practice  (1)  3#*  sit,  dwell,  (2)  "ft*  bring  forth, 
and  (3)  #3*  (with  a  in  Qal  Impf.)  Z>ec%. 


LESSON  37.  139 


5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:— (1)  He  will  dwell,1  I  shall 
dwell,  thou  (f.)  slialt  dwell,  dwell  tliou  (f.),  to  dwell,  to  bring  forth,1 
tlwu  (f.)  shalt  bring  forth;  (2)  He  will  know,1  know  thou,  to  know, 
we  shall  know;  (3)  Hewitt  sleep,2  I  shall  sleep,  we  shall  sleep;  (4) 
He  will  be  brought  forth,  thou  wilt  be  known,  he  will  be  feared;  (5) 
He  will  cause  to  dwell,  I  shall  cause  to  know,  to  cause  to  bring  forth, 
he  was  brought  forth;  (6)  He  icas  caused  to  know,  she  will  be  caused 
to  bring  forth. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew: — (1)  I  will  know  the  name  of 
that  city;  (2)  Cain  was  building  the  city  Enoch;  (3)  Cain  and  Abel 
were  born  to  Adam;  (4)  Lantech  had  (=  to  Lamech  were]  two  wives; 
(5)  Adam  was  the  father  of  Cain,  and  Eve  was  his  mother;  (6)  Abel 
was  the  son  of  Eve,  and  Tubal  Cain  was  the  son  of  Zillah;  (7)  Father, 
father-of,  mother,  son,  daughter,   husband,  wife,  wife-of,    brother, 
brother-of,  sister,  sister-of. 

3.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  : — Verses  18 — 22  of 
Genesis  IV.,  from  the  unpointed  text. 

4.  To  be  written  out :— Synopses  as  indicated  in  §  91,  of  the 
verbs  numbered  2,  3,  4, 10,  11,  29. 

5.  To  be  described :— The  forms  X¥>,  3t#* 

rrh,  njn,  -ity  jrm  •v'pin,  -nib.  ' 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  fifc?  with  the  subject.  (2)  Assim.  of  *?.  (3)  The  pronuncia- 
tion of  ^F\W-  (4)  The  words  meaning  man,  men,  woman,  women, 
wife-of,  wives-of.  (5)  The  e  of  Y'fi  Qal  Impf's.  (6)  The  o  of  Qal 
act.  Part's.  (7)  27-class  Segholates.  (8)  Nouns  formed  by  means  of 
preformative  £.  (9)  The  meanings  of  nouns  with  pref.  £).  (10)  1 
of  verbs  Y'fl  in  the  Qal  Impf.  (11)  1  of  verbs  Y'fl  in  Hiph.  and 
Hoph. 


1  This  verb  follows  the  treatment  described  in  %  90.  2.  a. 

2  This  verb  follows  the  treatment  described  in  §  90.  2.  b. 


140  LESSON  38. 


LESSON  XXXVIII.-GENESIS  IV.  23-26. 

1.    NEW  WORDS. 

(1)  D^,  irreg.  fern,  of  &U?M,  (2)  Jfe*,  (3)  fTON,  (4) 

(5)  -fr,  (6)  rrj^n  °r  rrran,  (?)  Du?3#  (8) 
(io)    ,  (ID  rvtf,  d 


2.    NOTES. 

V.  23.    VBtf?  Uena-saw);  on  V_,  8  124.  3.  d.  (cf.  VSN,  VJ3 

T.    T    I  .  T  T     -  T  T 

(v.  W).—  TJpB^i  irreg.  for  PO^D^,  Jl_  having  been  dropped  and 
-  inserted"  2  87.  2;  Qal  Imv!  2f.  pi.,  like  tlfttofi  5  on  —  under  D, 

1  82.  1.  a—  ^^,  const,  of  D^'l  cf.  V^'i  'above  —  fl^il,  for 

like  il^ppn  ;  on  n,  S  GO.  1;  onT4,  §  78.  3.  ft/root,  ftN- 
,  cf.  {nnJD  in  v.  4;  on  formation.  §  106.  4.  Z>;  on  j-|^- 

>         >          T  :   •  _^  <  T 

2  124.  2.  —  *pj|"l|n,  from  JHH  ;  synopsis  in  Qal  ?  on  repetition  of 
accent,  \  23.'  6.—  W3H,  with  —  for  ?|  ;  cf.  iHll^P  in  v.  4,  and 
*fl*1pX  above  ;  on  formation,  §  110.  7. 

V.  24.  D|P>  (for  Dp^T),  see  on  v.  IS.—njf?^,  the  sing,  form, 
is  sererc,  while  D^3^\  the  plur.  form,  is  seventy. 

Y.  25.  jnh,  see  on  v.  17.—  I^Ffi,  see  on  v.  20—  ^-f)^'  (sath), 
on  Methegh,  §  18.  4  ;  the  ~  is  a,  coming  from  a+a,  n^t^  losing  * 
and  contracting  —  and  -=r,  ^  94.  1.  c.  (1)  ;  96.  —  Ij^H  =^  JllH+l  ; 

T  -:  -  T 

iJTin  becomes  I^H,  ~  being  volatilized,  and  —  being  heightened, 
274ll.  6.(1),  (2).  T" 

V.  26.  &OH"DA  the  pronoun  inserted  thus  to  emphasize  the 
preceding  noun.  —  ^fTlfl,  from  the  root  ^H  5  un  contracted  form 
*7*?nrT,  S  86.  2.  c;  what  stem  7-^jp*?,  cf/^jfe^,  n'D^1?  ;  Qal 
Inf.  const. 

5.    PARALLELISM  IN  HEBREW  POETRY. 

rr\y  CD 

* 


LESSON  38.  141 


pp-Dp>  D'njnp  ^  (5) 

HAT     |-|\         -\-*T"  • 

(6) 


Note  1.—  The  characteristic  feature  of  Hebrew  poetry  is  paral- 
lelism. 

Note  2.  —  In  this  song  there  are  six  lines  or  members  ;  the  second 
line  is,  in  the  main,  a  repetition  of  the  thought  expressed  in  the 
first  ;  the  fourth,  a  repetition  of  the  third  ;  hence  the  parallelism 
in  the  case  of  the  first  and  second,  and  of  the  third  and  fourth 
members  is  called  synonymous. 

Note  3.  —  The  same  relation,  however,  does  not  exist  between  the 
fifth  and  sixth,  the  latter  being  necessary  to  complete  the  thought 
of  the  former;  such  parallelism  is  called  synthetic. 

Note  4.  —  Another  kind  of  parallelism  not  illustrated  in  this  pas- 
sage is  the  antithetic,  in  which  the  second  member  is  in  contrast 
with  the  first. 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  $  36.  1,  The  shortening  of  vowels. 

2.  \  36.  2,  3,  The  heightening  and  volatilization  of  vowels. 

3.  $  36.  4,  5,  The  attenuation  of  a  ;  the  deflection  of  i  and  ii. 

4.  §  36.  6,  7,  The  sharpening  of  &  and  o  ;  lengthening  or  contrac- 

tion. 

5.  Word-Lists,  The  verbs  numbered  111—120  in  Lists  III.  and  IV. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  Explain  in  writing  (1)  the  shortening  which  has  taken  place  in 
?.  Ifi?**1??,  10^;  (2)  the  heightening,  in  n^\  TNH, 

?&  "vtain,  ana,  DW,  jnr,  rrn>;  o)  the  volatilization, 
nry,  aryft  0^4,  jp$r\>  DJj^fvsJfp;  (4)  the 


142  LESSON  39. 


tion,  in  rO#?,     Dj}      PpH,        pj  ;  (5)  the  deflection,  in 
^pH,  lahi  ^P#n  ;  (6)  the  sharpening,  in  iQN,  D(T;   W  the 
lengthening  (contraction),  in  Jf),  Hi  VTX  fg>»,  Dip, 


2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:  —  (1)  jffcar  ye  (m.)  m?/  voice, 
give  ear  to  that  which  Ot$^S>"DN)  ^  *^a?Z  «ay;  (2)  Adah  and 

Zillah  were  the  wives  of  Lantech;  (3)  Why  didst  thou  hill  the  man 
whom  I  sent  to  theef  (4)  Cain  was  avenged  seven-fold;  (5)  He  gave 
him  to  God;  (6)  They  began  (Hiph.)  to  call  on  the  name  of  God. 

3.  To  be  written  with  points  and  vowel-signs  :  —  Verses  23-26  of 
Genesis  IV.,  from  the  unpointed  text, 

4.  To  be  written  out  in  tabular  form:  —  The  result  of  the  following 
changes,—  the  heightening  of  a,  i,  u  ;  the  volatilization  of  a,  i,  ii  ; 
the  attenuation  of  a,  and  the  deflection  of  i,  ii  ;  the  sharpening  of 
e  and  6  ;  the  contraction  of  a-\-a,  a-\-i{y)y  a-\-u(w)\  the  contraction 
of  i-\-i,  i-\-y}  y-\-i;  the  contraction  of  u-\-u,  u-\-w,  w-\-u. 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  ending  V_.  (2)  The  form  of  the  fem.-ending  before 
suffixes.  (3)  The  Hoph.  of  verbs  |"£).  (4)  The  a  in  the  \*y  Qal 
Perfects.  (5)  The  Hoph.  of  verbs  yy.  (6)  Synonymous  parallel- 
ism. (7)  Synthetic  parallelism.  (8)  Antithetic  parallelism.  (9) 
Heightening  and  volatilization.  (10)  Sharpening  and  deflection. 
(11)  Shortening  and  lengthening.  (12)  Attenuation, 


LESSON  XXXIX.-REVIEW. 

7.    WORD-REVIEW. 

1.  Arrange  in  alphabetical  order  the  roots  of  all  verbal  forms, 
both  old  and  new,  occurring  in  the  third  and  fourth  chapters. 

2.  Arrange  in  alphabetical  order  the  nominal  forms  of  these 
chapters,  using  in  each  case  the  form  of  the  absolute  state. 


LESSON  39.  143 


3.  Arrange  in  alphabetical  order  the  various  particles,  preposi- 
tions and  adverbs  occurring  in  these  chapters. 

2.    VERSE-REVIEW. 

1.  Pronounce  the  pointed  text  of  each  verse  until  it  can  be  read 
aloud  rapidly  and  without  hesitation. 

2.  Write  out  on  paper  the  unpointed  text,  one  verse  at  a  time, 
and  then,  without  the  aid  of  either  pointed  text  or  translation,  insert 
the  necessary  points  and  vowel-signs.     Compare  the  result  with  the 
pointed  text,  and  note  the  mistakes  ;  repeat  the  exercise  till  each 
verse  can  be  pointed  without  mistake. 

S.    GRAMMAR-REVIEW. 

1.  Compare  the  forms  of  the  Qal  Perf.  (3  m.  sg.)  as  they  appear 
in  the  strong  verb  and  in  the  various  classes  of  weak  verbs,  §  104. 
1.  Perfect. 

2.  Compare  the  forms  of  the  Qal  Impf.  stem  yaq-tiil  (3  m.  sg.) 
as  they  appear  in  the  strong  verb  and  in  the  various  classes  of  weak 
verbs,  3  104.  1.  Impf.  with  o. 

3.  Compare  the  same  of  the  stem  yaq-tal,  and  of  yaq-til,  $  104. 1. 

4.  Compare  the  forms  of  the  Hiph'il  Perf.  and  Impf.  (3  m.  sg.) 
as  they  appear  in  the  strong  verb,  and  in  the  various  classes  of  weak 
verbs,  I  104.  3. 

5.  Compare  the  forms  of  the  Niph'al  Perf.  and  Impf.  (3  m.  sg.) 
as  they  appear  in  the  strong  verb  and  in  the  various  classes  of  weak 
verbs,  2  104.  4. 

Note. — This  includes  (1)  the  statement  of  the  forms,  and  (2)  an 

explanation  of  the  vowel-changes  which  are  seen  in  each  form. 

i 

4.    EXERCISES. 

To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :— 

7.  He  made  man  in  the  sixth  day,  and  rested  in  the  seventh  day. 
2.  He  will  sanctify  the  seventh  day,  and  will  rest  in  it. 


144  LESSON  40. 


3.  The  woman  will  eat  the  fruit,  and  of  it  she  will  give  to  her 

husband,  who  will  eat  with  her. 

4.  In  the  day  of  your  ruling  the  earth. 

5.  This  is  the  day  in  which  Jehovah  spoke  to  the  man. 

6.  Let  us  make  for  ourselves  large  girdles. 

7.  I  gave  her  fruit,  and  we  ate. 

8.  She  gave  him  fruit,  and  he  ate. 

9.  Cursed  is  the  earth,  because  thou  didst  eat  from  this  tree. 

10.  God  made  known  to  the  woman  that  the  man  should  rule  over  her. 

11.  I  shall  call  the  name  of  my  wife  Eve. 

12.  We  found  in  the  field  the  fruit  which  God  commanded  not  to  eat. 

13.  The  man  will  serve  the  ground  whence  he  was  taken. 
IJf.  I  shall  put  forth  my  hand  and  take  the  fruit  and  eat. 

15.  The  woman  conceived  and  bare  a  son. 

16.  Did  not  Abel  bring  to  Jehovah  from  the  firstlings  of  his  flock  f 

17.  The  blood  of  thy  brother  hath  cried  out  to  God. 

18.  And  Cain  went  out  from  Eden,  and  dwelt  in  the  land  of  Nod. 

19.  Abel  was  the  son  of  Eve,  and  Tubal  Cain  was  the  son  of  Zillah. 

20.  Why  didst  thou  kill  the  man  whom  I  sent  to  thee?     * 


LESSON  XL-GENESIS  V.  1-16. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(i)  "iflD,  (2)  rrn,  (3)  D>^V,  (4)  ™tp,  (5)  *m  (6) 

ro,  (8)  ygTj,  (9)  tran,  (id)  jnp'  ,  UD  rn&y.  o  w',*  u'2) 


2.    NOTES. 

.  1.     H$D    Pit    This  (is  the)  book-of  ;    this    book   would   be 
tfjDn  —  nrtl?1f)  (=  taw-l<dhotli),  §  H5.  3;  used  only  in  pi., 
from  "f?.—  "K2    tf")?  D1*3,   ™  the  day  of  the  creating  of  God; 


i  Twelve,  not  given  in  the  Vocabulary  in  this  form. 
a  "tf  is  the  abbreviation  of 


LESSON  40.  145 


"N  being  definite,  frO*}  is  definite,  and  consequently  U)>  is  definite, 
Principle  4—  JO?,  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  JO3. 

Y.  2.  D*O?,  on  —  I  74.  1.  6.  (1)  ;  on  —  under  %  3  74.  1.  5. 
(2)  ;  on  —  under  K,  \  74.  1.  c.  N.  1—  TpD'X  82  80.  1.  a;  21.  3;  36. 
1.  a  ;.—  DNISn,  the  first  —  ,  Methegh,  the"  second  Silluq  ;  on  D.  f.,  g 

IT     :  |T    • 

75.  2  ;  the  Q__,  same  as  in  Dfr'O?' 

T.  3.  >nn,  for  rpftl  from  fTf!  ?^e,  as  'PH  for  nVTl  from 
mi  be.  —  i"0iy  JlXpi  trC^W'  lit.,  thirty  and  a  hundred  of  year; 
note  that  (ffthe  word  for  tfwrfy  is  the  plural  of  three  l^1?^),  (2) 
the  word  for  hundred  is  const.,  (3)  the  word  for  year  is  sg.  —  1^1*1, 
Hiph.  of  -T*pj  (-fr  ),  §  90.  3.  6;  on  —  for  —  ,  §§  21.  3  ;  36.  1.  a;  on 
—  for  »__,  U3.  3.  R. 

V.  4.  *p*,  §  132.  12.  —  ^niSt,  noun  in  plur.  const,  used  as  a 
preposition,  k  135.  3.  a.  —  ll^lfl,  Hiph.  Inf.  const,  (for  haw-lidh) 
with  suffix  *).  —  jll^DI  D^^}5  see  the  various  forms  of  these  words,  § 
132.  9,  10. 

Vs.  5,  6.  'ft,  Qal  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  yy  root  "fl,  g  86.  1.— 
nbjl  (way-ya-moth),  pausal  for  HO^  2  94.  2.  R.  4—  DOt^'  ^'DH, 
the  numeral  sg.  in  form,  the  subst.  plural. 

Vs.  8—10.  rr\&y  D^riC^'  lit.,  ^o  ten  =  twelve;  D^rit^,  a  con- 
traction of  D'f)^  (cf.  *n^','  ch.  IV.  19),  and  fT]^,  a'  form  of 

n^  ^^.-o^n,  pi.  of  n^^'n  or 

lit.,^e  ten  =  fifteen,  cf.  above. 

Vs.  13,  16.    DE£  Plur-  of  ^JJ?  or 
plur.  of  ntW  or 


3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.  4.—  JT^In  **yy&—  After  his  begetting  =  after  he  had  begotten. 
Principle  19.  —  Where  the  Hebrew  uses  a  preposition  and  an 
Infinitive,  the  English  prefers  a  conjunction  and  a  finite  verb. 

V.  6.-D^tran;  V.  7,-' 
Five  years;  seven  years;  ten  years. 


146  LESSON  40. 


Principle  20.— With  the  numerals  3—10  the  noun  is  put  in  tho 
plural. 

Principle  21. — The  numerals  3 — 10  assume  the  secondary  or 
masculine  form,  when  the  noun  is  feminine.  [DOJ^  is  feminine, 
though  it  has  a  masculine  ending.] 

v.  6.-njB>  wvftv\  v-  9.-rotf  own;  T.  ii.-ouw' 

rOt£^» — Thirty  years;  ninety  years;  seventy  years. 

Principle  22.— The  tens,  formed  by  changing  |"[—  of  the  units 
to  D> (except  D**")i^j7  twenty,  from  *]&$  ten),  have  the  accompa- 
nying noun  in  the  singular. 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  133.  General  view,  The  numerals  1—10,  11,  12,  20—90,  100, 

1,000. 

2.  §  133.  1—8,  The  formation  and  use  of  the  Cardinals. 

3.  §  133.  9 — 12,  The  formation  and  use  of  the  Ordinals. 

4.  Word-Lists,  Verbs  numbered  121—130  in  List  IV. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:— (1)  Seven  years;   (2)  Nine 
years;  (3)  Forty  years;  (4)  Sixty  years;  (5)  Three  sons;  (6)  Three 
daughters;  (7)  Thirty  sons  and  thirty  daughters;  (8)  Forty  days  and 
forty  nights;  (9)  Four  heads;  (10)  Fifty  days;  (11)  The  seven  stars; 
(12)  Seven  of1  the  stars;  (13)  Four  seasons;  (14)  Twenty-seven  days; 
(15)  One  hundred  and  fifty-nine  years, 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew:— (1)  This  (is)  a  good  look;  (2) 
This  good  look  ivas  given  to  me;  (3)  In  his  own  likeness  God  created 
man;  (4)  In  the  day  that  God  made  earth  and  heaven  (Heb.  order, 
In  day  of  making  of  God}]  (5)  In  the  day  that  God  created  man 
(Heb.  order,  In  day  of  creating  of  God  man);  (6)  After  he  had  begot- 
ten a  son  (Heb.,  after  his  begetting  a  son);  (7)  And  the  man  lived 


The  word  of  after  a  cardinal  must  be  expressed  by  JD. 


LESSON  41.  147 


three  hundred  and  forty-eight  years;  (8)  And  he  begat  four  sons  and 
three  daughters,  and  he  died;  (9)  And  all  the  days  of  the  man  which 
he  lived  upon  the  face  of  the  earth  after  he  had  begotten  sons,  were 
nine  hundred  and  ninety-nine  years. 

3.  To  be  written  : — A  transliteration  of  verses  1  and  2  of  chap- 
ter V. 

4.  To  be  written  : — A  verbal  form  of  the  Qal  Imperfect  3  m.  sg. 
in  each  of  the  classes  of  weak  verbs. 

5.  To  be  written  : — The  numerals  1 — 10  in  English  letters. 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Position  and  agreement  of  the  demonstrative.  (2)  Nouns 
formed  by  prefixing  ]"!•  (3)  The  vowel-changes  in  D^tOp-  (4) 
Apocopation  of  ft"*?  Imperfects.  (5)  Position  and  agreement  of 
numerals.  (6)  Y'fl  Hiph'ils.  (7)  Prep,  with  plur.  form.  (8)  yny 
Qal  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  (9)  \'y  Qal  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  with  Waw  consec.  in 
pause.  (10)  Formation  of  numerals  20—90.  (11)  The  various  forms 
of  the  word  for  one  hundred.  (12)  The  form  of  the  numerals  3 — 10 
with  fern,  nouns,  with  masc.  nouns. 


LESSON  XLI.-GENESIS  V.  17-32. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(i)  om,  (2)  n^p,  (3)  TT. 

2.    NOTES. 

Vs.  17-21.  ^\  on  Methegh,  §  18.  5 ;  on  -r-,  §  78.  2.  6.  R.  2; 
on  omission  of  third  radical,  $  100.  2;  on  syn.  in  Qal,  3  102.  4.— 
t£fy?n»  used  with  a  fern,  noun ;  form  with  masc.  noun,  n^DH ; 
ordinal,  ^DPJ  —  D'fi^',  fern,  of  D.^'  ;  cf.  >jp^',  ch.  iv"  19.— 
rtfttf  fiKOI  lit.,  and-(&}-hundred-of'year.  —  H'Vl  (v.  21), 
pausal  for 


148  LESSON  41. 


Vs.  22—24.  rHVl,  form  and  synopsis  ?  force  of  Hithpa'el 
expressed  here  by  the  word  live—  ^-^3  'PH,  D.  1.  in  3  after 
disj.  accent  ;  verb  in  sg.  agreeing  with  ^3,  while  in  v.  17  it  was  pi., 
agreeing  with  iff—  11IPJO  (we'e-nen-nu),TQn  *_,  §  127.  2.  K  1;  on  ^_ 
(<§n),  £2  134.  2.  c;  74.  2.  c/0)  and  N.  1;  on  the  D.  f  .  in  J,  2  74.  2.  c. 

N.  2;  four  elements,  \  ?\Nfr,  J_,  1H  ;  on  JL  ,2  24.  5. 

'<*  P 
V.  29.     ftf,    these    accents    need    not  be    considered    here.  — 

^£5^,  Pi'eilmpf.  3  m.  sg.  of  the  ["£  and  'y  gut.  root  DPO  com- 
/or«,  with  the  suffix  ^  us;  on  D.  f.  of  Pi'el  in  (1,  §  80.  1.  Z>/on  •=-, 
2  74.  2.  c.  (2).-btj^?p,  made  up  of  JQ,  H^p  (2  H8.  1),  and  ^. 
—  JIDVJ???^  made  UP  of  1  ^  49'  2)'  P  ^  48/2),'  and  the  const,  state 
of  ftiyj?,  the  —  becoming  Sewa,  §  125.  3.  «•—  WT,  sg.  T,  J», 
Q*1*  ;  before  suffixes  the  old  construct  ending  ay  is  used  ;  this  be- 
fore^ is  contr.  to  e,  I  124.  3.  b  —  rFT\$  ('e-rarah)?  Pfel  Perf.  3  m. 
sg.  of  the  '5  gut.,  'y  gut.  and  yy  verb  T]K  cwrse;  for  1^^,  but 
1  refuses  D.  f.  (§  80.  1.  a),  hence  ""HK  5  fl—  is  contracted  to  H_, 
?  74.  1.  c.  N.  2.—  "»  n^K  *)^^  lit.,  w/«'c/i  cursed-her  Jehovah  = 
which  Jehovah  cursed. 

3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 


V.  27.—  rEftflQ  ^^"3        r*l—  -4»d   WERE    a//   #Ae  f^?/s  o/ 

--iv  :          ••  :          T  :  |-- 

Methusaleh. 
V.  31.—  I         ^"^  *JTV^-4«^  WAS  a?/  the  days  of  Lamech. 


Principle  23.  —  The  verb  in  such  cases  as  these  may  be  placed 
either  in  the  singular  or  in  the  plural. 

V.  29.—         *     lTt      "R—  Which  Jehovah  cursed. 


Principle  24.  —  When  the  relative  is  governed  by  a  verb,  it 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  clause  and  the  appropriate  pro- 
nominal suffix  is  attached  to  the  verbal  form.1 


i  In  the  majority  of  cases,  however,  the  pronominal  suffix  is  not  employed. 


LESSON  41.  149 


4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  2  105.  1 — 5,  What  is  included  in  inflection  of  nouns. 

2.  §  106.  1,  2,  Strong  and  weak  Segholates. 

3.  \  107.  1,  2,  Nouns  with  two,  originally  short,  vowels. 

4.  3  108.  1,  2,  Nouns  with  one  short  and  one  long  vowel. 

5.  i  109.  1 — 3,  Nouns  with  one  long  and  one  short  vowel. 

6.  Word-Lists,  The  verbs  numbered  131—140  in  List  IV. 
Note. — In  the  study  of  noun-formation,  copy  promiscuously,  on  a 

slip  of  paper,  nouns  of  various  classes,  and  then  take  up  each  noun 
and  classify  it,  noting  (1)  its  root  with  the  meaning  of  the  same,  (2) 
the  original  vowels  used  in  its  formation,  (3)  the  changes  which 
these  original  vowels  have  suffered,  (4)  the  force  of  the  formation, 
(5)  the  meaning  of  the  word. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  Form  nouns  as  follows  :— (1)  From  ^13,  a  ^-class  Segholate, 
a  noun  of  the  third  class  (a — a);  (2)  from  fc^'"T!"Ti  a  w-class  Segholate, 
a  noun  of  the  second  class,  (a — a);  (3)  from  ^Ifl,  an  a-class  Seghol- 
ate, a  it-class  Segholate  (masc.  and  fern.),  a  noun  of  the  fourth  class 
(a — i),  a  noun  of  the  second  class  (a — i);  (4)  from  "OJ^  an  a-class 
Segholate,  a  fern,  noun  of  the  third  class  (a — a);  (5)  from  jfttf,  a 
«-class  Segholate,  a  fern,  noun  of  the  third  class  (i — u),  a  noun  of 
the  third  class  (a — a),  two  nouns  of  the  second  class  (a — a,  a — i);  (6) 
from  pHft,  an  t-class  and  a  w-class  Segholate,  a  noun  of  the  third 
class  (a — a);  (7)  from  ^p,  a  noun  of  the  second  class  (a — i),  a  noun 
of  the  third  class  (a — a). 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew :  —  (1)    Will  Noah  comfort 
Lantech  from  the  work  of  his  hands?     (2)  God  cursed  (Pi'el)  the 
ground  which  he  had  created;    (3)  I  will  walk  (Hithpa'el)  with  God, 
wlio  created  (Heb.,  the  one  creating]  the  heavens  and  the  earth;    (4) 
The  sorrow  of  Cain  was  exceedingly  great;  (5)  The  man  whom  God 
cursed  will  die. 


150  LESSON  42. 


3.  To  be  written:  — A  transliteration  of  verses  28  and  29  of 
chapter  V. 

4.  To  be  written  : — A  verbal  form  of  the  Hiph'il  Perf .  3  m.  sg. 
in  each  of  the  classes  of  weak  verbs. 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

U)  The  Qal  Impf's  of  fTfi,   fTll.    (2)  The  word  D1W-    (3) 

T   T  T  T  'J-      : 

Various  forms  of  the  word  for  one  hundred.  (4)  Particles  with 
verbal  suffixes.  (5)  Synopsis  of  Dtl^  in  Pi'el.  (6)  Synopsis  of  T1X 
in  Pi'el.  (7)  Mappiq.  (8)  ^4-class,  /-class,  Z7-elass  Segholates.  (9) 
Guttural,  ]ny,  yy,  Y'y,  i"y  and  ft"*?  Segholates.  (10)  Feminine 
Segholates.  (11)  Meaning  of  Segholates.  (12)  Nouns  with  two 
short  vowels.  (13)  Nouns  with  one  short  and  one  long  vowel.  (14) 
Nouns  with  one  long  and  one  short  vowel. 


LESSON  XLII.-GENESIS  VI.  1-8. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(2)  *m  o)  pn3  (4)  &&  (in  the  text,  om  (5) 

(6)  113J,  (7)  ^,  (8)  natr'qip,  Ofn1?,  (10)  pi  (ID  Dm  (in  NXph.), 

T 


V.  1.    ^lin,  for  *7^nn,  but  the  ^'s  contract  and  —  goes  to 
fl,  2  86.  1.  ft;  on  -77-  under  H,  2  86.  2.  6;  synopsis  in  Hiph.?— 
prep.  *?  with  pretonic  a  ;  ^h,  for  DD^,  2  86.  1;  synopsis  in  Qal? 

T.  2.  !|  JO*},  Qal  Impf  .  3  m.  pi.  of  HJO  ;  on  loss  of  third  radical 
(»),  §  100.  2.-^3  and  Hl^?,  constructs'  o>  D^3,  ni^.-nbb,  cf. 
DID,  HDICD,  D*31D,  niDlb  ;  6  written  defectively.—  n^H,  D.  f. 

firmative",  22  15.  6  ;  50.  3.  e.—^m*)  (way-yi-qehu),  from  fm  fa&e; 

t_  I  :  '  ~ 

on  assim.  of  7,  i  84.  2.  R.  2  ;   on  omission  of  D.  f  .,  and  Raphe, 


LESSON  42.  151 


II  14.  2;  16.  2;  synopsis  in  Qal?— D^l  *  132.  7— Ylp^,  pausal 

for  nra. 

Y.  3.  fn>,  unusual  for  fnV  Qal  Impf .  3  in.  sg.  of  JH  ./wfoe, 
rule,  (or,  perhaps,  remain],  §  94.  1.  a.  (1). — DJKO'i  rather  to  be  read 
OJ!t^5  ==  ^  (their)  wandering ;  the  traditional  rendering  ^TI  that 
also  is  based  on  the  analysis  3  in,  •  $  =  ^J0$  that  (§  53.  2),  Q^ 
afoo— VJD>,  cf.  V£?N,  VJS,  2  124.  3.  d~ 

Y.  4.  ^t^'N  ?5"^in^  lit.,  o/Ver  so,  toAe?i  =  afterwards,  when. — 
^KD*?  °f-  the  paradigm-form  ^Ip*;  the  6  is  for  a,  the  form  corres- 
ponding to  yaq-tal,  not  yaq-tiil ;  JO^  =  fcO_*  =  KD>,  §  94.  2.  R.  3 ; 
the  Impf.  designates  habitual  action  in  past  time. — D^lDJHT  8  HO. 
5.  c.— D^iy,  §  109.  1— >&r;N,  const,  of  D^'^,  which  is  plur.  of 
Bty$,  §  132.  5. 

V.  5.     Jl^,  an  adj.  fern,  sg.2  from  ^  =  55"),  2S  106. 2.  c;  125. 

5.  z>.— njinrconst-  of  nj^i.— ^v,!'  ^ 100' L  ^— riii^'nQ,  const. 

pi.  of  nS^rjlp  —  IS1?,  an  Ty^'i'-class  Segholate ;  D1?  -  55^,  §§ 
106.  2.  c;  125.  5.  6. 

Vs.  6-8.  Dfin  22  21.  3;  68.  1.  a.-^fn,  cf.  ^^1  in 
ch.  V.  22.— nn9K,  on  n_,  §  100.  1.  6  — ^HXSi  on  repeated  ac- 
cent, \  23.  6  ;  on  —  under  K,  §  »8.  3.  a—  'JlpHl  for  ^pH^,  the 
second  j  being  assimilated  and  the  D.  f.  implied  in  fl "»  Niph.  Perf. 
1  c.  sg.  of  DrO  i  Niph.  =  repent,  Pi'el  (ch.  V.  29)  =  comfort  — 
DrVbU?,  on  —  instead  of  —,  2  74.  1.  6.  (1) ;  the  i  with  J1,  written 
defectively  —^^3,  on  first  ^,  §  125.  5.  a;  on  second  '_,  1 123.  5. 

5.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.  4.— Diin  QW^—In  the  days  the  those  =  In  those  days. 

"      T  '    T  ~ 

Principle  25. — The  personal  pronoun  is  used  as  the  remote  de- 
monstrative (that,  those),  and  as  such  stands  after  its  noun,  agreeing 
with  it  in  gender,  number  and  definiteness. 

1  Perhaps  jiT  would  better  be  classed  with  Kl'3%  and  the  o  regarded  as  an 
obscuration  of  a,  in  a  stative  form,  §  94.  2.  R.  3. 

2  The  Qal  Perf.  3  f .  sg.  of  31^  would 


152  LESSON  42. 


4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  110,  Nouns  with  second  radical  reduplicated. 

2.  g§  113,  114,  Nouns  with  Q  prefixed;  their  signification. 

3.  §  115,  Nouns  with  f"l  prefixed. 

4.  §  116,  Nouns  formed  by  means  of  affixes. 

5.  $  119,  Nouns  formed  from  other  nouns. 

6.  Word-Lists,  The  verbs  numbered  141 — 153  in  List  IY. 

Note. — In  the  study  of  noun-formation,  copy  promiscuously,  on  a 
slip  of  paper,  nouns  of  various  classes,  and  then  take  up  each  noun 
and  classify  it,  noting  (1)  its  root,  with  the  meaning  of  the  same,  (2) 
the  original  vowels  used  in  its  formation,  (3)  the  changes  which 
these  original  vowels  have  suffered,  (4)  the  force  of  the  formation, 
(5)  the  meaning  of  the  word. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  Form  nouns  as  follows  :— (1)  from  "itf?,  a  noun  with  ft  pre- 
fixed (a — a),  and  one  with  j"l  (a — i) ;  (2)  from  ^Otf,  a  fern,  w-class 
Segholate,  a  noun  with  ft  prefixed  (a — a) ;  (3)  from  *]t^n?  a  ^-class 
Segholate,  a  noun  with  ft  prefixed  (a — a) ;  (4)  from  *i^Jl,an  a-class 
Segholate,  a  noun  with  second  radical  doubled  (i — a) ;  (5)  from  *)Qf, 
an  a-class  Segholate,  a  fern,  t-class  Segholate,  a  noun  with  ft  pre- 
fixed (i— a) ;   (6)  from  *")£)Dj  an  i-class  Segholate,  a  noun  with  ft 
prefixed  (i — a). 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew: — The  daughters  of  men  were 
exceedingly  fair  QltO) ;  (2)  Mankind  multiplied;  (3)  We  chose  wives 
from  all  the  daughters  of  men;  (4)  /  have  found  favor  in  his  eyes; 
(5)  From  eternity  unto  eternity  I  am  God;  (6)  I  grieved  in  my  heart; 
(7)  I  will  not  repent  that  I  have  made  them;  (8)  Those  heroes  are  the 
men  of  renown  (name). 

3.  To  be  written  : — A  transliteration  of  verses  1, 2  of  chapter  VI. 

4.  To  be  written  : — A  verbal  form  of  the  Hiph'il  Iinpf.  2  m.  sg. 
in  each  of  the  classes  of  weak  verbs. 


LESSON  43.  153 


6.     TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  yy  Hiph'ils.  (2)  The  loss  of  '  in  verbs  ft"*?.  (3)  The  vari- 
ous forms  of  the  words'  for  son,  daughter.  (4)  The  personal  pro- 
nouns. (5)  The  demonstrative  pronouns.  (6)  The  words  fj-J*  and 
DJt^3'  (7)  The  words  meaning  his  faces,  his  nostrils,  his  days,  his 
eyes.  (8)  The  Impf.  of  habitual  action  in  past  time.  (9)  yy 
/-class  Segholates.  (10)  The  remote  demonstratives.  (11)  Nouns 
with  second  radical  reduplicated.  (12)  Nouns  with  Q  prefixed.  (13) 
Nouns  with  fi  prefixed.  (14)  Nouns  with  affixes.  (15)  Nouns 
formed  from  other  nouns. 


LESSON  XLIII.-GENESIS  VI.  9-15. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(i)  pntf,  (2)  D'Dfi,  (3)  m  (4)  nW,  (5)  Don,  (6)  ron, 

)•-  •       T  -T  TT  T     " 

(7)  -1&3,    (8)  |p,    (9)  1£D,    (10)  pH,    (ID  Iftb,    (12)  rrON,    (13) 

rh,  ownaip. 

-        J  T       )  . 

P.      /l/OTTS. 

52.  i.  d-n-fpin,  i  us.  a-vnni?  =  a)  5, 

(2)  *Tj^,  (3)  hf,  (4)  V_  (cf.  V£)K);  on  the  pi.  ending  V_  after  the  pi. 
ending  6th,  §  124.  4  and  N,-pHV,  $  110«  6-~ D^Oli  2  108.  1.  &. 
— "Kri'DN,  here  the  prep.  w;^A,  not  the  sign  of  the  def.  object. 

Vs.  10,  11.  -fti-vj,  gg  90.  3.  6;  73.  3.  a.  (2),  (3).-nn^'n_1,  Syn- 
opsis?— N^Drn,  Synopsis? 

Ys.  12,  13.  nnhl^'l  pausal  for  Hnr|^,  Niph.  Perf.  3  f.  of 
5  Synopsis  ?— n^^n,  Synopsis?— 13TT,  from  ^T\ ;  cf. 
V  and  10%— lO  (ba5),  either  Perf.  or  Part,  in 
form,  §  94.  1.  c.  (1).— ^|fr  §  124.  3!  a.  (1).  —  HN^O,  Synopsis?- 
^^ni,  the  adverbial  particle  fjl  or  ,1^*1  with  a  verbal  suffix,  §  134. 
2.  a.— OH' WO,  Hiph.  part,  of  H W,  with  suf.  Q  . 


154  LESSON  4  3. 


Vs.  14,  15.  fifcy?  (<ase),  §  100.  1.  /.— rGfi,  const,  of  r 
the  —  being  unchangeable.  —  *JfJ^>  const,  of  D'VI?'  cf.  *J)£)  ^  rom 
D^|).— D>Jp,  plur.  of  |p,  an  y"'y  i-class  Segholate,  §  125.  5.  I; 
cf.  3*7- — mfiDl,  with  ace.  on  ultima,  §  73.  3.  b;  cf.  change  from 

JT      :  -  (T    : 

ult.  to  penult  in  *)Q^X — ^HDI  J")*5P'  from  house  and  from  out- 
side =  within  and  without—  nt^fl/cf.  H^j  (ch.  I.  26).— n^rP 
(roh-bah),  on  —  (o)  under  "),  2  127.'"l.  K  2;'  on'n_,  S  124.  1.  II.  I/ 

T 

5.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.  10.— D^  riVhW— Three  sons. 

Principle  26. — When  the  substantive  is  masculine,  the  feminine 
form  of  the  numeral  is  employed  ;  and  when  the  numeral  is  a  unit, 
the  plural  form  of  the  substantive  is  employed. 

T.  15.— J1J1N  ntyyf)  *\$$   n$—And  this  is  (the  manner  in) 

which  (=  this  is  how)  thou  slialt  make  it. 

Principle  27.— The  antecedent  of  the  relative  must  in  many 
cases  be  supplied  from  the  context. 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  120,  Various  ways  of  forming  noun-stems. 

2.  \  121.  1.  a,  Z>,  Relics  of  the  nominative  case-ending  u. 

3.  §  121.  2.  a — d,  Relics  of  the  genitive  case-ending  i. 

4.  §  121.  3.  a,  The  accus.  ending  a,  in  the  form  of  He  directive. 

5.  §  121.  3.  Z>,  The  accus.  ending  a  as  a  so-called  connecting 

vowel. 

6.  I  121.  3c,c7,          Other  traces  of  the  accusative  case-ending. 

7.  Word-Lists,         The  verbs  numbered  154—166  in  List  IV. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  Point  out  the  relics  of  case-endings  in  the  following  words: — 

pN-inrr,  ^N,  rrs,  'n1??1?,  mo1?,  i^p1?, 
^p1?,  ?phr,  up1?* 


LESSON  44.  155 


2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew :— (1)  Noah  had  (Heb.,  were  to 
Noah)  three  sons;  (2)  The  sons  of  Noah  icere  not  righteous;  (3)  The 
earth  was  corrupt,  and  it  was  full  of  violence;  (4)  The  way  of  all 
flesh  was  corrupt;  (5)  God  will  destroy  the  earth  and  all  who  dwell 
upon  it;   (6)  Thou  shalt  make  a  house;  its  length  shall  be  twenty 
cubits,  its  breadth,  twelve  cubits,  its  height,  twenty-four  cubits. 

3.  To  be  written : — A  transliteration  of  verses  14  and  15  of 
chapter  VI. 

4.  To  be  written  :— A  verbal  form  of  the  Niph'al  Perfect  3  m.  sg. 
in  each  of  the  classes  of  weak  verbs. 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  demonstrative  pronoun.  (2)  Nouns  formed  by  reduplica- 
tion of  second  radical.  (3)  ~fiK,  a  preposition.  (4)  The  6  of  V£) 
Hiph'ils.  (5)  The  characteristics  of  the  Niph'al  Impf .  (6)  Primary 
form  of  -w-class  Segholates.  (7)  Adverbs  with  verbal  suffixes.  (8) 
The  e  of  ft"*?  Imv's.  (9)  y"y  i-class  Segholates.  (10)  Change  of 
accent  after  Waw  Consec.  of  Perfect.  (11)  The  form  of  w-class 
Segholates  before  pron.  suffixes.  (12)  Relics  of  the  nominative 
case-ending.  (13)  Relics  of  the  genitive  case-ending.  (14)  The  He 
Directive.  (15)  Other  relics  of  the  accusative  case-ending. 


LESSON  XLIV.-GENESIS  VI.  16-22. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 


D'cj^',  en  'TDD,  (8)  jru,  o)  Dip,  do)  nn   UD  *]DN. 

2.    NOTES. 

V.  16.  *lp(y,  §  106.  1.  c.—fttyyf\  (ta-'ase),  on  —  under  fl,  I 
78.  2.  a;  on  the  —  under  y,  I  78.  3.  b;  on  H—  ,  §  100»  1-  &•— 
H^n,  made  up  of  (1)  H^Dfl,  of  which  ft—  is  dropped,  (2)  H^_  , 

TJV  -     :  v   -    :  v  TJV 


156  LESSON  44. 


which  is  for  H^l  _  »  H  being  assimilated  backwards,  $$  75.  3;  74.  2. 
c.  (3)  and  Notes!,  2  ;  cf.  ^y}  (ch.  II.  2).—  fl^^O  (mi-l«ma'-la), 
made  up  of  fp,  *?,  ^#0  and  H—  directive  ;  note  (1)  the  Raphe,  (2) 
Zaqeph  qaton,  (3)  simple  Sewa  under  y\  on  H_,  §  121.  3.  «.— 
HIV?  (b"gid-dah),  from  IV  with  su^-  H  _  »  the  original  •=•  being 
attenuated  in  sharpened  syl.—  D^D?  Qal  Impf  .  2  m.  sg.  of  the  *"y 
verb  D*t^  P^-  —  ntS^/Di  same  as  the  word  above,  with  pron.  suf  .  H* 

V.  17.  »3tfl  (wa-'ani),  §§  49.  3;  50.  3.  d;  here  emphatic,  being 
cut  off  by  R'bhfe)'.—  »JST,  a  particle  with  verbal  suffix,  I  134.  2.  </. 
—  N*35'  ^or  ^139  '  ^ut  1  became  *,  and  yi  =  i,  then  i  in  an  open 
syl.  became  —  ,  ?'94.  1.  b  and  2.  &.—  fiW*1?,  Pi'el  Inf.  const,  of  the 
'j;  gut,  verb  fl  W',  the  D.  f  .  being  implied  in  fl,  §  80.  1.  &.—  #  W, 
pausal  for  ^,"^1  Impf.  of  #U  2  82.  1.  a. 

V.  18.     »nbpni,  on  1,  ^  49.  3  ;   73.  2.  6;  on  ft,  i  »*•  4.  6.  R.; 

r       \v  ~.\~  -  —. 

^-  is  i,  written  defectively;  6  is  separating  vowel,  \  94.  4.  a; 
=  D!pH  =  D^pH  =  D^pn,  which  before  >H  becomes  »nbp 
TjriK)  pausal  for  ^r){<,  the  prep.  J"1J<  w*'^/  cf.  ^nj^,  in  which 
=  jlJSt,  the  sign  of  the  def.  object.—  fl&OI,  Qal  Perf.  2  m.  sg.  of 
Nl3>  wTith  Waw  consecutive. 

Ys.19,  20.  ^fin,  instead  of  'flfl  with  D.  f.  implied.—  ^jl, 
Hiph.  Impf.  2  m.  sg.  ;  ^Qf\  =  Wyr\  =  N'Jp  -  ^JT),  S  94.  1. 
I  and  2.  a  —  nVfin'p,  Hiph.  Inf.  const,  of  fTf!  ;  on  fll,  §  100.  1.  c. 
•  —  IfcO',  a  seemingly  irreg.  Qal  Impf.  3  m.  pi.  of  #]%* 

Ys.  21,  22.  np,  Qal  Imv.  of  Up1?,  I  84.  2.  R.  2.-t%pN£,  S2 
113.  1;  114.  2.—^^,  I  78.  1.—  llgDNIi  ^n  the  shifting  of  'tone, 
§  73.  3.  I;  on  MethSgh,  §  18.  1.—  Tfjy  '^'el  Perf.  3  m.  sg.  of 
command;  on  —  ,  §  59.  1.  a;  on  j"f  _  ,  §  100.  1.  a. 

T 

5.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 


V.  17.—  tf>5£  Vpfl      J<\—  Jjzd  /,  6eAoZtZ  /a?7i  a&o?^^  to  bring. 

Principle  28.  —  The  Participle  is  often  used  to  designate  an  action 
which  is  to  take  place  in  the  immediate  future. 


LESSON  44.  15T 


V.  17.— D'PBfTriJ*—  The  flood,  (that  is)  water;  withe  flood 

of  water. 

Principle  29. — A  noun  in  the  construct  state  cannot  receive  the 
article  ;  hence,  in  cases  like  this,  the  second  noun  must  be  in  appo- 
sition with  the  first. 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  122.  1,  4,       The  masculine  singular  and  plural. 

2.  §  122.  2.a— c,  The  three-fold  treatment  of  the  original  fern,  affix  fi, 

3.  I  122.  3, 5,       The  fern,  plural  and  the  dual. 

4.  Word-Lists,     The  verbs  numbered  167—180  in  List  IV. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  written  : — (1)  Masc.  and  fern,  sg.,  masc.  and  fern.  pi.  of 
UJtD  good,  of  V"M  great;  (2)  Fern.  pi.  of  jTJK  sign,  TjtfD  luminary; 

(3)  Dual  of  ]<>£  eye. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :— (1)  Behold^  lam  about  to  rain 
upon  the  earth;  (2)  /  will  destroy  all  flesli  in  which  is  the  spirit  of 
lives;  (3)  Tliou  didst  establish  (==  cause  to  stand)  a  covenant  with  me; 

(4)  Will  he  Iceep  the  covenant  which  he  established  with  themf   (5) 
Male  and  female  they  shall  enter  the.  ark,  and  for  tJiem  thou  shalt 
take  food  which  may  be  eaten;  (6)  Noah,  collected  food  in  order  to 
preserve  alive  the  fowl  and  the  beast($}  and  the  cattle,  and  all  that 
was  in  the  ark. 

3.  To  be  written : — A  transliteration  of  verses  18  and  19  of 
chapter  VL 

4.  To  be  written  :— The  Niph'al  Perf.  3  m.  sg.,  and  Impf .  3  m.  sg. 
of  a  verb  of  each  of  the  weak  classes, 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  The  tt—  of  ft"1?  Impfs.  (2)  The  suffix  ,13— •  (3)  He  direct- 
ive. (4)Raphe".  (5)  Zaqeph  qaton.  (6)  The  Qal  Impf.  of  verbs  *"y. 
(7)  *)  before  a  guttural  with  Sewa.  (8)  The  vowel-changes  in 
(9)  *y  gut,  Pi'els.  (10)  The  vowel-points  in  TlbpnV  (H) 


158  LESSON  45. 


between  HJtf  with,  and  flK  sign  of  def.  object.    (12)  '£)  gut.  Niph- 
'als.    (13)  The  retention  of  the  original  ]")•    (14)  A  later  usage  of  j"!« 

(15)  The  origin  of  ft .    (16)  Affixes  for  plur.  fern,  and  mase.,  and 

for  the  dual. 


LESSON  XLV.-GENES1S  VII.  1-8. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(i)  Tintp,  (2)  my,  (3)  DUEH&  (4)  rrre,  (5)  Dip?. 

V 

2.    NOTES. 

V.  1.    10NJ5,  2  88.  1.  — N3,  on  synopsis  in  Qal,  2  102.  3.- 
,  on  rj,  U25.  5.  a;  on  — ,  §  124.  1.  a.  (2).— TWO,  the  *  be- 
ing attenuated  from  e,  §  100.  3.  b—  Of)1?  to  my  /aces,  on  *__,  §  124. 

3.  a.  (1).— "VIT  on  6,  §  30.  6.  c. 

vs.  2,  s.  rnintp,  2 122. 2.  c.-Nin,  2  50. 3.  a.-rri*rfp,  pr§i 

Inf.  const,  of  ITfl ;  c'f.  nVflH  in  ch.  VI.  20. 

Vs.  4,  5.  *Vtpp£,  synopsis  in  Hiph'il ;  cf.  Principle  28.— 
DV  D^3^^,  the  numeral  being  plur.  in  form,  the  subst.  is  sg. — 
WTOI,  on  >_  (cf.  VTiO  above),  i  100.  3.  6;  from  nfTO—  D^lp^l 

•    T  •     •;•      T  T    T  |     :   - 

(ha-yequm),  on  omission  of  D.  f.  from  *,  §  14.  2;  on  formation,  \  112. 
3.-^H^^,  on  i,  i  100.  3.  £>;  cf.  WHO,  and  'ma-li"^  for 
ni^  and  !)H  ;  =  1HX  H^  (VI.  22).' 

T    *  T    * 

Vs.  7,  8.  KD^X  see  synopsis,  §  102.  3 ;  the  6  is  obscured  from 
a,  ND*  being  for  JO3?5  the  *|  being  elided,  a  becomes  a,  and  this  6, 
I  94.  2.  K.  3— VJ11,  on  V_,  2  124.  3.  d—  1HN  ^^/i  /«m;  cf.  1HX 

=  xjwb.— ntfft  for  rrrpN ;  on  ^__,  2 125. 5.  a;  on  j_,  2  74. 

TV.V      "  T  V  I  "J- 

2.  c.  N.  1 ;  on  the  contraction,  Jl3_,  i  74.  2.  c.  N.  2 ;  on  particle 
with  suff.,  2  134.  2.  c. 

3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.  2.— ,1^5^'  HJDg''— /Seven,  sere?i  =  by  sevens. 
'  — Two,  two  =  by  twos,  in  pairs. 


LESSON  45.  159 


Principle  30.  —  "Words  are  often  repeated  in  order  to  express  the 
distributive  relation. 


Y.  5.—j-tft#  rftND  tW'D  nil—  And  Noah  (was)  the  son  of  six 

T  T  ••  ••       '  v      ~      : 

hundred  years  =  And  Noah  was  six  hundred  years  old. 

Principle  31.  —  In  Hebrew  "time  is  viewed  as  the  parent  of  that 
which  is  produced  within  it,  and  a  person  or  thing  as  the  offspring 
of  the  time  during  which  he  or  it  has  existed." 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  2  123.  1,  2,  The  Absolute  and  Construct  states. 

2.  I  123.  3,  Substitution  of  H_  for  j"f_  in  the  construct. 

3.  I  123.  4,  Restoration  of  original  j"|_  in  the  construct. 

4.  I  123.  5,  Substitution  of  *_  for  D  V  and  D?_  • 

5.  2  123.  5.  N.  Explanation  of  the  Construct  form. 

6.  Word-Lists,  Verbs  numbered  181—194  in  List  IV. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  written  :  —  The  corresponding  construct  forms  of  flj^l, 

njpp,  rrn,  nrj,  DU^,  ron,  rrjw',  005. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :  —  (1)  The  shepherd  of  the  flock 
icas  a  good  man;  (2)  What  did  God  call  the  collection  of  waters  f 
(3)  The  eyes  of  the  man  were  opened  and  he  saw;  (4)  Noah's  ark 
was  made  of  gopher  wood;   (5)  Noah  took  into  the  ark  of  the  clean 
cattle  and  of  the  cattle  which  were  not  clean;  (6)  The  man  was  forty 
years  old;   (7)  God  rained  upon  the  earth  forty  days  and  forty 
nights. 

3.  To  be  written  in  English  letters:—  Verses  1,  2  of  chapter  VII. 

4.  To  be  written  -.—Synopses  of  the  verbs  in  \  836,  numbered  3, 
5,  8,  14,  in  the  various  stems  in  which  these  verbs  are  there  said  to 
occur. 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 


(1)  The  6  of  verbs  tf"fl.     (2)  Synopsis  in  Qal  of  tfO.     (3)  *"y 
Segholates  before  suffixes.   (4)  The  i  of  fl"1?  Perf  s  before  consonant 


160  LESSON  46. 


terminations.  (5)  Omission  of  D.  f.  (6)  The  vowels  in 
(7)  Explanation  of  the  Construct  form.  (8)  The  substitution  of 
Pi—  for  ,1—,  of  >_  for  D'_  and  D  V-  W  Tlie  restoration  of  fi_ 
in  the  construct. 


LESSON  XLVI.-GENESIS  VII.  9-16. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(D  tf#,  (2)  urjn,  (3)  nt^-njn:?,  (4)  ypa  (5) 
(6)  rtri^,  (7)  nns,J(8)  D#I  (9)  t£v,  <10)  W$ 

2.    NOTES. 

Ys.  9,  10.  ?)JO,  synopsis,  2  102.  3—  Ig^J,  according  to  the 
manner  which,  the  prep,  governing  the  antecedent  of  the  relative. 
—  D*P*n  fryytfo  m.,  to  the  heptad  of  days,  the  numeral  being 
in  const,  relation  with  the  subst.  —  *}£,  const,  of  D^D- 

Vs.  11,  12.  n^'?,  on  i,  I  47.  2;  abs.,  ?W',  const.,  fy#  the 
T"  being  volatilized,  and  Jl_  restored,  ^  122.  2.  —  JT)ND~££^i  on 
Methegh,  §  18.  4;  cardinal  for  ordinal,  §  133.  K  11.—  'Tf,  const,  of 
D'TT,  2  123.  5.-!|j;jp3i  Niph.  Perf.  3  pi.  of  ypi  -  n'1T  JfJD, 
const,  of  n'^JifD,  a  denominative  from  f^_,  §  119.  2.—  ,13*1,  fern. 
of  adj.  D1  5  on'the  D.  f.,  §  125.  5.  &.-infi?ti  pausal  fo 


I  38.  1.  —  Dt^4  (ge-sem)  an  a-class  Segholate. 

Vs.  13,  14.    n-rn  DVn 

very  day.  —  DHK?  the  original  i  being  found  in  a  sharpened  syl.  — 
§  50/1;  on  D.  f.  firmative,  I  15.  6—  ,Tnn,  ^  18-  1;  45.  2. 
,  2S  16-  1;  124.  1.  a.  (1)  and  R.  l.-^^?,  2  124.  1.  b.  (1). 

'  on  formation,  2  110.  5.  c. 

>    > 
Ts.  15,  16.     D^tJ^  D^C^i  repetition  giving  a  distributive  sense. 

-ni^H,  cf.  n^?P  (H^Sl.-D^^n,  Qal  Part.  act.  pi.  of 
Part,  with  article  =  a  relative  clause  :  £/iose  that  went  in.  —  * 
with  i  atten.  from  a,  and  o  heightened  from  ii,  §  66.  1.  a,  and  2.— 
(ba-'adho),  prep.  1^3  around,  behind,  with  suff.  1  him. 


LESSON  46.  161 


3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.     9.— "ft    H1V   ""^Np— According  to  (that)  wldcli   God  com- 
manded. 

Principle  32.— When  Ifc^'N  follows  a  preposition,  the  preposi- 
tion governs,  not  the  relative,  but  its  antecedent. 

V.  11.— n^'  niK9~£^  M^?— In  (tne)  y*™  °f  *ix  hundred 

years  =  in  the  six  hundredth  year. 

Principle  33.— There  are  no  ordinals  above  ten;  hence  the  cardi- 
nals must  serve  as  ordinals,  whenever  the  context  demands. 
V.  13.—  fign  DITTOS'1!  fib  JO—  Went  in  Noah  and  Shem  and 

Ham  and  Japhet. 

Principle  34. — The  predicate  of  several  subjects  united  by  and 
may  stand  either  in  sing,  or  plur.,  but  it  is  generally  in  sing,  when 
it  precedes. 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  124.  Tabular  View,  The  noun  D1D  with  pron.  suffixes. 

2.  §  124.  1.  a,  b,  and  R's,  Masc.  nouns  in  the  sing,  with  suffixes. 

3.  3  124.  2,  Fern,  nouns  in  the  sing,  with  suffixes. 

4.  i  124.  3.  a — d,  Masc.  nouns  in  the  plur.  with  suffixes. 

5.  §  124.  4,  Fern,  nouns  in  the  plur.  with  suffixes. 

6.  Word-Lists,  Verbs  numbered  195—208  in'List  IV. 

5.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew : — (1)  His  day,  7ier  day,  your 
(m.)  day,  thy  (f.)  day,  our  day,  their  (m.)  day,  thy  (m.)  day;  (2)  Thy 
lives,  her  lives,  his  lives,  thy  (f.)  lives,  our  lives,  my  lives,  your  lives; 
(3)  My  saying,   her  saying,  your  (m.)  saying,   our  saying;  (4)  My 
signs,  your  signs,  our  signs,  their  signs,  thy  signs;   (5)  My  father, 
thy  brother,  our  father,  your  father,  thy  mouth,  Jier  mouth. 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew : — (1)  Our  Father  who  (art)  in 
heaven;  (2)  Take  with  thee  into  the  ark  thy  father  and  thy  sons  and 
thy  daughters;  (3)  The  fowl  according  to  his  kind  and  the  beast  ac- 


162  LESSON  47. 


cording  to  her  kind  shall  enter  the  ark  two  by  two;  (4)  Everything 
in  which  is  the  spirit  of  life  shall  expire;  (5)  Iivas  born  in  the  eigh- 
teen hundredth  year  of  our  Lord,  in  the  seventh  month,  on  the  twenty- 
fourth  day  of  the  month;  (6)  The  waters  of  the  flood  were  upon  the 
earth  many  days. 

3.  To  be  written  : — A  transliteration  of  verses  13  and  14  of  chap- 
ter  VII. 

4.  To  be  written  :— An  exact  statement  of  the  origin  and  force 
of  the  following  suffixes  (including  the  ending  of  the  stem):  (1) 

v_,  (2) rr_,  (3) rp-,  (4)  w_,  (5) i,  (6)  n_,  (7) *_,  (8) rr_, 

T  T     -iv  -J-  -i"  T  )    : 

(9)  D_,  (10)  VU. 

6.     TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  A  preposition  with  the  Relative  pronoun.  (2)  Use  of  cardi- 
nals for  ordinals.  (3)  Denominatives  formed  by  prefixing  ft.  (4) 
yy  stems  with  affixes.  (5)  The  prep.  fitf  with  suffixes.  (6)  The 
pronominal  suffixes.  (7)  Qal  Part's  act.  of  verbs  ]"y.  (8)  The  orig- 
inal vowels  in  *"Up*.  (9)  Agreement  of  predicate.  (10)  Suffixes 
attached  to  the  stem-ending  a.  (11)  Suffixes  attached  to  the  stem- 
ending  e  (from  i).  (12)  Suffixes  attached  to  the  stem-ending  T. 
(13)  The  various  forms  assumed  by  the  old  construct  ending  ay  be- 
fore suffixes.  (14)  Plural  feminines  with  pronominal  suffixes. 


LESSON  XLVII.-GENESIS  VII.   17-24. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 

(i)  on  (2)  *m  (3)  HDD,  (4)  nrr,  (5)  rm  (6)  rtrn  (7) 

-  - 


.  2.    NOTES. 

Vs.  17,  18.  to*VX  on  rejection  of  the  third  radical  *)  or  *,  2 
100.  2.—  *|KJ5^  (wSy-yi-s'u),  from  Nb^  ;  J  assimilated,  but  D.  f. 
lost,  \  14.  2  ;  the  Scwa  remains  vocal,  the  preceding  syl.  being  half- 


LESSON  47.  163 


open.— D*irn  (wat-ta-rom),  the  second  — ,  being  in  an  unaccented 

T  VT  "" 

closed  syl.,  must  be  o ;  usual  form  of  }"y  Qal  Impf.,  is  with  1,  e.  g., 
D*njl 1  but  with  Waw  consec.,  o  is  employed,  which  becomes  o 
whe^the  tone  is  removed,  I  94.  2.  R.  4.— rOJ*,  (1)  ',  (2)  *QJ,  the 
root,  (3)  % 

Ys.  19,  20.  !)D3»1,  (1)  •  }  with  D.  f.  lost  from  *,  §14.  2 ;  (2) » ; 
(3)  —  =  passive ;  (4)  D.  f.  in  D  —  intensive ;  (5)  }  =  plur.;  the  root 
being  flCO,  cf.  J|^n  (ch.  II.  D.-DnHH,  on  the  -  (e),  I  45.  4— 
D^rQJI?  from  rt3JJ,  §  125.  1.  a;  but  Pathah-furtive  disappears  when 
H  ceases  to  be  final,  nor  is  the  Mappiq  any  longer  necessary.— 
n^5f?0,  see  ch.  VI.  16. 

Vs.  21,  22.  y}^\  I  82.  1.  a— fO?tt  (m-s'math),  construct  of 
rrD^>-V£)K,  from~f]X  •"  ^,  dual,1  D^K  5  on  V_,  S  124.  3.  d. 
— n^*nn3  (be-ha-ra-bha),  on  —  (e),  \  45.  4 ;  —  under  fT,  on  account 
of  rejection  of  D.  f.  from  *"),  the  formation  being  according  to  §  110. 
1— MID,  on  e  under  0,  §  9*.  2.  R.  1. 

Vs.  23,  24.  jl^h,  for  fiDl?''!!  (Q^  Impf.);  H^  lost,  and  a  help- 
ing vowel  —  inserted,  §  100.  5.  6.  (5) ;  E-aphe  over  £,  to  show  that 
no  D.  f.  is  to  be  expected. — V?D*1»  Niph.  Impf.  3  plur.,  of  same  root 
as  HD*' — "INCS^X  another  Niph.;  tone  receding  to  penult,  —  is 
shortened  to  ^,  I  21.  3—  HDri?  IflX,  D.  1.  in  1  because  of 
preceding  disjunctive  accent. — Q^,  sg.,  although  pi.  in  sense. 

3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

V.  19.—  IKJp  *WQ— Mightily,  mightily. 

Principle  34. — Words  are  often  repeated  to  express  intensity  or 
emphasis. 

V.  22.— VSJQ "Ifc^K  ^b— All  in  whose  nostrils,  etc. 

Principle  35. — The  *1&^  which  serves  as  sign  of  relation  for  a 
following  pronominal  suffix  is  generally  separated  from  the  word  to 
which  the  suffix  is  attached  by  intervening  words. 


164  LESSON  47. 


4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  $  125.  I,  Stem-changes  resulting  from  shifting  of  tone  one 

place. 

2.  §  125.  2,  Stem-changes  resulting  from  shifting  of  tone  two 

places. 

3.  §  125.  3,  Stem-changes  in  the  singular  construct. 

4.  3  125.  3.  R.  4,    Qal  act.  participles,  and  nouns  with  ultimate  e. 

5.  Word-Lists,       Nouns  numbered  116—133  in  List  VIII. 

5.    EXERCISES. 


1.  In  the  case  of  ^£0  flesh,  Dlj/  eternity,  write  out  (1)  the 
const,  sg.,  (2)  the  form  with  suffix  for  my,  (3)  with  suffix  for  your 
(m.),  (4)  the  plur.  abs.,  (5)  the  plur.  const.,  (6)  the  plur.  with  the  suf- 
fix for  my,  (7)  with  the  suffix  for  your  (m.). 

2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew  :—  (1)  This  is  my  word  which  1 
have  spoken  to  you;  (2)  The  earth  and  all  which  (is)  in  it  is  God's; 
(3)  All  the  mountains  were  covered,  and  the  waters  prevailed  upon 
the  earth;  (4)  Three  men  were  left  with  him  in  the  ark;  (5)  The  man 
to  (*J)  whose  word  I  listened  was  forty  years  old;  (6)  And  he  destroyed 
man  and  beast,  creeper  and  cattle  from  upon  the  ground. 

3.  To  be  written  :—  A  transliteration  of  verses  22,  23  of  ch.  VII. 

4.  To  be  written  -.  —  Exhaustive    analyses   of    (1)    D^DHI,    (2) 

onnn,  w  rhyzfin,  (4)  TOI-DDI,  (5) 

•  T  |v  T  *:  -i-   :    •  T    ••    :    - 


|v 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY, 

(1)  Loss  of  *)  or  *  in  verbs  P?/«    (2)  Assimilation  of  ^  in  verbs 
f"fl.    (3)  The  vowels  in  Y'Jf  Qal  Imperfects.    (4)  The  article  with 


—  .    (5)  The  suffix  and  ending  V_.    (6)  Each  vowel  in  nb*1  and 

T  -_!•  - 

VlD^V  (^)  !)•  !•  after  a  disjunctive  accent.  (8)  When  does  the 
tone  move  one  place  ?  (9)  When  does  it  move  two  places  ?  (10) 
The  vowel-changes  in  either  case.  (11)  The  formation  of  the  singu- 
lar construct.  (12)  Nouns  with  e  in  the  ultima. 


LESSON  48.  165 


LESSON  XLVIIL-GENESIS  VIII.  1-7. 

1.    NEW  WORDS. 


(i)  igr,  (2)  i3j£,  o)  rpttf,  (4)  -op,  (5)  K,  (6)  nprr,  (7) 
nj?,  (8)  TJ,  o)  ftn,  do)  ^y,  (ID 


V.  1.  <-bp_,  i  atten.  from  a,  o  height,  from  ii  ;  Qal  Impf.  3  m. 
sg.;  synopsis  ?—  *"OJ^1,  on  ~  instead  of  *_,  §  68.  5.  6.  (1);  synopsis? 
—122^1,  from  Ti5$,  §  86.  1,  and  3;  the  —  height,  from  orig.  —  ; 

V.      T~  I    ""     T 

the  o  with  first  radical  instead  of  with  second;  the  D.  f.  represent- 
ing the  contracted  radical. 

Vs.  2,  3.    rOp'l,  N*ph.  Impf.  3  m.  plur.  of  "Op  =  "UD  — 
75'  2.—  tt^,  for  to^  ;  basis  of  the  form  is  ^V'! 
(like  yaq-tiil),  but  w+ii  =  u,  and  a  in  an  open  syllable  becomes  a, 
%  94.  1.  a.  (1),  and  2.  a.—  Tj'frri,  Inf.  abs.;  on  6  (=  a),  §  70.  1.  6.  (1). 
on  -T-,  §  49.  4;  on  jj{^,  Inf.  abs.,  for  ^W,  I  94.  1.  c.  (1). 
on  —  before  (1,  §  78.  2.  a;  on  —  under  Yf,  §  78.  3.  c.— 
(mi-qe?e),  for  nVfpP  5  on  omis.  of  D.  f  .,  I  14.  2;  on  —  under 
,  instead  of  —  ,  ?  125.  6/5;  on  ft—  (e),  §  123.  3. 

Vs.  4,  5.  mni,  from  [TO  (cf.  IHn^l  ch.  II.  15);  usual  Impf., 
,  but  the  form  with  Waw  consec.  has  o,  \  94.  2.  c.  E.  4;  but  the 
gut.  changes  the  usual  6  to  1—  Hpf,  const,  pi.  of  Ifl,  which  is  from 
^VVl  ;  hence  the  iris  unchangeable,  and  stands  in  the  const.,  %%  125. 
5.  Z>;  31.  4.  N.  2.—  TJDPT,  Inf.  abs.  ;  on  6  (=  a),  \  70.  1.  b.  (1).— 
INni  Niph.  of  n^.  —  ^'N*!,  const,  plur.  ;  another  case  of  un- 
changeable —  in  const.  ;  irreg.  plur.  of  ^K^,  §  132.  17.—  DH^O 
(he-ha-rim),  on  the  -7-  under  Hi  3  45.  4. 

Vs.  6,  7.     fin^n,  2  82.  I.  a—  rfptyn,  on  -v  under  *?,  g  82.  1.  ft. 

-NS5i  «  90-  2."a!  (1).-NWT,  2  ™.~L  ^"(l).-n^,  a  fern.  Inf. 
const.,  I  90.  2.  6.  R.  1. 


166  LESSON  48. 


3.    PRINCIPLES  OF  SYNTAX. 

Y.  3.—  2Jt£ft   Tlfrn  ____  ^(ff^—And  they  returned,  going  and  re- 

turning. 
V.  7.—  3^1  KW  Wt^—And  it  went  forth,  going  forth  and  re- 

T  T  '  — 

turning. 
V.  5.  —  TiDtY)  Tfrn  Vil  D^ni  —  And  the  waters  were  going  on 

T  :       |        T  T          -j-  -   : 

and  diminishing. 

Principle  36.  —  The  Infinitive  absolute,  coming  after  a  finite 
verb  from  the  same  root,  gives  to  the  latter  the  force  of  continued 
and  lasting  action.  This  idea  of  continuance  is  also  expressed  by 
the  .use  of  the  verb  Tj1??!,  in  which  case  the  principal  idea  is  added 
in  the  form  of  a  second  Inf.  abs.  The  thought  of  the  phrases  given 
above  is:  (1)  "They  went  on  going  backwards";  (2)  "It  went  re- 
peatedly to  and  fro  ";  (3)  "And  the  waters  were  abating  continually." 

V.  5.—  £Hrf?  "TH^5  >"W#2—  In  the  tenth  (month),  on  the  first 

(lit.,  one]  (day)  o/(lit.,  to]  the  month. 

Principle  37.  —  In  dates  (1)  the  words  day  and  month  are  often 
omitted,  (2)  the  cardinals  are  often  used  instead  of  ordinals,  and 
(3)  instead  of  the  construct  relation,  a  periphrastic  expression  by 
means  of  *?  is  employed. 

4.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  \  125.  4.  a—/,       Stem-changes  in  the  inflection  of  Segholates. 

2.  I  125.  5.  a,  6,        Stem-changes  in  the  inflection   of  Y'Jf,  *>"y 

and  yy  Segholates. 

3.  §  125.  6.  a,  b,        Stem-changes  in  the  inflection  of  H"*?  nouns. 

4.  Word-Lists,  Nouns  numbered  134  —  151  in  List  VIII. 

5.    EXERCISES. 


1.  In  the  case  of  *»,  jllO,  JVt,  pH,  HVfJj  write  (!)  SS-  const., 
(2)  sing,  form  with  suffix  your,  (3)  plur.  abs.,  (4)  plur.  const.,  (5) 
plur.  form  with  suffix  my. 


LESSON  49.  167 


2.  To  be  translated  into  Hebrew: — (1)  Remember  thou  the  days 
in  which  God  blessed  thee;  (2)  God  caused  the  waters  to  return  from 
upon  the  earth;  (3)  He  died  in  the  sixth  year,  in  the  seventh  month, 
on  the  fifth  day  of  the  month;   (4)  The  words  of  God  are  good;  (5) 
He  will  live  unto  eternities  of  eternities;  (6)  The  kings  of  the  earth 
shall  return  unto  their  land. 

3.  To  be  written :— A  transliteration  of  verses  2,  3  of  ch.  VIII. 

4.  Write    a  complete    analysis    of    the  following    forms: — (1) 

ro»#D,  (2)  tfirfr  (3)  ogttn,  (4)  mpi,  (5)  rfptfn. 

6.    TOPICS  FOR  STUDY. 

(1)  Vowels  of  the  Qal  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  of  a  strong  verb.  (2)  y"y 
Qal  Impf.  (3)  V'y  Qal  Impf.  (4)  Niph'al  Impf.  3  m.  sg.  (5)  Form 
of  Inf.  abs.  (6)  The  6  of  the  Inf.  abs.  (7)  The  e  of  ft"1?  nouns. 
(8)  Unchangeable  —  in  const. plur.  (9)  Article  with  — .  (10)  /l?  gut- 
tural Pi'el  Impf.  (11)  Y'£J  Qal  Impf.  (12)  Various  forms  assumed 
by  Segholate  stems  in  inflection.  (13)  Y'J/  and  V'y  Segholates. 
(14)  yny  Segholates.  (15)  H"1?  nouns  ending  in  H_. 


LESSON  XLIX.-GENESIS  VIM.  8-14. 

/.    NEW  WORDS. 

(i)  rui>,  (2)  ^p,  (3)  rruo,  (4)  tp,  (5)  *?r\,  (6)>n,  (7) 
(8)  n#/(9)  nn,  do)  ^D,  (ID  *?rr,  (12)  p^'Nn,  (is) 


P.    VERBAL  FORMS. 

[In  the  case  of  each  form,  state  (1)  stem,  (2)  tense,  (3)  pers.,  numb.,  gen.,  (4) 
class,  (5)  root,  (6)  meaning  of  root,  (7)  corresponding-  form  of  StOP,  (8)  the  varia- 
tion from  the  strong  form,  the  reason  for  the  variation,  and  the  section  in  the 
"Elements"  which  explains  it.  The  superior  figure  indicates  the  verse  in 
which  the  word  occurs.] 


(3)  i,8  (4)  nN*,9  (5)     n,9  (6) 
nri?,9  ( 


168  LESSON  49. 


(12)  jon,11  (is)  jrn,11  d4)  ^tw2  us)  aitr,12  us)  >rn,13 
nn,13  (is)  -ten,13  (is)  *rn,13  (20)  ntsty1* 


3.    NOMINAL  FORMS. 

[In  the  case  of  each  form,  state  (1)  abs.  sg.,  (2)  meaning,  (3)  formation,  (4) 
const,  sg.,  (5)  abs.  and  const,  plur.,  (6)  its  form  with  one  or  more  suffixes  in  sg. 
and  piur.j 

(i)  n^m,8  (2)  rhr\?  (3)  w  (4)  DW°  (5)  rr^,11  (6)  nn,11 

(7)  cnn,13  (8)  np?p.13 

4.    PARTICLES,  PREPOSITIONS,  SUFFIXES,  ETC. 

[In  the  case  of  each,  state  all  that  may  be  known  concerning  it.] 

(1)  "H^,8  (2)  fp,8  (3)  AX8  (with),  (4)  ft,8  (5)  -  H,8  (6)  ty,8  (7)  I,9 

(8)  N1?,9  (9)  -^,9  (io)  '3,9  (ID  1,9  (i2)  n,9  (is)  'p,11  d4)  nan,11 

(15)  V—.12 

T 

5.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  I  126.  1 — 5,  Classification  of  Noun-stems. 

2.  I  127.  1.  Tab.  View  and  R's,     Strong  and  Guttural  Segholates. 

3.  I  127.  2.  Tab.  View  and  R's,     V^,  »"#  ft"*7  and  JT^  Segho- 

lates. 

4.  Word-Lists,  Nouns  numbered  152  to  168  in 

List  VIII. 

6.    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  written : — A  word-for-word  translation  of  verses  8 — 14 
of  Genesis  VIII. 

2.  To  be  written : — A  transliteration  of  verses  9  and   10  of 
Genesis  VIII. 

3.  To  be  written : — Five  Hebrew  sentences  of  not  less  than  eight 
words  each,  based  on  the  verses  constituting  this  lesson. 


LESSON  50.  169 


LESSON  L.-GENESIS  VIM,  15-22. 

7.    NEW  WORDS. 


(i)  *m  (2)  nnst^D,  (3)  rap,  (4)  rf?y,  (5)  rm  (6)  nn,  (7) 
rrrw,  (8)T  oniyV  o)  -rv,  (io)  -i,  UD  oh,  (12)      ,  us) 


2.    VERBAL  FORMS. 

[In  the  case  of  each  form,  state  (1)  stem,  (2)  tense,  (3)  pers.,  numb.,  gen.,  (4) 
class,  (5)  root,  (6)  meaning  of  root,  (7)  corresponding  form  of  ^D,  (8)  the  varia- 


tion from  the  strong  form,  the  reason  for  the  variation,  and  theT  section  in  the 
"  Elements  "  which  explains  it.  The  superior  figure  indicates  the  verse  in  which 
the  word  occurs.] 


(1)  "DIV5  (2)  "JOK^,18  (3)  NV16  (2  90.  2.  a),  (4)  N*yin17  (ace.  to 
Qcri,  NV'H ;  usual  form  would  be  KVlH,  22  19.  1,  2,  3 ;  90.  3.  I), 

(5)  Jflffl,17  (6)  NJPV8  W  1NV''19  (8)  R-'2° (9)  ^i20  (10)  ^l20 
(in  Hiph.,  not  Qal),  (11)  flTf1  (cf.  mm  v.  4),  (12)  tjpK,21  (13) 

(14)  man1?,21  (15)  wfcWi11  d6)  ^'^w>-22 


5.    NOMINAL  FORMS. 

[In  the  case  of  each  form,  state  (1)  abs.  sg.,  (2)  meaning,  (3)  formation,  (4) 
const,  sg.,  (5)  abs.  and  const,  plur.,  (6)  its  form  with  one  or  more  suffixes  in  sg. 
and  plur.] 


(i)  irnp,17  (2)  n^,17  (3)  n^ng,17  (4)  v^rji1T  (&) 

(6)  nh5tr'D,19  (7)  rap,20  (8)  niiiD,20  (9)  n^,20  (io)  -a1?,21  (ID 

(13)  yit.,22  (14)rp_,22  (15)  ft^'rt.22 


4.    PARTICLES,  PREPOSITIONS,  IRREGULAR  FORMS. 

[In  the  case  of  each,  state  all  that  may  be  known  concerning  it.] 

(1)  fO,16  (2)  ?|p^'«,18   (3)  ?£45  w  (4)  ^,16   (5)  rK,16  (6) 

(7)  N1?,21  (8)  nin,21  o)  n,21  (io)  w. 


170  LESSON  50. 


5.    GRAMMAR-  AND  WORD-LESSON. 

1.  §  128.  Tab.  View  and  R's,  Nouns  of  the  Second  Class. 

2.  \  129.  Tab.  View  and  R's,  Nouns  of  the  Third  Class. 

3.  3  130.  Tab.  View  and  R's,  Nouns  of  the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Classes. 

4.  Word-Lists,  Nouns  numbered  169-185  in  List  VIII. 

6,    EXERCISES. 

1.  To  be  written: — A  word-for-word  translation  of  verses  15-22 
of  Genesis  VIII. 

2.  To  be  written  : — A  transliteration  of  verses  17,  18  of  Genesis 
VIII.  . 

3.  To  be  written  : — Five  Hebrew  sentences  of  not  less  than  ten 
words  each,  based  on  the  verses  constituting  this  Lesson. 


MANUAL, 


A  HEBREW  MANUAL 


FOR  BEGINNERS 


TEXT,  TRANSLATION,  TRANSLITERATION,   VOCABULARIES 
AND  WORD-LISTS 


WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  PH.  D. 

PROFESSOR   OF   SEMITIC   LANGUAGES   IN   TALE   UNIVERSITY  ;    PRINCIPAL  OP 
THE   SCHOOLS  OF  THE   AMERICAN   INSTITUTE   OF   HEBREW 


TENTH    EDITION. 


NEW  YORK 

CHARLES    SCRIBNER'S    SONS 
1893. 


COPYRIGHT  1886  BY 

THE  AMERICAN  PUBLICATION  SOCIETY  OP  HEBREW 
CHICAGO 


PREFACE. 


This  MANUAL  is  intended  to  accompany  the  author's  Introductory 
Hebrew  Method.  It  can  be  used  to  advantage,  it  is  thought,  by  any 
who  desire  to  begin  the  study  of  Hebrew.  It  contains  some  matter, 
not  to  be  had  elsewhere,  which  will  be  found  of  real  service  in  the  ac- 
quisition of  the  language.  A  few  words  of  explanation  are  offered: — 

1.  The  text  of  chapters   I.  and  II.  is   printed  with  only  the 
most  important  accents ;  that  of  chapter  III.  with  the  accents  of 
secondary  value,  while  in  the  remaining  chapters,  all  the  accents 
are  given.    The  beginner  is  thus  saved  much  needless  difficulty  and 
annoyance.     The  text  is  that  of  Baer  and  Delitzsch,  which  differs 
in  a  few  particulars  from  that  which  is  in  common  use. 

2.  The  word-for-word  translation  of  the  first  four  chapters  of 
G-enesis  is  not  intended  to  serve  as  a  help  in  the  rendering  of  the 
original.    The  student  will  compare,  in  each  case,  the  Hebrew  word 
with  the  English  equivalent.     He  will  note,  for  example,  that  the 
equivalent  of  jTt^OJ  ig  In-beginning.     He  will  then  proceed  to 
learn  the  Hebrew  word.     He  will  pronounce  it  and  write  it  until  he 
has  mastered  it.    He  will,  however,  continually  associate  with  it  the 
English  equivalent ;  and  the  phrase  will  be  mastered  only  when  the 
sight  or  sound  of  the  English  suggests  the  Hebrew,  and  vice  versa. 
The  first  word  being  mastered,  he  will  take  up  the  second  in  the 
same  manner,  and  so  on,  until  each  word  in  the  verse  is  learned.   It 
is  understood  that  he  has  been  given  the  correct  pronunciation  by 
an  instructor,  or  that  he   has  learned  it  from  a  transliteration. 
When,  now,  each  word  has  been  studied,  it  remains  to  learn  the 
verse  as  a  verse.    With  tlie  English  translation  before  his  eye,  he  will 


4  PREFACE. 

write  and  pronounce  the  Hebrew,  each  time  comparing  his  work 
with  the  original,  until  he  has  obtained  a  perfect  mastery  of  it. 
When  the  verses  of  a  given  chapter  have  been  learned,  the  chapter 
as  a  chapter  must  be  mastered. 

3.  The  unpointed  text  of  Genesis  I. — IV.  is  inserted,  because 
no  exercise  will  be  found  more  profitable  than  that  of  pronouncing 
the  unpointed  Hebrew.    It  is  well  also  to  copy  the  unpointed  text 
on  the  black-board,  or  on  paper,  and  to  supply  the  points  and  vowel- 
signs. 

4.  A  Hebrew-English  Vocabulary  is  added,  containing,  besides 
the  words  with  their  meanings,  etc.,  the  number  of  times  each  word 
occurs  in  the  entire  Old  Testament,  and  a  transliteration.    The  lat- 
ter is  inserted,  not  to  assist  in  pronunciation,  but  to  indicate  the 
character  of  the  sounds.     Corresponding  to  the  Hebrew-English 
Vocabulary  there  is  also  an  English-Hebrew  Vocabulary.    In  this 
way  there  is  kept  continually  before  the  mind  the  origin  and  value 
of  each  particular  vowel-sound.     In  no  other  introductory  book  is 
this  feature  so  emphasized. 

5.  The  words  occurring  most  frequently  in  the  Old  Testament 
are  inserted  in  "Lists."     Each  word  is  numbered,  and  the  corre- 
sponding number  in  the  English  Lists  is  in  each  case  the  equivalent 
of  the  Hebrew.     The  translation  is  separated  from  the  Hebrew,  in 
order  that  the  "Lists"  may  be  used  to  better  advantage  in  the 
class-room. 

For  further  particulars  as  to  the  method  of  instruction  em- 
ployed, the  reader  is  referred  to  the  Preface  of  the  author's  Intro- 
ductory Hebrew  Method. 

W.  R  H. 
NEW  HAVEN,  CONN.,  July  1st,  1887. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

I.    GENESIS  I.-IV.,  THE  HEBREW  TEXT 7-17 

II.    GENESIS  I.-IV.,  A  LITERAL  TRANSLATION 18-28 

III.  GENESIS  I.-IV.,  THE  UNPOINTED  TEXT 29-38 

IV.  GENESIS  I.,  A  TRANSLITERATION 39-41 

V.    GENESIS  V.-VIIL,  THE  HEBREW  TEXT 43-52 

VI.    VOCABULARY  (HEBREW-ENGLISH)  OF  GEN.  I.- VIII 53-71 

VII.    VOCABULARY  (ENGLISH-HEBREW)  OF  GEN.  I.- VIII 73-78 

VIII.    WORD- LISTS— HEBREW 79-87 

IX.    WORD-LISTS—TRANSLATION ...88-93 


EXPLANATION  OF  SIGNS 

USED  IN  THE  TRANSLATION  AND  TRANSLITERATION. 


1.  Parentheses  (  }  enclose  words  for  which  there  is  no  equivalent  in 

the  Hebrew. 

2.  Brackets  [  ]  enclose  words  which  are  in  the  Hebrew,  but  are  not 

to  be  rendered  into  English. 

3.  )(  stands  for  'eth,  the  sign  of  the  definite  object. 

4.  The  Hyphen  (-}  connects  those  English  words  which,  in  Hebrew, 

form  a  single  word. 

5.  The  sign  of  Addition  (+)  stands  for  Maqqeph. 

6.  The  Asterisk  (*)  stands  for  the  'Athnah  (TT)  ;  the  Dagger  (f), 

for  S'gholta  (-±-) ;  the  Period  (.),  for  Soph  Pasuq  (•  — )  pre- 
ceded by  Silluq. 


DV 


I-IV. 


CHAPTER  I. 


irtn  irtn  nn^n     Nrn    2 


DW'D  nnnp  o.^n  11^  o^ 
:    '^nn  novi 


7     : 


3 

p?  D*r^      -       -»         -       ^          -     4 


GENESIS  I. 


11  inf..  in? 

rp*?  n$  ngty  na 


12  nn  iru'o1?  jnr  ynro  3fc>y  Ne>'i  pxrr 

J      •*  :  -***      ,'•  -1*-*  '•'    -j"  v   -*"•*       F     Y  JT  T 

j^-»3  D^ri1?^  tnn  inp1?  tt-iinr 
13 

14  ^-prf?  D?o^n 

m  rrn    51  DVn 


:  p-wi  pNn-y  TK?  D*ot^'n 

M"          •  :|-   I     VAT  T  •     T    :  -J-  T     - 

nixDn-n?^  D^n  rhtaprr  ^ 

n^'pp1?  jbjprr  TiN^n-n^i  o'vn  n^'pp1 


on 

T 

pai  -mrr  ra  ^HDn^i  n^ai  o'va  *? 

T        I     ••  •  :    --  :   |  T  :-i  -- 


19 

i  rrn  tpsj  per  D^ 

:       AT  -  v-iv    I      v-iv          •  J 


3  r\$  Qt    o^n 


GENESIS  I. 


ns  ™?  o>r?N  onfc  Ton  22 

~ 


n  23 
norra  pma1?  rrn  tfflj  p^rr  Ktfm  o>if?N  -mn  24 

T    "    :  T     •     :  T  -  v-iv      p     VJT  T  v:          v       -i~ 

:  p-wi  nrio1?  pN-wrn  ty 

'    :|~       rtT     •    :       |     VJV  : 

nonsn-n^i  nro1?  p^n  n*n-n«  D^n^ 

T    ••    :    -  v   :  T      •    :          )     VJT  T  --  v  • 

nio 


26 
o*n 


0^3  'i1?^  o^-n^  wrh^  \sr&\  ^ 
:  onfc  KID  nnp^  iDt  inx 

IT  T  T  (.T)"  :  T  T        A 

ns  o^rt^  on^  npxn  b^ri^^  onx  TI  28 
DM  n:ra  nni  n^'Mi  pxn-nx 

T  -  :  T  ,V.    :     •    :         I      VJT  T  v 

:  pNrrty  n^Dhn  rrrr^m 

I     v  |T  T  v    jv       |T          T  -  T    :  -j-   T 

jnt.  jrir  n^-^s-ns  05^  *nn^  n-in  DM^  n»Nj5  29 
-n£j  13-n^'K  ryn-ta  nxi  pxn-^D  ^s- 

v     -:     |  ^-  T  T  "   :       I     VJT  T  T 

:  rh^  rrrr  D?5?  jrir  jrir 
D?p^'n  tfiy-W?!  pxn 


10  GENESIS  II. 


31  -»m_  "ikD  siD-nam  n&y 

•      ~  ' 


A    : 


or 


CHAPTER  II. 

:  DXM-^I  pNm  own 

IT  T    :  i    :    I     V-IT  T    :          •_!-   T     - 

N^p  »i?wrr  0^3  D' 


>5  uri    tr'^pn 

jn'i^ 
or?  063   nr    Dn 


T          v  :  )• 


nin*  ^toon  x?  ^  rroi 

T       ;  ^T  :   * 


:  nonxrr  os--nN  nptr'ni  p«n-?o 

IT    T  -:  |T         "~  r  Y  |T    :        •    :       |      YrYr  T      I    • 

ns^i  nbiNn-    ifi    DHxn-nK  D^^N  n'in» 


xri-n^  o'  otr-n  oij^p  1^3  fj  D>n     n' 


nam  W'3  niNn-p  D^ri?^  mn^ 

T    :   Y     |   ^"          T  T     T  -:  |T     I    •  •         Y:          T      : 

runn  r|n  dn  n'm^  owrrrr 

-i     -       I      "  :       PT  -          I  :  -    | 


°v.4.  UT'jrT  'H 


GENESIS  II.  11 


Dtrpi  f$rns 

N-^D  JIN  Dhn  Kin  rws  nnxrr  DP  n 

VJV          T  1     A  T    v  |T 


:  onfr'n  p*o  rfrttn  DP  sto  Ninn  p^rr  snn  12 

-  J     -      I  v  jv  :          -     j  :    -  T  A  *    -      I     VJT  T  -  -;  | 

nx  Dh'iorr  xin   nnu  >4#n  nn^n-o^'i  13 

*     A    "          V  T  T  r*    - 


14 


?   nin  n-n 


16 


DV?  »?  IJJDP     ^n  N?  jni  DID  njnrr  foi  ^ 

:  nizpn  HID  I^DO 
D-rxn  nrn  nico-^  D^N  nin^  10^1  ^ 

T  T  |T  v:  •         v:          T       :          v       J  - 

«j.  I1? 
nin^  ny-n  19 


T      :  v-i 


ow'n  ni^i  norarr-1?^  nitr' 

-          -  "        - 


12  GENESIS  III. 


21  rm  rrp-i  r^*i  D-iNn-ty  mmn  D>if?N  nirr 

I  ---     liVr     •-  TT  |T  T     ••    :  -  v:         T 

:  nipnn  nt^  "up>i  vn 

22  DiN-     nV'       vn-n    D>rf     rnr 


23  n^3o  n^ai  ^v^p  D^.  oj;n  nxr  D-JKH  n 

:  nNf-rrnp^  P'WD  ^3  rrt^'x 

24  vr 


D 


CHAPTER  III. 


t^N  nntrrr  n^n  ^bD  oiy  n*n  tr 

V       ~:  V  T       -  T  T  T  T 

r\x  n^'Nn-^ 

T         |  *          )  T      *  j  T          v 


2 
3 

:pnon  ID  13  iw 

I      |     -.     :          (v  rt  v.    :    • 

4  :pnon  nto-Nl1?  rr^rr-^N  t^'mn 

I       |    V    :  rtr    •    |T  V  T  T   - 

3^^  0^3  ^3  D^H^K  jrj» 

v   :    T      :  :  .: 


o  v.  25. 


GENESIS  III.  13 


?)  ^$$7  f#n  SID  >5  n^n  N^rn    6 
inso  npni  yberr*?  ryrr  ismi  D7#» 

:   •  •    :      -    :          I      ••  T  T    :  v  :  ••  |T 

^pN'i  noy  nB>»tf? 


on  DD^JJ?.  »3     "in  o^'  71?  nirrjjsni    7 


nin    *7i-n<     o       8 


rrin»  ^SD  int^xi   DINH   ^rrnn  ovrr 

T:  TT|T  -:•-  A  - 


I1?  naN'i  Dnxn-^N  D'n^x  mn 


nay  nnn:  n^  n^n  DINJI  nig^ 


12 


T  T  -  T      •    |T 


rrin?  19^1  14 
rrntrrr  n*n  ^bDi  nran-tao 

'"  " 


o  v.  10. 


14  GENESIS  III. 


jnr_  p3i  ^inr  ^31    mn  ps 

rrnen  tsfo     s 
n"N  roTr 


17 


21  * 


is     JH^D  ^^-n»  5*73^1  ^  n^pvn 
19  * 


nn 

T    -  T  ^T       F          T    :    (AT-. 

DN  nnn  NIH  ^3  nir?  in'x  D^  D-KH 


22  JIP  nn^3  rrn  oiNp  jn  D'rfts  nin? 
05   np^i  VT   n1?^^)?)  «  nnjn:  j^ji   DID 


23  n"T«n-nN  niy*?  py-wo  D*rf?N  n'w 

T    T  -:  |T  v  *-:\-       \    •:%•     \-  •         v:  T       : 


24  D^sn-nN  py-p4?  Dip^  pts*i  Dixn-nK  tc^ 

•     -.    :    -  v        !    v9-     I-  :  v)jv  •        I   ••    :    —  rYr  T  |T  v  V 

?nnDn  nnnrr  ton1? 


GENESIS  IV.  15 


CHAPTER  IV. 

rp-nN  i^m  Snni  WN  mrrnx  jn»  oh^m 

V  -I"  ~  ~ A       :  -IT"  V  ^     \.-T  T    T  JT     : 


¥  njn     n-'m  ^srrnN  WN-nK  rnfc?  *iDhi    2 

"*     -I  V    V  *    •  I  •'  f*lT  '•*  ^*     T  '•"  V  V   T  i  V      -1  ~" 

:HDIK  nny  n»n  ppi 

IT    T  -:  "^  >.TT        I  -|-  : 

rrroo  noi^n  nso   rp   ^   D*D»   rpo   *nn    3 

I.T  :    •  -JT   T  -:  |T  s-  :     •  "T-  A'  T         )    |_r  •  (.•;- 


rnn  n     f?jr^  rrin 

g?  rrv?  K?  bw  riNt^  b^^n-D 
:  l-^^'on  nnxi  ih^n 

- 


np_  vrrx 


rro 


rsrm  nms  n^'x  noi»n-ro  rrnx  nnx  nnjn 

T  v  -IT   :  JT          jv    -:  T     T  -:  |T     I    •  T  AT  J  T  I.T  ^-  : 


16  GENESIS  IV. 


12  -MI  yj  rft  nra-nn  non"**1?  nbiicmHf  nhyn 

V.TT         ^T        JnT  ^T  r"  1^"  I  T      T  —:  -JT  v  *~:  |~ 


13  :  NiijW  >^y:  THJ  T)T     np- 

14  nriDN  SMSD1  nbiNn  MS  Syo  D'vn  »hx  ntrSji  rr 

*"  ** 


op»  o»ny^'  rp  r\rr^3  p*?  rii.T  i 

|AT\          •  (.-*r   :     •  I  •}-          j"  T       I  ••  T  T       :         -i 

:  1J<V9'^?  inN-n^rr  ^^7  nik 

16  :  HJ?"^!?  n^"P^?  ^-  jin 

17  nji  >nn  ^prn»  i^ni  nnn 

'     1^3  0^3  ^j?rr  pg^' 
*  nS^i  -h»y-nN 

^-  ^ 


19  notrn  Dtri  my  nrwn  otf  D^  *ntr  nD?  i 

v  '•  y    :  T*T  -  |T  <"  rY    T       J"  :  |  v  (.:•         j 


n»n  ion      -nx  my  n 

TT  J          ATT  v  vr    T          v  v 

21      :  ^*ii  ito  tr-?^  OK  nSn  wn  tav  vnx 

* 


22  fiynn-^3  v?  p    tain-n«     i1?* 

;••  T  ••  I  •)-  -     J  v  T  :|T 

:  npyj  np.-^ip-  rvin*o 
23 


O     v.  18. 


GENESIS  IV.  17 


VT 


D>n#3t?>  ^    24 


ip^'-n^  N^pni  f  nni  ini^N-n^    i^  DIN  n 
irjrj  ^  *73b  nrrn  nnK  jnt.  D^ri1?^  ^-n^'  » 


25 

<••    ; 


I  -IV. 


CHAPTER   I. 

1.  In-beginning  created  God*  )(  the-  heavens  and-)(  the-earth. 

2.  And-the-earth  was  (a)  desolation  and-(a)-waste  ;  and-darkness 
(was)  upon-ffaces-of  abyss;*  and-(the)-spirit-of  God  (was) 
brooding  upon-{-faces-of  the-waters. 

3.  And-said  God:    Shall-be+(or,  let-be)+light  ;  *    and-(there)- 
was-J-  light. 

4.  And-saw  God  )(+the-light  that-f  good  ;*  and-caused-to-divide 
God  between  the-light  and-between  the-darkness. 

5.  And-called  God  to-the-light  day,  and-to-the-darkness  called-he 
night;*    and-(it)-was+evening,   and-(it)-was-f  morning,   day 
one. 

6.  And-said   God:    Let-be  (an)  expanse  in-(the)-midst-of  the- 
waters;*  and-let-be  (a)  dividing  between  waters  to-waters. 

7.  And-made  God  )(-j-the-expanse,t  and-caused-to-divide  between 
the-waters  which  (were)  from-under  to-the-expanse  and-be- 
tween the-waters  which  (were)  from-upon  to-the-expanse;* 
and-(it)-was-fso. 

8.  And-called  God  to-the-expanse  heavens  ;*  and-(it)-was-f-even- 
ing,  and-(it)-was-|-morning,  day  second. 

9.  And-said  God:  Let-be-collected  the-waters  from-under  the- 
heavens  unto+place  one,  and-let-be-seen  the-dry  (land)  ;*  and- 
(it)-was+so. 

10.    And-called  God  to-trie-dry  (land)  earth,  and-to-(the)-collection- 

of  [the]-  waters  he-called  seas  ;*  and-saw  God  that+good. 

18 


GENESIS  I.  19 


11.  And-said  God :  Let-cause-to-spring- forth  the-earth  grass,  herb 
causing-to-seed  seed,  tree-of  fruit  making  fruit  to-kind-his 
which  seed-his-f-in-him  (i.  e.,  whose  seed  is  in  it)  upon-f  the- 
earth  ;*  and-(it)-was-f  so. 

12.  And-caused-to-come-forth  the-earth  grass;  herb  causing-to- 
seed  seed  to-kind-his,  and- tree  making-f- fruit  which  seed-his-f- 
in-him  to-kind-his  ;*  and-saw  God  that-(-good. 

13.  And-(it)-was-|-evening,  and-(it)-was-f- morning,  day  third. 

14.  And-said  God:    Let-be  luminaries  in-(the)-expanse-of  the- 
heavens,  to-cause-to-divide  between  the-day  and-between  the- 
night  ;*  and-they-shall-be  for-signs,  and-for-seasons,  and-for- 
days  and-years. 

15.  And-they-shall-be  for-luminaries  in-(the)-expanse-of  the-heav- 
ens  to-cause-light  upon+ the-earth  ;*  and-(it)-was-|-so. 

16.  And-made  God  )(+(the)-two-[of]  [the]-luminaries  the-great;* 
)(+the-luminary  the-great,  for-ruling-of  the-day  ;  and-)(+the- 
luminary  the-small,  for-ruling-of  the-night,  and-)(  the-stars. 

17.  And-gave  )(-them  God  in-(the)-expanse-of  the-heavens  ;*  to- 
cause-light  upon-f- the-earth[.], 

18.  And-to-rule   in-the-day  and-in-the-night,  and-to-cause-to-di- 
vide  between  the-light  and-between  the-darkness  ;*  and-saw 
God  that-f  good. 

19.  And-(it)-was-f-evening,  and-(it)-was-j- morning,  day  fourth. 

20.  And-said  God :  Let-swarm  the- waters  swarm(s),  soul-of  life  ;* 
and-fowl  shall-fly  upon-}- the-earth,  upon+faces-of  (the)  ex- 
panse-of  the-heavens. 

21.  And-created  God  )(+the-sea-monsters  the-great  ;*  and-)(  all-f 
(the)-soul(s)-of  [the]-life  the-creeping  (or,  which-creep),  (with)* 
which  swarmed  the- waters  to-kinds-their  and-)(  every+fowl. 
of  wing  to-kind-his  and-saw  God  that-f-good. 


20  GENESIS  I. 


22.  And-blessed  )(-them  God,  to-say  (or,  saying)  :*    Be-ye-fruitful 
and-multiply-ye  and-fill-ye  )(+the-waters  in-the-seas,and-the- 
fowl  let-multiply  in-the- earth. 

23.  And-(it)-was-f-evening,  and-(it)-was+mornin^i  day  fifth. 

24.  And-said  God :     Shall-cause-to-come-forth  the-earth  soul-of 
life  to-kind-her,  cattle,  and-creeper,  and-beast-of+(the)-earth 
to-kind-her  ;*  and-(it)-was-fso. 

25.  And-made  God  )(-j-(the)-beast-of  the-earth  to-kind-her,  and-)( 
-j-the-cattle  to-kind-her,  and-)(  every+creeper-of  the-ground 
to-kind-his  ;*  and-saw  God  that+good. 

26.  And-said  God :  "We-will-(or,  Let-us)-make  man  in-image-our, 
according-to-likeness-our  ;*  and-they-shall-have-dominioii  in- 
(the)-fish-of  the-sea,  and-in-(the)-fowl-of  the-heavens,  and-in- 
the-cattle,  and-in-all-f-  the-earth,  and-in-all-f  the-creeper(s)  trie- 
creeping  (or,  which-creep)  upon+the-earth. 

27.  And-created  God  )(-f-the-man  in-image-his ;  in-(the)-image-of 
God  created-he  )(-him  ;*  male  and-female  created-he  )(-them. 

28.  And-blessed  )(-them  God,f  and-said  to-them  God:  Be-ye-fruit- 
ful and-multiply-ye,  and-fill-ye  )(  -f  the-earth  and-subdue-ye- 
her;*  and-have-ye-dominion  in-(the)-fish-of  the-sea,  and-in- 
(the)-fowl-of  the-heavens,  and-in-every-j-beast   the-creeping 
upon-fthe-earth. 

29.  And-said  God :  Behold !  I-have-given  to-you  )(-j-every+ herb 
seeding  seed  which  (is)  upon+faces-of  all-j-the-earth,  and-)( 
all-(-the-tree(s)  which-j-in-him  (i.  e.,  in-which)  (is  the)  fruit-of 
-f(a)-tree  seeding  seed  ;*  to-you  it-shall-be  for-food, 

30.  And-to-every+beast-of  the-earth,  and-to-every-f-fowl-of  the- 
heavens,  and-to-every  creeping-one  upon+the-earth  which-|- 
in-him  (i.  e.,  in-which)  (is  the)  soul-of  life,  (I  have  given)  )(+ 
every+greenness-of  herb  for-food;*  and-(it)-was+so. 


GENESIS  II.  21 


31.  And-saw  God  )(+a!l+ which  he-had-done,  and-behold+good 
exceedingly ;  *  and-(it)-was-f  evening,  and-(it)-was-|- morning, 
day  the-sixth. 

CHAPTER  II. 

1.  And-were-finished  the-heavens   and-the-earth  and-all+host- 
their. 

2.  And-finished  God,  in-the-day  the-seventh,  work-his  which  he- 
had-done;*  and-he-rested  in-the-day  the-seventh  from-all-J- 
work-his  which  he-had-done. 

3.  And- blessed  God  )(-fday  the-seventh  and-sanctified  )(-it;* 
because  in-it  he-rested  from-all-f- work- his  which-f  created  God 
to-make. 

4.  These  (are)  (the)  generations-of  the-heavens  and-the-earth  in- 
being-created-their  ;*  in-(the)-day-of  (the)  making-of  Jehovah 
God  earth  and-heavens. 

5.  And-every  shrub-of  the-field  not-yet  had-been  (lit.,  will-be)  ra- 
the-earth, and-every+herb-of  the-field  not-yet  had-sprouted- 
(lit.,  will-sprout  )-forth;*  for  not  had-caused-to-rain  Jehovah 
God  upon-}- the-earth  and-man  was-not  to-serve  )(+the-ground. 

6.  And-(a)-mist  used-to-go-up  (lit.,  will-go-up)  from-{- the-earth,* 
and-cause-to-drink  (i.  e.,  used-to- water)  )(-fall-f-(the)-faces-of 
the-ground. 

7.  And-formed  Jehovah  God  )(+the-man  (out  of)  dust  from-|- 
the-ground,  and-breathed  in-nostrils-his  breath-of  lives  ;*  and- 
was  the-man  for-(a)-soul-of  life  (i.  e.,  and-became  the-man  (a) 
soul-of  life). 

8.  And-planted  Jehovah  God  (a)  garden  in-Eden  from-east,* 
and-placed  there  )(+the-man  whom  he-formed. 


22  GENESIS  II. 


9.  And-caused- to- sprout-forth  Jehovah  God  from-f-the-ground, 
every-f-tree  pleasant  to-sight  and-good  for-food,*  and-(the)- 
tree-of  [the]-lives  in-(the)-midst-of  the-garden,  and-(the)-tree- 
of  [the]-knowing  good  and-evil. 

10.  And-(a)-river  goes-forth  (lit.,  going-forth)  from-Eden  to-water 
)(-fthe-garden,*    and-from-there    it-is-divided    and-becomes 
four  heads  (lit.,  and-is  for-four  heads), 

11.  (The)  name-of  the-one  (is)  Pishon;*  it  (lit.,  he)  (is)  the-(one)- 
encompassing   (or,  which- encompasses)    )(   all+(the)-land-of 
[the]-Havilah,  which-]- there  (i.  e.,  where)  (is)  the-gold. 

12.  And-(the)-gold-of  the-land  the-that  (lit.,  she)  (is)  good  ;*  there 
(is)  the-bdellium  and-(the)-stone-of  [the]-onyx. 

13.  And-(the)-name-of +the-river  the-second  (is)  Gihon  ;*  it  (is)  the- 
(one)-encompassing  )(  all+(the)-land-of  Cush. 

14.  And-(the)-name-of  the-river  the-third  (is)  Tigris ;  it  (is)  the- 
(one)-going  eastward-of  Assyria  ;*  and-the-river  the-f ourth  is 
(lit.,  he)  Euphrates. 

15.  And-took  Jehovah  God  )(+the-man,*  and-caused-to-rest-him 
(i.  e.,  placed-him)  in-garden-of-j-Eden  to-serve-it  (Zit.,her)  and- 
to-keep-it. 

16.  And-commanded  Jehovah  God  upon-fthe-man  to-say  (i.  e., 
saying):*  From-every  tree-of+ the-garden  eating  thou-mayest- 
eat[.]; 

17.  Bu:-from-(the)-tree-of  [the]-knowing  good  and-evil,  not  shalt- 
thou-eat  from-it  (lit.,  him);*  for,  in-(the)-day-of  eating-thy 
from-it,  dying  shalt-thou-die. 

18.  And-said  Jehovah  God :   Not+good  (the)-being-of  [the]-man 
to-separation-his ; *   I-will-make+for-him   (a)   help  as-over- 
against-him  (or,  as-his-counterpart). 


GENESIS  III.  23 


19.  And-formed  Jehovah  God  from-f-the-ground  every-f-beast-of 
the-field   and-)(    every-j-fowl-of   the-heavens,  and-caused- to- 
come  (i.  e.,  brought)  unto-|-the-man  to-see  what+he- will-call 
-f-to-it,  (lit.,  him),*   and- all  which  will-call-j-to-it  the-man, 
soul-of  life,  is  (lit.,  he)  name-its  (lit.,  his). 

20.  And-called  the-man   names   to-all+the-cattle,   and-to-(the)- 
fowl-of  the-heavens  and-to-every  beast-of  the-field  ;*  and-for- 
man  not-f  did-he-find  (L  e.,  there  was  not  found)  (a)  help  as- 
over-against-him . 

21.  And-caused-to-fall  Jehovah  God  (a)  deep-sleep  upon-f  the-man, 
and-he-slept,*  and-he-took  one  from-sides-his  and-closed  (the) 
flesh  instead-of-it. 

22.  And-built  Jehovah  God  )(-)-the-side  which-f-he-took from-f  the- 
man  for-(a)-woman,*  and-can^ed-to-come-her  (i.  e.,  brought 
her)  unto-j-the-man. 

23.  And-said  the-man f:   This,  the-tread  (i.  e.,  now),  bone  from- 
bones-my,  and-flesh  from-flesh-my  ;*  to-this  it-shall-be-called 
woman,  for  from-man  was-taken-f-this. 

24.  Upon-f-so  (i.  e.,  therefore)  shall-leave-|-(a)-man  )(+father-his 
and-)(+mother-his,*   and-shall-cleave   in-wife-his,    and-they- 
shall-be  for-flesh  one. 

25.  And-were  (the)  two-of-them  naked,  the-map  aw4-wif e-his  ;* 
and-not  were-(Z#.,  will-be)-they-ashamed. 

CHAPTER  III. 

[In  the  two  remaining  chapters,  the  translation  of  the  pronominal  «ufllx  is 
placed  before  instead  of  after  the  noun  which  it  limits.] 

1 .  And-the-serpent  was  crafty  f rom-every  beast-of  the-field  which 
had-made  Jehovah  God  ;*  and-he-said  unto-f-the- woman :  (Is 
it)  so  that+has-said  God,  not  shall-ye-eat  f  rom-every  tree-of 
the-garden[.]  ? 


24  GENESIS  III. 


2.  And-said  the-woman  unto+the-serpent  :*  From-(the)-fruit-of 
(the)-tree(s)-of-f  the-garden  we-may-eat[.] ; 

3.  But-from-(the)-fruit-of  the-tree  which  (is)  in-midst-of-f-the- 
garden,t  has-said  God :  Not  shall-ye-eat  from-it,  and-not  shall- 
ye-touch  in-it,*  lest  ye-die. 

4.  And-said  the-serpent  unto-{-the- woman  :*  Not-f-dying  shall- 
ye-die. 

5.  For  knowing  (is)  God  that  in-(the)-day-of  your-eating  from- 
it,  then-(Z^.,  and)-shall-be-opened  your-eyes,*  and-ye-shall-be 
like-God,  knowers-of  good  and-evil. 

6.  And-saw  the-woman,  that  good  (was)  the-tree  for-food,  and- 
that  (a)  delight-(was)+it  to-the-eyes,  and-desirable  (was)  the- 
tree  to-make-wise,  and-she-took  from-his-fruit  and-she-ate  ;* 
and-she-gave  also-f-to-her-husband  with-her  and-he-ate[.] ; 

7.  And-were-opened  (the)  eyes-of  (the)  two-of-them,  and-they- 
knew  that  naked  (were)  they,*  and-they-sewed  leaf-of  fig-tree, 
and-they-made  for-them-( selves)  girdles. 

8.  And-they-heard  )(+(the)-voice-of  Jehovah  God  walking  in- 
the-garden  to-(or,  at)-(the)-breeze-of  the-day;*  and-hid-him- 
self  the-man  and-his-wif  e  f  rom-f  aces-of  Jehovah  God  in-midst- 
of  (the)  tree(s)-of  the-garden. 

9.  And-called  Jehovah  God  unto-f the-man,*  and-said  to-him: 
Where-art-thou[.]  ? 

10.  And-he-said :  )(+thy- voice  I-heard  in-the-garden,*  and-I-was- 
afraid,  because-f-naked  (was)  I ;  and-I-hid-myself . 

11.  And-he-said:  Who  caused-to-know  (i.e.,  made  known)  to- 
thee,  that  naked  (wert)  thou;*  ?-from-}-the-tree,  which  I-com- 
manded-thee  to-not  eat-f-rrom  it,  hast-thou-eaten[.]  ? 

12.  And-said  the-man  :*  The-woman  whom  thou-gave  (to  be)  with- 
me,  she  gave+to-me  f  rom-f  the-tree  and-I-ate. 


GENESIS  III.  25 


13.  And-said  Jehovah  God  to-the- woman :  What+(is)+this  thou- 
hast-done  ?*  And-said  the-woman :  The-serpent  corrupted-me 
and-I-ate. 

14.  And-said  Jehovah  God  unto-|-the-serpent :  Because  thou-hast- 
done  this,f  cursed  (art)  thou  from-all-fthe-cattle,  and-from- 
every  beast-of  the-field  ;*  upon-j-thy-belly  shalt-thou-go,  and- 
dust  shalt-thou-eat  all-f(the)-f  days-of  thy-lives. 

15.  And-enmity  will-I-put  between-thee  and-between  the-woman, 
and-between  thy-seed  and-between  her-seed  ;*  it  (lit.,  he)  shall- 
bruise-thee  (as  to  the)  head ;  and-thou  shalt-bruise-him  (as  to 
the)  heel. 

16.  Unto+the- woman  he-said :  Causing-to-be-great  I-will-cause- 
to-be-great  (i.  e.,  multiplying  I  will  multiply)  thy-sorrow  and- 
thy-conceptioh  (i.e.,  the  sorrow  of  thy  conception);  in-pain 
thou-shalt-bring-f  orth  sons,*  and-unto-f-thy-husband  (shall-be) 
thy-desireand-he  shall-rule-|-in-(or,  over)-thee. 

17.  And-to-man  he-said :  Because  thou-hast-hearkened  to-(the)- 
voice-of  thy-wife,f  and-hast-eaten  from-f-the-tree  which  I- 
commanded-thee,  to-say :  not  shalt-thou-eat  from-it,*  cursed 
(is)  the-ground  for-the-sake-of-thee ;  in-sorrow  shalt-thou-eat- 
(of  )-it  all  (the)  days-of  thy-lives. 

18.  And-thorn  and- thistle  shall-it-cause-to-spring-forth  to-thee;* 
and-thou-shalt-eat  )(+(the)+ herb-of  the-field. 

19.  In-(the)-sweat-of  thy-nostrils,  shalt-thou-eat  bread,  until  thy- 
return  unto-|-the-ground ;  for  from-it  (lit.,  her)  wast-thou- 
taken  ;*  for+dust  (art)  thou,  and-unto+dust  thou-shalt-return. 

20.  And-called  the-man  (the)  name-of  his-wife  Eve,*  for  she  was 
mother-of  all+living. 

21.  And-made  Jehovah  God  for-man  and-for-his-wife  tunics-of 
skin,  and-caused-to-put-on-them. 


26  GENESIS  IV. 


22.  And-said  Jehovah  God:   Behold!  the-man  has-become  like- 
one-of  [from]-us  to-know  good  and-evil;*  and-now  lest+he- 
put-forth  his-hand  and-take  also  from-(the)-tree-of  [the]-lives, 
and-eat  and-live  for-ever. 

23.  Therefore-^.,  and)-sent-him  Jehovah  God  from-(the)-garden- 
of-{-Eden,*  to-serve  )(+the-ground  which  he-was-taken  from- 
there. 

24.  And-he-drove-out    )(-f the-man,*   and-caused-to-dwell    (i.    e., 
placed)  from-east  to-(the)-garden-of+Eden, )(+  the-Cherubim, 
and-)(  (the)  flame-of  the-sword  (i.  e.,  the  flaming  sword)  the- 
(one)-turning-itself  to-keep  )(+(the)-way-of  (the)  tree-of  [the]- 
lives. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

1 .  And-the-man  knew )  ( -f-  E ve  his-wif e  ;*  and-she-conceived ,  and- 
she-bore  )(+Cain ;  and-she-said :  I-have-gotten  (a)  man  with-}- 
Jehovah. 

2.  And-she-added  to-bear  (i.  e. ,  and  again  she  bore)  )(-f  his-brother 
)(+Abel;*  and-was-f-Abel  (a)  shepherd-of  flock(s),  and-Cain 
was  (a)  tiller-of  ground. 

3.  And-it-was,   from-end-of   days,*  and-caused-to-come    (i.  e., 
brought)  Cain  from-(the)-fruit-of  the-ground  (an)  offering  to- 
Jehovah. 

4.  Arid- Abel  caused-to-come,  also+he,  from-(the)-firstlings-of  his- 
flock  and-from-their-fats;*  and-looked-with-favor  Jehovah  un- 
to+Abel  and-unto-f-his-offering. 

5.  And-unto+Cain  and-unto+his-offering  not  did-he-look-with- 
favor;*  and-it-kindled  to-Cain  (i.  e.,  and  Cain  was  angry), 
exceedingly,  and-fell  his-faces  (or,  countenance). 

6.  And-said  Jehovah  unto-}- Cain:   For- what  (or,  why)  has-it- 
kindled  to-thee,  and-for-what  have-fallen  thy-f aces[.]  ? 


GENESIS  IV.  27 


7.  (Is  there)  ?-not,  if+thou-makest-(or,  doest)-good,  (a)  lifting-up 
(of  the  countenance)  ?  and-if  not  thou-makest-good,  at-the-door 
sin  (is)  crouching  ;*  and-unto-thee  (shall  be)  his-desire,  and- 
thou  shouldst-rule-f-in-^or,  over)-him. 

8.  And-said  Cain  unto-f  Abel  his-brother  ;*  and-(it)-was  in-their- 
being  in-the-field,  and-rose  Cain  unto-j-Abel  his-brother  and- 
killed-him. 

9.  And-said  Jehovah  unto+Cain :  Where  (is)  Abel  thy-brother  ?* 
And-he-said:  Not  have-I-known  (i.  e.,do-I-know);  ?-keeper-of 
my-brother  (am)  I  [.]  ? 

10.  And-he-said:  What  hast-thou-done?*     (The)  voice-of  (the) 
bloods-of  thy-brother  (are)  crying  unto-me  from-fthe-ground. 

11.  And-now  cursed  (art)  thou,*  from-|-the-ground  which  has- 
opened  )(+her-mouth  to-take  )(+( the )-|- bloods-of  thy-brother 
from-thy-hand. 

12.  When  thou-shalt-till  (or,  serve)  )(-f-the-ground,  not-pwill-it- 
add  to-give+her-strength  to-thee;*  (a)  fugitive  and-(a)-vag- 
abond  shalt-thou-be  in-the-earth. 

13.  And-said  Cain  unto-j- Jehovah  :*  Great  (is)  my-iniquity  from- 
bearing. 

14.  Behold !  thou-hast-driven-out  )(-me  the-day  (i.  e.,  to-day)  from- 
upon  (the)  faces-of  the-ground,  and-from-thy-faces  shall-I-be- 
hid  ;*  and-I-shall-be  (a)  fugitive  and-(a)-vagabond  in-the-earth, 
and-it-shall-be  (that)  any-f-finding-me  will-kill-me. 

15.  And-said  to-him  Jehovah:   Therefore  (lit.,  to-so)  any+killing 
Cain,  seven-fold  shall-he-be-avenged  ;*   and-placed  Jehovah 
for-Cain  (a)  sign  to-not  smite-{-)(-him  any-f-finding-him. 

16.  And-went-forth  Cain  from-to-faces-of  (i.  e.,  from  the  presence 
of)  Jehovah;*  and-he-dwelt  in-(the)-land-of-fNod,  eastward- 
of-fEden. 


28  GENESIS  IV. 


17.  And-knew  Cain  )(-fhis-wife  and-she-conceived,  and-bore  )(-f 
Enoch  ;*  and-he-was  building  (a)  city,  and-he-called  (the)  name- 
of  the-city  according-to-(the)-name-of  his-son  Enoch. 

18.  And-there-was-born  to-Enoch  )(-f-Irad;  and-Irad  begat  )(-f 
Mehujael  ;*  and-Mehujael  begat  )(-|-Methusael ;  and-Methusael 
begat  )(-fLamech. 

19.  And-took-f  to-him  Lamech  two-[of]  wives  ;*  (the)  name-of  the- 
one  Adah,  and-(the)-name-of  the-second  Zillah. 

20.  And-bore  Adah  )(+ Jabal  ;*  he  was  (the)  father-of  (the)  inhab- 
itant-of  tent(s)  and-(the-possessor-of  )-cattle. 

21.  And-(the)-name-of  his-brother  (was)  Jubal;*  he  was  (the) 
father-of  all-fperforming-on  (the)  harp  and-(the)-flute. 

22.  And-Zillah,  also+she,  bore  )(+Tubal  Cain,  hammerer-of  every 
-fcutter-of  (*.  e.,  cutting-instrument-of )  bronze  and-iron;* 
and-(the)-sister-of  Tubal-fCain  (was)  Naamah. 

23.  And-said  Lamech  to-his-wives : — 
Adah  and-Zillah,  hear-ye  my-voice, 
Wives-of  Lamech  hearken-unto  rny-saying  ;* 
For  (a)  man  I-have-killed  f or-my-wounding ; 
And-(a)-youth,  for-my-hurt. 

24.  If  seven-fold  shall-be-avenged+Cain,* 
Then-Lamech  seventy  and-seven. 

25.  And-knew  Adam  again  )(-fhis-wif  e  and-she-bare  (a)  son ;  and- 
she-called  )(-f  his-name  Seth  :*  For  has-put-f  to-me  God  seed 
another  instead-of  Abel,  for  slew-him  Cain. 

26.  And-to-Seth,  also+he,  was-born-f(a)-son ;  and-he-called  )(+ 
his-name  Enosh;*  then  it-was-commenced  to-call  on-(the)- 
name-of  Jehovah. 


I  -IV. 


CHAPTER   I. 

nan  D»oe>n  nx  ovf?**  am 
rrni  oinn  oa  *?y  "pii  iroi  inn  nn>n  pxm    2 


trni  D 

D 


nnno  *B>N  o»on  p  7n^ 

:  p  VTI  jrpn1?  *?j;o  itrx  o»on  pni 
DV  npD  *nn  niy  *nn  o^ot^  y*p^*7  D^n^s*  jnpn 


nnno  o*on  up* 

:  p  »nn  ntr^n  n^nni 
»on  mpo*7i 


jnr  rito  ivy  NEH  p^n  Ntrin  DM^N*  -IOK»I 
*?y  in  ijnr  I^N  i^^D1?  na  ncry  na  f^ 

J  p  »nn 


SO  GENESIS  I. 


12  pn  wo*?  jnr  ynro  a£>y  NBH  pxrr 
:aiD  >a  D'rftK  N*VI  wo*?  i!}  tjnr  "IB> 

13  :  *B^B>  DV  npa  >m  any 

14  ^mrf?  D^srrr  jrpin  m«o  vr  o»n 

1?1!  nnxh  vm  n^*?n  pi  ovrr 


pxn        ^xn?  n^^n  rp^o  miND?  vni 

:p 

^n^n  ni^orr  ^tr  nx  D^H^N 
jtopn  ^worr  nKi  ovn  rttroo1? 


17  :  pNn       ^NH?  D»o«rn  j^pin  DMN  on« 
pi  TiNn  pa  c?nant?i  n^ai  DVD 


19  :T^n  DV 

3      iyi  rrn 


21  trsj    a  nks*i  Dijrr  o^nn  nx 

nxi   onro1?   D»on  inty  ntr^  n^onrr 
:avo  ^a  D^H^K  Nnn  in^^ 

22  D^orr  riK  IN^DI  lam  n*)  no^1?  o^n^x  onx 


23  :^on  D 

24  nona  rr^o1?  n*n  trM  pxn 

:p  *nn  rwD*?  pN  in^rn  tr 


GENESIS  II.  31 


nsrorr  nao  itro1?  pxrr  rm  fix  D'rfjx 
D>ff?x  XTI  wo1?  ninxn  twi  ta  nxi  wo1? 

:  DID  >D 

Tin  unions  UO^D  DIN  narys  orftx  10^1  26 
pxrr  taai  HOHMI  o^trn  t\\yy\  o»n 


tf?»  iD1?^  onxrr  nx  o^n^x  xmn  27 

jonx  KID  nap:i  "or  inx 
na  D»n*7X  on1?  noxn  D^X  onx      3n  28 
o»n  n^nn  im  HBOSt  pxr?  nx 


jnr  n^y       nx  DD?  wo  rr^n  o^nx  noxn  29 
nxi  pNn  ^  ^a  ^  nt^ 
n\^  D^5?  jnr  ;nr  y 
i  own  «]V  ^^  pxn  n^n 

nx  n^n  trDJ  in  I^N  pxn  ^ 

:  p  w 
IND  nito  n^m  ntr^  ntrx  ^  nx  D^X  am 


CHAPTER  II. 

:DND^  tai  pxm  own 
ntry  ntrx  inDN^o  T^^n  DVD  o^n^x  tan    2 

taD  ^Dtrrr  DVD 


ID  ^D  inx  trnpn  TD^H  DV  nx  D^nx  yiDn    3 

tas 


32  GENESIS  II. 


ova  Dxnana  pxm  D'OBTT  nrftin  rftN 
:  D  wi  pa*  D>rf?N  mm 

mcrrr  a^y  tat  p*o  mm  DID  merr  rw  toi 
nin»  TCDOH  N*?  ^  nay  DID 


6  :  HDINH  05  ?D  nx  npfirm  pxrr  jo  n 

7  ran  noiNn  jo  ^y  Di^rr  n^  D^H^N  mrr 

:  rr»n  ^fi^  DINU  »rrn  D^n  now 
^  o^n  Dipo  pya  p  D^ 


9    nxno?  nom  fy      rroixn  [o  DN  nin»  rro^i 
nynn  f^i  prr  -jinn  ownn  pn  toNO1?  aitoi 


*    rrm  -na*  otroi  pn  n»  niptrn?  pyo 

:  D>B>* 
px  ^a  nx*  MDH  N*in  p^s  in^n  otr 


12  :  onerr  pxi  rf?nan  D^  mto  Ninn  pxn  arm 

13  pN  to  nx  aaiorr  Kin  pnu  ^trrr 


14  TtB>N  noip  i^nn  Ntn  *?pirr  ^^^ 

:nn^  ion 
1D  may1?  py  pa  inmn  Dixn  nx  D>n*?N  mrr*  npn 


GENESIS  III.  33 


pn  yy      o  noN?  D-INH        D>r?N  mrr 


on  »3  UDD      NH  N?  jrn  ma  win  pyoi  17 

:mon  mo  NOD 

D-tNrr  nvn  mo  ^  o^n1?^  rr\rv 
tii^D  nr^  i*? 

rri^n  n»n  ^  rron^n  'jo  DM^K  mn»  nvn  19 
1?  to*  no  mm*?  DINH  ^K  N^n 


i  nonnn         mot?  oixrr 
1?  DTN^I  rntrn  rvrr 
npn  j^n  on^rr  *?y  no-nn  o^n^  mn»  *?fln  21 

jronnn  n^n  *uon  vny^vo  HPTN 
ID  np1?  nt^N  jfafrr  HN  DM*?N  mn»  pn  22 

JDINH  ^K  nxnn  ntr^ 
V^  oyan  nxr  DTNH  no«n  23 
:nxr  nnp1?  tr^D  o  n^x  xnp»  nxfr 
nxn  VSN  nx  ^K  nr^  p  ^  24 

:nnx  ncr^  vm 
DINH  D^oin^  Dmc?  vnn  n^ 


CHAPTER  III. 

nntrrr  n^n  ^D  ony  n»n 


:pn 


34  GENESIS  III. 


pn  f 

3  «fcoKn  N1?  D'rftN  "ION  pn  "pro  *IB>N  p 

jpnon  f£  "Q 

4  :pnon  niD  x1?  ntrxn  ^K  wmn 

DV3 


m^n  >m     ^D?  f^n  3iD  ^  nwxn 
inso  npni  ^wrh  yyn  iDmi  D^J^? 
:*7DNn  rroy  rr^N*?  D^  jnni 

on 


s    rrn1?  pa  ^nno  D^H^K  mn»  ^ip  nx 
D^rf7X  nin»  ^SD  mew  DINH  xnnnn   ovrr 

:pn  f^  ^m 
9       JH^K  1*7  -iQN'i  D-IKH  *?«  D*rf?x  nin»  mn 


11  nt^N  pyrr  jon  rrn«  D^y  ^  *    i^rr 

tn1?^  UJDD  *?DN 

12  rr^ro  NIH  noy  nnn:  ^^K  new? 


no  n^x?  D^HN  nin» 
trmn 


v.  10, 


GENESIS  III.  35 


natr  nwy  D  wmn  ^  D'rf7K  mm  loan 
7?n  ^pm  ty  mart  rm  taoi  nonnn  ^o  nn** 

:7>n  ^ 

pi  Tjnr  pi   ntrxn  pai 

nnxi  trKn  "jw  Nin  njnr 
nmrr 


jo 
mn« 


jrrusrr  Dtr^  nN  nKi       rrovn  Tmi  ppi  is 
o  rro-tNn  ^K     w  i    on1?  *?D«n    3^  n^D  19 


nn»rr  Nirr  ^  mn  in^x  otr  D-INH  aopn    ^ 

:^rr  ^D 
mm   &>jn  21 


mn  oi^n  jn  o*?x  mm  no*n  22 
np^i  IT  n^tr^  fa  nnjn  jm  DID 
:  0*7^*7  »rn  ^KI 

py  po  D*rf7K  mm  inn^trn  23 
np1? 


py  p1?  DipD  pfi^i  DiNn  HN  an^n  24 
711  n«  ^D^  nDflnnon  mnn 


36  GENESIS  IV. 


CHAPTER  IV. 


*   pp  nN  -m  -nrn  inB>N  nin 

:nvr 


2    pa*  njn  ton  m  ton  HN  vnK  nx  ni1?1? 


3    nmo   nDi^n   nao   pp  wn  D^D^   fpD  ^nn 

:  mn'1? 

n^o  Nin  DJI  K^n  torn 
rinmo  ^  ton  ^K 
^7  inmo  ^NI  pp 


mn  no1?  pp  ^N  mn> 

n^^n  DN 


nnxi  inpien 


onvnD  »nn   vnx  ton  *?N  pp 

nnnnn  vn«  ton  *?«  pp  Dpn 
9    N1?  noxn  7HN  ton  \v  pp  7K 


^    jo  ^N  D^p^v  7HN  ^on  *?ip  nwy  no 

:  noixn 

11  rra  nx  nms  I^N  no-ron  |o  nnx  "rnx  nnjn 

:"|^o  7nx  *OT  HN  nnp1? 

12  j       nra  nn 


GENESIS  IV.  37 


mrr    N  pp 
rro-TNn  ^s  tya  ovn  >nx  nrru  p  14 

rrm 
pp 

nix  pp1? 
i  mrr  ^a^o  pp 
n^ni  nnni  intrx  nx  pp  J;TI  17 


my  nnxn  otr  D»W  »n«r  p?  i?  nn 

jrfaf 
^N  rrn  Nin  ^  nx  my 


21 
pp  w)n  nx  m    Nin  D^  rm  22 


Pp     in  ninxi 

VBtf?    "]0*?  IDNn    23 

my 


38  GENESIS  IV. 


24 


p  -ftm  intrx  n^  niy  DIN 
nnn  nnx  jnr 


26  tN  JTUN  IDB^  nx  N^pn  p  i?*  Kin 

;nvr 


Transliteration    of"  Oenesis   X. 


1.  B're'-sith  ba-ra'  'elo-him*  'eth  has-sa-ma-yim  we'eth  ha-'a-re^. 

2.  Weha-'a-re§  ha-y'tha  tho-hu  wa-bho-hu,  weho-sekh  'al+p'ne 
th'hom;*  weru(a)h  'elo-him  mera-he-plietli  'al+pene  ham-ma-yim. 


3.  Way-yo'-mer  'elo-him,  yehi+'6r  ;*  wa-y'hi+'6r. 

4.  Way-yar'  'elo-him  'eth+ha-'6r  ki+tobh  ;*  way-yabh-del  'elo-him 
ben  ha-'6r  u-bhen  ha-ho-sekh. 

5.  Way-yiq-ra'  "lo-him  la-'6r  yom,  wela-ho-sekh  qa-ra'  la-y'la;* 
wa-yehi+'e-rebh  wa-yehi+blio-qer  yom  'e-hadh. 

6.  Way-yo'-mer  'e16-him,  yehi   ra-qi(a)'  Vthokh   ham-ma-yim  ;* 
wi-hi  mabh-dil  ben  ma-yim  la-ma-yim. 

7.  Way-ya-'as    '•16-him    ?eth+ha-ra-qi(a)'  ;  t     way-yabh-del    ben 
ham-ma-yim  'aser  mit-ta-hath  la-ra-qi(a)'  u-bhen  ham-ma-yim 
'aser  me-'al  la-ra-qi(a)';*  wa-yehi+khen. 

8.  Way-yiq-ra'  'elo-him  la-ra-qi(a)'  sa-ma-yim;*  wa-yehi+?e-rebh 
wa-yehi+bho-qer  yom  se-ni. 

9.  Way-yo'-mer    'elo-him,    jaq-qa-wu    ham-ma-yim    mit-ta-hath 
has-sa-ma-yim  'el+maqom  'ehadh,  wethe-ra-'e  hay-yab-ba-sa  ;* 
wa-yehi+khen. 

10.    Way-yiq-ra'      'elo-him       lay-yab-ba-sa       'e-re§,      u-lemiq-we 

ham-ma-yim   qa-ra'   yam-mim  ;*    way-yar'    'elo-him   ki+tobh. 

39 


40  GENESIS  I. 


11.  Way-yo'-mer  'elo-him,  tadh-se'  ha-'a-re§  de-se",  'e-sSbh  maz-ri(a)' 
ze-ra\   'eg    peri   'o-se(p)   peri   lemi-no,    >aser   zar-'6+bho    *al+ 
ha-'a-reg  ;*  wa-yehi+khen. 

12.  Wat-to-ge'  ha-  a-reg  d6-se',  'e-sebh  maz-ri(a)'  ze-ra'  l'mi-ne-hu, 
wete§   '6-se(p)+Peri   'a«er    zar-'o+bho    lemi-ne-hu  ;  *    way-yar' 
'elo-him  ki+tobh. 

13.  Wa-yehi+?e-rebli  wa-y'hi+bho-qer  yom  s'H-si. 

14.  Way-yo'-mer  )e16-him,  y-hl  me'6-roth  M-r'qi(a)'  has-sa-ma-yim, 
lehabh-dil  ben  hay-yom  u-bhen  hal-la-yela  ;*  weha-yu  lc'6-thoth 
il-lein6-'adhini  u-lcya-mim  w*sa-nim. 


15.  Weha-yu    li-me'6-roth    W-r-qW  has-sa-ma-yim,    I'ha-'ir    'al+ 
ha-'a-re§  ;*  wa-yehi+khen. 

16.  Way-ya-'as  'elo-him  'eth+sene  ham-me'6-roth  hag-gedho-lim  * 
'eth+ham-ma-'6r  hag-ga-dhol  lemem-se-leth  hay-yom,  we'eth+ 
ham-ma-'6r     haq-qa-ton     lemem-se-leth     hal-la-yela,     we'eth 
hak-ko-kha-bhim. 

17.  Way-yit-ten  '6-tham  'elo-him  bi-reqi(a)'  has-sa-ma-yim  *  leha-'ir 
<al+ha-'a-re9[.], 

18.  Welim-sol    bay-yom    u-bhal-la-yela,    u-lah^bh-dil    ben    ha-'6r 
u-bhen  ha-ho-§ekh  ;*  way-yar'  'elohim  ki+tobh. 

19.  Wa-y'hi+'e-rebh  wa-yehi+bho-qer  yom  rebhi-'i. 

20.  Way-yo'-mer   'elo-him,   yis-re§u    ham-ma-yim    se-reg,  ne-phes 
hay-ya;*    we'6ph    yeto-pheph  'al+ha-'a-reg,   'al+pene    reqi(a)? 
has-sa-ma-yim. 

21.  Way-yibh-ra'     'e16-him    'eth+hat-tan-ni-nim     hag-gedh6-lim,* 
we'eth    kol+ne-phes    ha-hay-ya,    ha-ro-me-seth    'aser    sa-r^u 
ham-ma-yim  lemi-ne-hem,  we'eth  kol-'oph  ka-naph  lemi-ne-hu  ; 
way-yar'  'elo-him  ki+tobh. 


GENESIS  I.  41 


22.  Wa-y'bha-rekh  '6-tham  'elo-hiin,  le'-mor  *  p'ru  u-rebhu  u-mi-le'ii 
'eth-fham-ma-yim  bay-yam-mini,  weha-'6ph  yi-rebh  ba-'a-reg. 

23.  Wa-yehi+'e-rebh  wa-yehi+blio-qer  yom  hami-si. 

24.  Way-yo'-mer  'elo-him,  to-ge'  ha-'a-reg  ne-phes  hay-ya  lemi-nah, 
bche-ma  wa-re-mes  weha-y*tho+'e-re§  lemi-nah;*  wa-yehi+khen. 

25.  Way-ya-'as  'elo-him  'eth-f  hay-yath  ha-'a-re§  lemi-nah,  we'eth 
H-hab-behe-ma     lemi-nah,     we'eth     kol+re-mes     ha-'adha-ma 
lemi-ne-hu  ;  *   way-yar'   'elo-liim  ki+tobh. 

26.  Way-yo'-mer       'elo-him,       na-'ase        'a-dham       be§al-me-nu, 
ki-dhemu-the-nu  ;*   weyir-du  bhi-dheghath  hay-yam  ii-bhe'6ph 
has-sa-ma-yim  u-bhab-behe-ma  u-bhekhol+ha-'a-re9,  u-bhekhol 
+ha-re-mes  ha-ro-mes  'al+ha-'a-reg. 


27.  Way-yibh-ra'    'elo-him    'eth+ha-'a-dham    be9al-mo,    be 
'elo-liim    ba-ra'    '6-tho  ;*    za-khar    u-neqe-bha   ba-ra'  '6-tham. 

28.  Wa-y'bha-rekh  '6-tham  'elo-him,t  way-yo'-mer  la-hem  'elo-him, 
peru  u-rebhu  u-mi-le'u  'eth+ha-'a-reg  wekhi-bhesu-ha,*  u-redhu 
bi-dhcghath    hay-yam    u-bhe'6ph    has-sa-ma-yim,    u-bhekhol-f- 
hay-ya  ha-ro-me-seth  'al+ha-'a-reg. 

29.  Way-yo'-mer  'elo-him,  hin-ne  na-that-ti  la-khem   'eth+kol+ 
'e-sebh    zo-re(a)'   z^-ra'   'aser  'al+penekhol+ha-'a-reg,  we'eth 
kol+ha-'eg  'aser+bo  pheri+'eg  zo-re(a)'  za-ra\*  la-khem  yih-ye 
le'okh-la. 

30.  u-lekhol+hay-yath     ha-'a-reg     u-lekhol+'6ph     has-sa-ma-yim 
u-lekhol  ro-mes  'al-f-ha-'a-reg  'aser+bo  ne-phes  hay-ya,  'eth+ 
kol+ye-req  'e-sebh  le'6kh-la;*  wa-yehi+khen. 

31.  Way-yar'  'elo-him  'eth+kol+'aser  'a-sa,  wehin-ne+tobh  me'odh;* 
wa-yehi-f'  e-rebh  wa-yehi+bho-qer  yom  has-sis-si. 


—  vm. 


CHAPTER  V. 

rno-n  OIK  b'rt4?**  K-Q  oi?3  DIN  rrfrin  nab  nr   « 

J       :  •  r  ^  v:  <   :  :  AT  T  \.  :        |  v   "         -iv 


DHK 

T 

1*71*1  riw  h^rji  D^'1?^  DIN 

•  v     )  -  T  T 

jry  iotp-n 
robi^  n'-n    ITI    nx  oSx  » 

I  rri' 


T-        A 

' 


:trttN-nx  1*71*1  rr^  n^Di  DOtr'  tron  n'-^nn    6 

I  v:  v  v    i-          ATT  j-    :  v  T  r-  T  •   :|- 

njbtpi  D7f  ^3^'  tr'l%-n^  n^in  nriN  nfe^'-wi    7 
:nipi  o^a  "fni  n^'  niNO 

T  T  v  T  :•    j-        AT  T  I    •* 

ND  yvrp  niw  rrypy.  D^n^  n^'W-^  ^n^_   s 


w    9 
>rn    > 


44  GENESIS  V. 


11 


T  -i* 


17  rrp^  ntf    ^trni  trpn 


is 


12 

is  nitr  D'yriN          p-fitf  Yrrtp  nnx  f»p  ' 


14  «nb>i  n^tr  n'iND  yttfm  o^tr  ntr^  rrp  ^^-^  v 

TT-        rtTT  *  J-     :  •   T  v  ^v    IT   )••       -i"  :          T 

10  :  *n*-nx  n'rn 

~* 


19  rot?  HIND  nibts^     ^"-n^  n^in  nr?N 

rtr  T  v     "  ;v        :  f        ~:  v  -J     '       |  "  ~:  r 

jn'iJiDi 
rri^'  b^^i  wr\v  TI^-WS  vn-n 

-  "  •- 


21  jrf?]5*inp-ns  n^Vl  n^'  D^'^'I  trpr? 

22  rfpn-n   1 


0^3  ii-n  n^'  n'wo 

IT  k-  T  v     ;-       AT  T  v     " 


23  HIND  tc^^  rtf    ^w  sron 


GENESIS  VI.  45 


24 


D  y&ryi  n 


26 


27 


28 


r      N1  ni  i'-n   »n?i  29 


:  nirr  nnnx  ntr'K  niNn-p  w 

IT       :         VT-:|-         ;v    ~:  T    T  ~:JT     I   •  -T 

i  traq  rirn^  n^in  nqjsi  "qp1?"^^ 


31 


m  n1?'1         n^  ^f         "^1  32 


CHAPTER   VI. 

^*7  D 


ro 


TT  |T 


ov.29. 


46  GENESIS  VI. 


3    Kin  0       D1       *3  Tin 


v»  v 

-r  T      -IT 


4    -ILTK  p-nrrN  DJI    nn  0*0*3  p      vrr 

v    -:  I  -  ••-:(-          j-:  ••    T  -r  T  -        p     VTT         -IT 

norr  on1?  n*?n  DINH 

" 


(.   :  |T:  T  T  |T 


n     ir-i  pxs  oiNpr  njn  nn  ^  rrin» 

T  :         |    VAT  T  (.T  T  [T  ~-  T  -;T    -  T        : 

:  ovrr1??  jn  pn  'n1?  nb 
rhn* 

~ 


nin? 
DIND  n 


nirr  ^yz  rn  NVO  mi 

IT       :       j-  *••   :       K"  T  JT  : 


^    vnna  rrrr  o»on  pn^  ^K  m  m 

rtT          |  :  (.TT  y    T  v  - 


J  :        |  •••••< 


on-nje  o^'-n^  0^5  ng^'  Dp  n 
n    toon  pxrr  N^oni  o*rf?Nn  ^s1?  PNH  nw 

IT   T       I    VVT  T  j"  T    •  A'        v:  IT       J"   :    •        )     v  ^T  T  y    T 

12  nw'n-p  nnn^  n^m  pxn-n»  o^ 

s-    :      •          p  TAT   :     •          j     •    :       I    VVT   T  v  v 


GENESIS  VI.  47 


13 

T    :  -IT 


3  rp  r     D' 

T    T  T        I   J<" 


:  nnoip 

|T     T       |1 


nbn1  rrt 


rpn  ??  nb>#  14 
:*I£D  pnoi  n?ao  nnk  rnflj?! 
ronn  y-\x  nfe«  HIKD  tr'^'  nn^  rr^jjp  n^gf  nn  1£3 


?    ^aDn-        ^  17 

nnn^  o^rr  rm 


T  -J 


V.T   T  -:  |T  v  r: 


t^on  ^o  n'o1?  nonan-joi  in'o1?  ni^np   a 

v  r:        •>    •  -r     •    :  T   ••-.-!•  •    :         I  *-i  T    r 

bD  D'jtf  ^inr^ 

•>    •  -s-  :  A"     '    : 

O  n^-np  nn^i  21 

T    •  JT  -   : 


:    -    |T  :  ••    T| 


on*?!  ^  rrm 

IT  :    T    :  v.v  T  :     •;  J  :  JT  T    : 

:  rriry  p  D»rf?»  infc  mv  n^'K 

IT      T     l>"  V"         "."         •)  JT  *  V     ~i 


48  GENESIS  VII. 


CHAPTER  VII. 


:  nrn 

|v  - 


rrnntpn 
rnn     K5? 


1*0195    ij^  nj;?^'  my  0*5^ 
WITDI   rr^  D^INI  DI» 

v  •    T  T  :AT  *v  T     :  -   : 


6  :  ri^rr^y  D*D  n»n  ^aDm  rW  nixo  ^"-p  nl 

I     V  IT   T  •  (.-  T  T  j    -    -   :          AT  T  v.    " 

7  ^30  n^nn-^  inx  v^-^'^i  in^'Ni  V^IP  n'i  NH 

~ 


rnco  n^»N  itrN  ninan-roi  rninon  nonsn-ro 

AT         :  TV.V     '  r/     ~:  T    ••  :     -      I    •  T  :    -  T    "     ;    -      I    • 


9 

•r:  -.  AT  "  :  -JTT          VT  " 


:  pwrty  vn  ^iDn  »oi  own  nyntr1? 

I     v  IT  T         ^-       v   T  -    -        j"  A'  T  -  ^-  :    •      : 


GENESIS  VII.  49 


Dirrn  ho-^s      ru  mn 


Di>  DUto*)*  pxn-     D^n  w  12 
»tt  nan  om-op  m:  K^  rrrn  oi»n  osys  is 

"  :  vvv  T         ^  T  :          p  •    :  -JT  v  —  <  ~  V    •;  : 

m 
noh  14 


my  ntr'N    wa  nfc^DD  na^  nor 


TT 

rrjn?  iip?i 
I  D'grr  ^n-^  p^n-^j;  DI*  D^^N  ^aDrr  wi  17 

"  V,  >*  T       ;  ""  V  S*   ^ 


nano  rjni  pNrr-_  n^o  mn  o?an 

:  D? 
163*1  pNn-^  n^D  nkD  m-i  D»om  19 

-.  :  -     I      VAT  T  i.    :  ;    :  •)  :  |T  -    : 


:  onrrn  loan  o»arr  n^  nDpp  HSN  rntwj 


21 


50  GENESIS  VIII. 


22  r?:nri5  10%$  ^aa  VBN?  D»?P?  rrn-rw'j 
23 


10*3  own  w-ijn  fciy    ona-ij; 

IT  T  i     j  :  '.'*/  T    *  "    ; 


24  j  Di*  HND1  o^'on  pxn-^j;  o^rr  von 

I  v-  :  y     •    -:      |     VAT  T         «•          •  (.-  -  /TT  «  - 


CHAPTER  VIII. 


m-nx 


n  DN  ny-n  nana  im  ntr'x 

j*        v:  *   —  :j~—         J^T  "  v.    *  y  .*       c 

:  D^rr 
2    Dc?ji.ii  N^a?!  D^trrr  nan^i  oihn  nryo  hao»i 

-   v,  .  >**  T  *""  *  rtT  T     ~  ^    *.     •!  -j  :     :  ;     |T  *  ~ 

norn 


DI  D^'on  r 

I  v. 


4    i&nrf?  DV  itr^nyatra  ^atrn  tr'iha  nann  mm 

~  *  "  -- 


nn 

IT  T  -:       )-  T 


vn 
:  onrrrr  'awo  wi^  tr'in1?  nn 

-  -  •  - 

6    nann      n-ns  ro 


GENESIS  VIII. 


5] 


r\u?y-^y_  ni'i  NW  x^n  myn-nx  n 

','     j  i  T  T  <'  "*"~  A"       IT  "•*  v,~ 


]?  inxp  n^rrr^  r?^i 


nnp-n 

T    v  |T  '~  T  <~  : 

rh 


rm 


-?nja  rV' 


nrinn 

T    •• 


m 


^  on^jn 


rrnrr 

T    •• 

nnx 

'JT 

n  onnx  D^D^  nwtr  nij; 

V  ^  "~  rt*   **     ""•  V*  T  ~          * 


V.T    **  'JT  J"T 


rr^rr 


12 


nn*o  ^nn  13 


rrfl* 


pxn    yo  D»on  ann 

I      VAT  T  j    "  ;     :  |T 

^  irnrr  npni  N^I 


14 


nnx  nnnn-p  NV 

T"  rtT    "  v 


62  GENESIS  VIII. 


nonjDi  t]ty3  nifo-ta?  ^n^-n^  nfnp-ta 


train 

;••        IT 

im 


19  pNn-^y  troii  ta  wyn-tai  iroSn-ta  n*nn-ta 

|       VrtT   T  J"  V  IT  T     :  V      V  T  T  T    -    |-  T 

:  njjjirrfo  I^V;T  ob^hei^o1? 
3    rnhtsn  nonsn  »  tao  npn  nin^  raro  ni  pn 

T        :     -  JT  "    :    -  -i     •  |  ---          AT         |-         -v.":    •  -  •;        lv>J 

:  rr^roa  rfty  ^i  "iihisn  ^n  'taoi 
21  N1?  ib1?-1?^  hin?  npNb  hpfarr  rrn-n^  nin!  rm 
^S  DINH  115^  n-p-i^n-n^  nij;  ^p1?  r]p^ 
nisrf?  iiy  nDk-N^i  inj^o  jn  DIKH  n1? 

*•>  h'  |   :  AT^\  :    •         ~   (.-  -;T  T    |T  s" 


22 


rn  rpi  Dm  "ipi  ^xpi  jn   p^n  *o* 

v  •>  T      I    -|j-:  T          I     :  •  |T  :     '      —  /       |     VAT  T         -i"  : 


v.  17. 


VOCABULARIES. 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS 

USED  IN  THE  VOCABULARIES. 


act.,  active.  Imv.,  Imperative, 

adv.,  adverb.  Inf.,  Infinitive, 

apoc.,  apocopated.  interrog.,  interrogative. 

c.,  common.  m.,  masculine, 

cf.,  compare.  n.,  noun, 

conj.,  conjunctive.  Niph.,  Niph'al. 

consec.,  consecutive.  Part.,  Participle, 

const.,  construct.  Perf.,  Perfect, 

dem.,  demonstrative.  pers.,  personal. 

f.,  feminine.  prep.,  preposition, 

gutt.,  guttural.  pr.  n.,  proper  noun. 

Hiph.,  Hiph'il.  pron.,  pronoun. 

Hithp.,  Hithpa'el.  sg.,  singular. 

Impf.,  Imperfect.  suf.,  suffix. 


In  the  Hebrew-English  Vocabulary  the  numeral  immediately  following 
the  Hebrew  word  indicates  the  number  of  times  it  occurs  in  the  Old 
Testament. 

In  the  English-Hebrew  Vocabulary  the  numeral  immediately  foLowing 
each  word  indicates  the  number  of  the  corresponding  Hebrew  word  in  the 
Hebrew-English  Vocabulary. 


OF 

GENESIS  I-VIIL 


1.    3N    (const.    >5tf)     [1155]  15.    ^fltf    (const.    *)|1N)  [180] 

Cabh),  m.,  father.  ('aher),     m.,    another,     pi. 

2-     JJN  L266]  ('ebhen),  f.,  sfcwe.  DHflN. 

3.  IN   [2]    ('edh),    m.,    mist,  16.    -)!1N  "[770]    ( ahar),    prep. 
vapor.  after,    pi.    only    in    const. 

4.  DIN    [560]   ('adham),    m.,  npj£. 

maw;  cf.  t^'*N»  17.     *J<( const.  >JSt)  ('ay ),interrog. 

Cftdhama),  f.,  ground, earth.  art  thouf   iii.  9. 

6.  ^kV  [350]  Cohel),  m.,  tent.  18.    (*"Q>N    (const.    fCW   [5] 

7.  *V1N  [102]    ('or),   &e    %/^,  ('ebha),  f.,  ewm% 

s/ime,  ('£)  Gutt.  and  V'p).  19.     pK  Caym),  (nothing),  there 

Hiph.,  give  light.   Inf.  with  is  not,  const.  ?*£$,  with  m. 

prep.  *7,  "l^N*!!1?,  i.!5,17,&c.  suf.  ^JSt,  v.  24. 

8.  11N*[120]('6r),:m.,  light.  20.    &*$  [1700]  ('is),  m.,  man, 
9-    niK  [76]  ('6th),  f.,  sign,  pi.  cf.  DTK* 

nhX.  21.     T]K  CaYh),  swe??/,  only. 
10.     tK  (az),  adv.,  then.  22.    'TDtf  [821]  ('akhal),  eat,  de- 
ll.   |tN[42](azan),Qalnotused.  vour,  (N"fl),   Impf. 

('£  Gutt.),    Hiph.,    listen, 


give  ear,  Imv.  2d  pi.  nifNP7»  Niph.  Impf.  75X^i  vi.  21. 

iv.  23.  23.    f 


12.  (IK  (const,  ^fl^)  [688]  ('ah),  24.    7^  ('el),  prep,  unto,  with 
m.,  brother.  suf.,  ^{$,  «»<o  me.         [HN 

13.  JTinK  (const.  ninjSt)  [US]  25.     rf?K  Celle),  pron.  ^ese,  cf. 
('ahoth),  f.,  sister.  26.     DTl^N  [2500]  Celohim),  pi. 

14.  -fl-ftf    [1000]  Cehadh),    in.,  m.,  ^  (sing.  Hf?K  used 


owe,  f.  const.  Jin^,  iv.  19.  in  poetry). 

55 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII. 


27.  DN  [220]  ('eta),  f.,  mother,  TnN,  "i-  14,  iv.  11.    KM, 
with  m.  suf.  i£Dtf,                              *"n$?i  with  fern.  suf.  n*rWk» 

28.  DK('im),  con j.  #".  v.  29. 

29.  nBK[240]('amma),f.,cM&#.  42.    DT)N    Cararat),     pr.      n. 

30.  ^IDN    [5026]   ('amar),   say.  Ararat. 
(N//£3&/t?Gutt.).  Inf.  const.  43.     H^N  (for  H£0:N)  (const. 

|,    with   *7    ^DN1?  =  fittM  [47°]  Ci§sa),  woman, 

>,  i.  22,  V.  29.    Impf.  with  suf.  1fi£>N,  vii.  2,  pi. 

with  Waw  consec.  *")D^1,  D*&*3,  const.  *CJO,  vi.  18. 

i.  3,  6,  &c.,  ^jft^nX  iii«  2,  44.    *")&'K  Caser),  rel.  pron.  who, 
13,  &c.  tc/iicA. 

31.  JT1DK  (const.  rn£N)  [35]  45.    j")N  Ceth),  particle  placed 

T  :  —  : 

('imra),  f.,  utterance,  song,  before  definite  accusative; 

iv.  23.  [(man).  before  Maqqeph  "HN,  with 

32.  fcrfo^  Cenos),  pr.  n.  Enosh,  suf.  'Fltf,  DHK,  i.  27,  28. 

33.  *ij^('anokhi), pers. pron./.  46.    J"|N  Ceth),  prep.  t&t^. 

T 

34.  ^IpN  [214]  ('asaph),  gather,  47.     JiriK  Catta),  personal  pron, 

35.  £l|tf  [282]  ('aph),  m.,  nose,  48.    3  (ke)'  prep,  in,  on,  among, 
anger,  pi.  with  prep,  and  suf.  49.     13  [HJ  (badh),  m.,  separa- 
V£)K3'  Dual  D^3^f  ^i0"'   ^3*?'  to  his  separa- 

36.  r|X  ('aph),  conj.  yea  more,  tion=alo7ie,  ii.  18. 

but  even,  *3  HK  w  ^  ^^e  50.    ^15  [42]  (badhal),  Qal  not 
I  _  _  T 

that?  iii.  1.  used.     Hiph.  separate,  di- 

37.  nyi^  Carubba),  f .,  lattice,  vide;  Impf.  with  Waw  con- 
window,  pi.  J"11!;J*")N»  secutive  7^13^1,  i-  4,7,  &c., 

38.  y%~\$  (m.  ilJD^N)  [320]  Part.  ^H^Q,  dividing,  i.  6. 
(arbkr),  f.,/om%ord.^3n.  51.    HV"J3  [2]  \Wholah), 

39.  t]*l^[96]  ('orekh),m.,?e7i<7^.  Hum,  ii.  12. 

40.  pig  [2000]  ('ereg)  f.,  carM,  52.     ^3  [3]  (bohu),  m. 

41.  ^S^  [57]  ('arar),  cwrse,  ('£  53.    npilS  [300]  (behema),  f., 
Gutt.  and yy})  Pass.  part.  beast,  dumb  brute. 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII.                   57 

54.  tfto    [2619]    (bo'),    go    in,  him,  vii.  16. 

come.  (\'y  and  N"1?).    Qal  65.    J/p2    [51]    (baqa'),  cleave^ 

Perf .  JO,  vi.  16.  Hiph.  Perf.  divide.  Niph.  be  broken  up, 

N*3D'  bring,  iv.  4.   Impf.  vii.ll.  ('^Gutt.)  [ing,  dawn. 

apoc.    with    Waw    consec.  66.    *lp3[210](boqer),m.,morw- 

iOI,  ii-  19,  iv.  3.  67.    JO3  [53]  (bara'),  cw£,  form, 

55.  J^'li  [109]  (bos),  be  ashamed,  create,  ('y  Gutt.  and  N"1?), 
(Y'V),      Hithpolel     Impf.  Impf.    with  Waw    consec. 


56.  *TO  [102]  (bahar),  choose,  68.    7PO  [73]  (barzel),  m.,i>on. 
('y  and  /{?  Gutt.).  69.    HH?  [280]  (b'rith),  f.,  cou- 

57.  f>2  (from  pg)  [168]    (ben),  ena?i^  '3  D^pil,  establish 
(interval)  prep,  between,  for               a  covenant. 

P3-.-P3,  occurs1?...^.  70.     Tjn^  [413]   (barakh),   fcn<2 

58.  jl^3    (const.    H^)    [2100]  ^e  /mee.   ('^  Gutt.)    Pi'el 
(bayith),  m.,  house,    house-              ^1*53'  bless,  Impf .  withWaw 
hold,  with  suf.  TTfV3<  vii.  1,              consec.  Tj*Q*X  i.  22,  v.  2. 
pl.  D^H^  (batim).'  71.    ^CO[270]  (basar),m.,/esA. 

59.  Jl^'1D3T[120]  (bekhora),  f.,  72.    ^[400]  (bath),  f.,  daughter, 
firlt-born,  pl.  jinD?.  73.     fiOJ  [35]  (gabho(a)h),  adj. 

60.  ^ri'p^  (b^lti),  adv.  of  nega-  high,  pl.  D*nhjl» 

tion,  Zes^,  rao£,  ^Aa«  wo^,  iii.  11.  74.     *\*fo$  [150]  (gibbor),  m.,  hero, 

61.  f3  [4500]  (ben),  m.,  son.  man  of  valor. 

62.  ?"03    [380]    (bana),    build,  75.    ^l^JI  [23]  (gabhar),  be  strong, 

T  T£_  ~  T 

(r?"/)?    Impf.    with    Waw  be  mighty.  (Cf.  *")13J)- 

consec.  ]y\    ii,  22.    Part.  76.    *?'n^    [330]    (gadhol),    m., 
rf.Jp,  iv.  17.  g'rea^,  elder. 

63.  *TQ^3  (ba!abhur),  prep./or,  77.    y^  [24]  (gawa'),  die,  expire, 
in  behalf  of,  comp.  of  3  and  (/l?  Gutt.).    Impf.  J^Jj*,  vi. 
^lO^  from  *l^^,p«s5  ove?1.  17. 

64.  1j;3'(be'adh),prep.5eAiW,  78.     pm  [2]  (gahon),  m.,  belly, 
after,  with  suf.  H W,  a/fer  ^^(11  iii.  14. 


58 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII. 


79.  ppTMJ  (gihon),  pr.  n.  Gihon. 

80.  DJ3  (gam),  conj.  also,  DJl-  •  • 
Q-J,  &o£/i.  .  .and. 

81.  [J  [3]  (gan),  c.  or  f.  garden, 
park.  [pitch-wood. 

82.  n$j  [11  (gopher),  m.,  pitch, 

83.  t^'Sli!  [47]  (garas),  drive,  cast 
out  J('y  GrMtt.).    Pi'el,  t&HJI 
expel,  iv.   14.     Impf.  with 
Waw  consec.  fc^*Vn,  iii«  24. 

84.  D#J  [35]  (gesem  )7m.,  #ws£- 
iVi0r  rain,  heavy  shower. 

85.  p3^  [54]  (dabhaq),  cleave, 
adhere,  ii.  24. 

86.  T\F\  (or  rim.)  [33]  (dagha), 
f.,T/sA,  const,  rU*l,  i.26,28. 

87.  jn  or  JH  [23]  (dun  or  din), 
rule,  judge,   (Vj?).     Impf. 
flT,vi.3. 

88.  TJ1  [170]   (dor),  m.,    a^e, 
generation,  pi.  im  and  6th. 

89.  0*1  [360]  (dam),  m.,  blood,' 
pl^DI,  const.  W,iv.  10. 

90.  HID*7!  [2T5]  (demuth),'f  .,  Zi/te- 
ness,  image. 

91.  *VT|1    [2]     (dardar),    m., 
thorny  plant,  thistle,  iii.  18. 

92.  TJTJ  [690]  (derekh),  c.  way, 
journey. 

93.  N£H    [2]    (dasa'), 


94.  N£H  [14]  (dese'),  m.,  tender 
grass. 

95.  -H  (^H)  (ha),  Article,  the, 
other  forms  are:  ft,  p|,  H, 

-  T 

cf  .  Arabic  al. 

96.  n  (ha),  Interrog.  p-article, 
same    as  Latin  ne,  other 
forms:  ft,  H, 

97.  *72n  (hebhel),  m.,  pr.  n. 


(hu'),  pers.  pron.  he. 
99.     n*n   (haya),    be,  happen, 
come     to    pass,      (n"*?)j 

nn»n,  i.  2,  vnr  i.  14,  15, 

T  :  |T  T    : 

Inf.  con  st.  D  Vn  with  3  and 
suf.  DnVn?,  iv.  8,  Impf. 


i.  11. 


rrw,  i.  29,  n'.nn,  iv.  12, 

apoc.  ^*1*,  i.  3,  6,  with  Waw 
conjunctive  *i*T1,  i.  6,  with 
Waw  consec.  *pn,i.3,5,&c. 

100.  ^H   [526]    (h§lakh),  go, 
Part.  act.  Tj^Jl,  ii.  14,  Hith. 
walk,  go  about,  Impf.  with 
Waw  consec.  Tj^nrVH,  v. 
24.  [behold,  lo! 

101.  JH,  n^H  (hen,  hmne),  adv. 

102.  HJin  (henna),  pers.  pron. 

T  J" 

f.,  they. 

103.  T|§n  [95]  (haphakh),  turn, 
change    into,    ('£    Grutt.). 
Hithpa'elPart. 

turning  itself,  iii.  24. 


VOCABULARY  or  GENESIS  I— VIII.  59 


104.  T?  [560]  (har),  m.,  mount-  116.    JHT  [220]  (zera'),  m., 
ain,  pi.  D^fi»  in  pause,  J^lt»  i-  29,  secd- 

105.  jfjfi  [170]  (haragh),   kill,  time,  viii.  22.AT 

slay,  ('fi  and  'j;  Gutt.),  iv.  117.     X^fi  [33]  (habha'),  Qal  not 

23.  Impf.  with  suf .  'IpJT,  used".    ('£)  Gutt.  and  N"1?). 

iv.  14,  with  Waw  consec.  Hith.  hide  oneself,    Impf. 

IfiJTirPl,  iv.  8.  with  Waw  cons. 

106.  rtlfi  [43]  (hara),  conceive,  iii.  8. 
CflYnd'y  Gutt.  and  fi"1?).  118.    fi^VOfi  [29]  (h 

Impf.  rnfifl,  apoc.  with  bruise,    wound,  with  suf., 

Waw  consec.  ^)fifil,  iv.  1,  VTOfi,  iv.  23. 

17,  &c.  119.    rirtdh    [6]  (t'^ra),    f., 

T        — : 

107.  fllfi  [2]  (heron),  m.,  con-  girdle,    [ffiddekel,  Tigris, 
ception.  120.    ^p^fi  (hiddeqel),   pr.   n. 

108.  1   (wc),    conj.    and,   other  121.    t^"1fi  [300]  (hodhes),  m., 
forms  5),  \  X  \\  depend-  new  moon,  month. 

ing  on  tone  and  following  122.     ,mfi(hawwa),f.,  pr.  n.Eve. 

vowel.  123.    t^?lfi[64](hul)and^fi(hil), 

109.  fit  [13]    (ze),  dem.   pron.  be  pained,  wait,  Qal  Impf . 
m.,  this,  f.  fiNt,  cf .  fi^K»  3  m.  s.  with  Waw  consec. 

110.  mt    [368]    (zahabh),   m.,  ^fi-^1,  viii.   10,  ('£)  Gutt. 


111.  m[38Kzayith),m.,  olive-  124. 

tree.  [ber.  street, 

112.  ^Ot  [169]  (zakhar),  remem-  within,  from  without,  vi.  14. 

113.  "Ot  [82]  ( zakhar ),m.,male.  125.     fiNDfi[3](hatta'th),f.,sm. 

114.  fij;t  [1]   (ze'a),  f.,  sweat,  126.    *fi  [500]  (hay),  m.,  life,  pi. 

115.  jnj.  [55]  "(zara*),  sow,  ('y  127.     fi^fi  [264]  (haya),  live,  ('Q 
andT/l7  Gutt.).    Part,  ^t,  Gutt,  and  fi//l?),  Inf.  JlVfi 
i.   11,    Hiph.    yield   seed,                Impf.  fi^fi*,  apoc. ^fi^,wi 


Part.  VHtJD,  i.  11, 12.  Waw  consec.  W),  v.  6,  9. 


60  VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII. 


128.  rrfl  $00]  (hayya),  f.,  liv-  143.     tl^Tf    [8]  (harabha),    f., 
ing  creature,  beast,  const.  dryness,  dry  land. 

jTfl,  Poet.  -VVn,  i.  24.  144.     ,1*1(1  [92] (hara), burn,glow 

129.  "fl  [23]  (hayay),  live,  ('£)  (with  anger),   ('£  and  '# 
Gutt.  and  yy),  *fl,  iii-  22,  Gutt.    and    J1"1?)-    Impf. 

v.  5.  [fatness.  apoc.    with  Waw  consec. 

130.  ^H  [90]  (helebh),  m.,  fat,  ^\  iv.  5. 

131.  Jftn  [31]  (hallon),  c.,  hole,  145.    fyjh    [7]     (horeph),    m., 
window.  winter. 

132.  ^H  [139]  (halal),    loose,  146.     grin  [1]  (hores),  m.,  tool, 
set    free,    ('£    Gutt.    and  cutting  instrument,  iv.  22. 
yy},  Hiph.  ^fin,  begin,  147.     Tl^fl   [78]   (hosekh),   m., 
vi.  1,  Hoph.  ^friili  it  was                darkness. 

begun,  iv.  26.  148.    11HD    [92]   (tahor),  adj., 

133.  D(l  [16]  (ham),  pr.  n.  Ham.  clean,  f .  PHlilp,  vii.  2. 

134.  Oil  [14]  (horn),  m.,  Aea^.  149.    2'1D  [550]  (tdbh),  m.,  good. 

135.  !^n[20](hamadh),(ZmVe,  150.     D"l£0  (terem),  adv.  not  yet, 
('3  TGutt.),     Niph.    part.  6e/ore. 

IDflJ,  iii-  6.  [lence.  151.     fllO     [1]     (taraph),    adj. 

136.  DDH  [60]  (hamas),  m.,  vio-  fresh,  newly  plucked. 

137.  trail  [44]  (hames),  f .,  five,  152.    ^  (yabhal),  pr.  n.  Jabal. 
ordinal  ^^r],  fifth.  153.     \£jy  [60]  (yabhes),  be  dried 

138.  ?H  [69]   (hen);  m.,  favor,  up.  TQal  Inf.  const.  fi£O>, 

I  ••  v    j   ; 

grace.  [Enoch.  viii.  7,  (*"£3). 

139.  rj'Urj  [8]  (hanokh),  pr.  n.  154.    H^>T  [14]  (yabbasa),  f., 

140.  1DH  [22]  (haser),   be  di-  dry  land. 

minished,  fail,   ('£)  Gutt.,  155.     1*  [1580]  (yadh),  f.,  hand. 

mid.  e}.  156.    JT£  [1°451  (yadha'),  A:7iow;, 

141.  2*iri[40]  (harebh),  dry  up,  (V'£3  and     /  Gutt.),    Inf. 
('£)  Gutt.,  mid.  e).  const.  Hi^^' 

142.  3np    [400]    (herebh),    f.,  157.    nlHMyeh6wa),  Jehovah, 
sword.  158. 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII.  61 


159.  Dl*  [2250]  (yom),  day,  pi.  with  Waw  consec. 
D*D*i  const.  *D*t  ii.  7. 

160.  rrti>T[33]  (yona)',  f.,  dove.  169.    *W[9]  (yeser),  m., 

161.  ^3tD*  [23]  (yatabh),  be  good,  imagination. 

(*/7£)),  Hiph.  Impf.  ^p",  170.    Dip*  [2]  (y'qum),  m.,  wl 

iv.  7.  exists,  living  being,  (root 

162.  I1?*    [490]  (yaladh),  bear,  Dip). 

bring  forth,    (V'fl),    Inf.  171.     frO*    [315]    (yare'),    fear, 

const. fT"f?5  with 'p,  rrf?1?  (V'ib:  'i*  Gutt.,  and  X"T"). 

iv.  2,    Impf.  H1?*    iv.     1,  Impf.  tf"V*,  1st  sing,  with 

17,  &c.,     Niph.   be   born,  Waw  consec.  JO*fcO,iii- 10. 

Impf .  l7T,  iv.  18,  Hiph.  172.    TV      (in     pause 'T  T)*), 

"  T'  YJY                                                      Y|T 

beget,  "V 7! Hi  v.  4,  7,  &c.,  (yeredh),  m.,  pr.  n.  Jared. 

Impf.    "frVi    with    Waw  173.     p*V  [6]  (y^req),  m.,  green- 

consec.  "Y?1*l,  v.  4,  7,  &c.  ?iess. 

163.  nl7H88](yeJle:dh),m.,cMd  174.    2gf>  [1050]   (yasabh),  «V, 

164.  D*  [380]  (yam),  m.,  seor,  pi.  dwell,  (Y'£),   Impf. 

T 

D'/9*»  with  Waw  consec. 

165.  r|p*  [210]  (yasaph),   acZ^,  iv.   16,    Part.   Act. 
(1"£)),  Hiph.  Impf.  t]*Dl*,  iv.  20. 

apoc.     £"|Di*,    with    Waw  175.     f^    [16]    (yasen),    sleep, 

consec.  tlpl^li  iv.  2.  (V'£3)»     1^**»    w^h    Waw 

166.  Hfi*.  [HI  (y^pheth),  pr.  n.  consec.  JjgM^,  ii.  21. 
Japhcth.  176.     3  (k*),  prep,  as,  like. 

167.  XV*  [1075]  (ya§a'),  go  out,  177.    tb'33  [15]  (kabhas),  ^rea^ 
(V't)  and  ^//17).  Impf.  with  upon,   subdue,  Imv.  with 
Waw  consec.  tf^l,  iv.  16.  fern,  suf .  jl£>33,  i.  28. 
Hiph.    bring  out.     Impf.  178.    D3D  (const.  '^3'D)  [36] 
^W?  3d  f.  with  Waw  con-  (kokhabh),    m.,    star,   pi. 
see.  NVirili  i-  12.  D*D513» 

168.  ")V*    [62]    (yacar),    form,  179.     fpt    [120]     (ko(a)h),    m., 
(V'£3  and  /l^  Gutt.),    Impf.  strength,  might. 


62  VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII. 


180.  >p(ki),  conj.  that,  for.  192.    7  (le)  prep,  to,  for. 

181.  to  (kol),  m.,  totality,  all,  193.    ^  (16'),  adv.  not,  no. 
every,  with  Maqqeph  "to,  194.    $?  [620]  (lebh),  m.,  heart, 

182.  tfto  [18]  (kala'),  hold,  re-  with  3d  m.  suf.  1^. 
strain,  (K"1?).  195.     tJO^  [H6]  (labhas),_pw£ow 

183.  Hto  [206]  (kala),  be  ended,  (clothes),  Hiph.  clothe  (an- 
(il"*?),     Pi'el,     complete,  other).    Impf.  with  Waw 
finish,  Impf.  rfvO*,  vi.  16,  consec.  0^3*7*5'  "*•  21. 
apoc.  with  Waw    consec.  196.     Dfl1?  [1]  (lahat),m.,./?ame, 
to^X  ii-   2.    Pii'al   Impf.  glittering     blade    (of     g, 
apoc.   with  Waw  consec.  sword),  iii.  24. 

ftpn,  ii.  1.  197.    Off?  [300]  (lehem),  0.,/ooa7, 

184.  |p    (ken),    adv.    so,    thus,  bread. 

J3"t?J£    therefore,  on   ac-  198.     tjf'jp*?  [5]  (latas),  hammer, 

count  of  this,  ii.  24,  JD^'  forge,  Part.  act.  ty'tj1?,  iv. 

therefore.  22. 

185.  1^3    [42]    (kinnor),    m.,  199.    ^  [224]  (layil),  usually 
harp,  lyre.  H?'1?  with  He  of  ace.,  m., 

186.  rp:p  (const,  rj^p)  [no]  w/^k 

(kanaph),  f.,  wing.  200.     j""tD/  (lamma),  adv.  why? 

187.     HDD  [149]  (kasa),   cover,  (*?ITlO). 

Pii.    Z>e    covered,    vii.   19,  201.     TlD1?  (lemekh),  pr.  n.  j&a- 


188.  Cp  [280]  (Hph),  m.,  palm  202.    Hp1?  [966]  (laqah), 
of  hand,  sole  of  foot;  dual  (/l?Gutt.),Inf.const.( 
D^3»  Impf.  flp\  with  Waw  con- 

189.  *-)£3  [100]  (kaphar),  cover  sec.   Hp^,  ii.  15,  iv.  19. 
(with  pitch),  vi.  14.  Pii'al,   be  taken,    llflD1?, 

190.  3Hp    [90]    (kerubh),   m.,  ii.  23.                           [very, 
cherub,  pi.  0*3113.  203.    1K/D  [286]  (m*'odh),  adv. 

191.  Jli'13  [28]  (k'thoneth),  f.,  204.    H^D  (const.  HNID)  [600] 
coa^,  ^t»?'c.  (me'a),  hundred. 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII.  63 


205.  IIKO  (const.  -HNP)  [19]  216.    TgQ  [18]  (matar),  Qal  not 
(ma'or),  m.,    light,    lumi-  used,  Hiph.  *Vtppn  0™e 

nary,  pi.  jl^Np'  rain,  ii.  5. 

206.  ^ONO  [30]  (ma"'akhal),  m.,  217.    *ft    (mi),    interrog.    pron. 

T   -:  |- 

food.  who  ? 

207.  'TOO  [13]   (mabbul),  m.,  218.    Q*0  (const.  *0)  [600]  (ma- 
deluge,  flood.  yim),  pi.  m.  (of  obs.  form 

208.  nO   (ma),  interrog.  pron.  *0),  water. 

T 

what?    Other    forms  are  219.    pp  [31]  (min),   m.,  kind, 
•npf  np,  np  species,  with  prep,  and  m. 

209.  *?K^jfjO  (mahalal'el,  pr.  sg.  suf.  'WO1?  or 
n.  Mahalaleel.                                 .  i.  11,  12. 

210.  H#iO  [200]  (mo'edh),  m.,  220.    np?0  (const. 

set    time,    season,    plural  (mikhse),  m.,  covering. 

DH#10.  221.    ^p  [247]  (male'),  be  full, 

211.  mO    [857]     (muth),    die  (K//l?),  Imv.  2d  pi. 
()"y\  Perf .  HO,  vii.  22,                i.  22,  28. 

Inf.  abs.  n'10,  ii.  17,  Impf.  222.    nDN^P  (const. 

n^O*,  jussive  nO*,   with  [172]  (m'la'kha),  f., 

Waw  consec.  nb*l,  v.  5,  223.    n^C^OO  [17]  (memsala), 

IT-  T  T     :    v 

8,  &c.  [altar.  f.,  dominion,   rule,   const. 

212.  ngfp[310](rnizbe(a)h),m.,  n^PP,  i- 16. 

213.  nnp[34](maha),w/pe<m£,  224.    fpJ'(min),     prep,     from, 

c^es^ro^/^'^/Gutt.andn'  /),  1JJpO:::=?in"Ip"|P,  iii-  3. 

Impf.  nnP^vi.  7,  Qal  225.     (tjip  [7]   (man6(a)h),  m., 
Impf.  with  Waw  consec.  a  resting,  resting  place. 

nb^,  vn.  23.  226.  nnjp   (const,  nnjo) 

214.  t7^^^inp(m(>huya'el),pr.  n.  [200]  (minha),  f.,  an  offer- 
Mehitjael.                                             ing,  present. 

215.  nD^np  [53] (mahasabha),  227.    f^O    [23]    (ma'yan),    m., 
f.,  plan,  purpose,  pi.  const.  fountain,    spring,     plural 

),  vi.  5.  DWO  and 


64  VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII. 


228.  7#p  [137]  (msi'al),  adv.,  not  used  (|"£ 
above,  used  only  in  com-  tell,  show,  iii.  11.* 

position;  with  ft .   loca-  240.     tjjj  [neghedh),   prep,   be- 

tive,  t^y^  upwards,  with  fore,  in  presence  of,  with 

*P  and  fp,  ft^J^P^P  lit-  suf  •  TT*I^  ii-  18. 

from-to-upwards,  vii.  20.  241.     VJ13  [148]  (nagha'),  touch, 

, 

229.  nZ£'J/p    (const.    ftC^p)  smite,  (?"£3  and  '7  Gutt.), 

[240]  (ma  ase),  m.,  work'.  ~  Impf.  ^H,  iii.  3. 

230.  NVD  [486]  (maca),  /md,  242.    *0  [24]  (nadh)m.,/w#?ta;e. 
(KT/t7),  ii.   20,    Part.   act.  243.    ^nj[123](nahar),m.,rm?r. 
NVD5  iv.  14.  244.    "V)3  (nodh),  pr.  n.  JVo<^. 

231.  ftjpp  (const.  Hip?)  [8]  ^5.    TO    [64]    (nu(a)h),    m«, 
(miqwe),     m.,     collection,  (f'^D,  V'^  and  /l?  Grutt.), 
gathering,  i.  10                                     Hiph.  H^fti  cause  to  rest, 

232.  D'lpD  (const.  D'lpp)[380]  Impf.  with  suf.  and  Waw 
(maqom),  c.  place.  consec.  1ft (1^5 >  "•  ^»  ^^ 

233.  ftJpP  (const,  ftjpp)  [76]  Impf.  3  f.  sg.  with  Waw 
(miqne),      m.,     substance,  consec.  It^DX  viii.  2. 
wealth.  246.     fti  (no(a)h),  pr.  n.  Noah. 

234.  ft^P     (const.     ftXl")P)  247.    DH^  [106]   (naham),    Qal 
[101]  (mar'e),  m.,  appear-  not    used,     (|"£)    and    'y 
ance,  look.  Gutt.),  Niph.  repent,  pity, 

235.  ^'0    t79^    (roasal),  rule,  Impf.  Qft^,  vi.  6,    Pi'el 
with  3»   over,    Inf.  const.  comfort,  Impf.  DrO*»  v.  29. 
with  prep.  ^,  ^j^P^.  248.    t^fl^  [30]  (nahas),  m.,  ser- 

236.  nit3^'p  [270]  (mispaha),  pent. 

i.,  family,  pi.  ninBt^P*  249.    j"l£TO    [135]    (n'hoseth), 

237.  ^Kti^inp  (methusa'ei),  pr.  m.,  bronze. 

n.  Methushael.  250.    ^10^    [58]    (nata'),  plant, 

238.  ft'?^?)np(ni'thuselah),pr.  (J"^  and  /u?  Gutt.),  Impf. 
n.  Methusaleh.                                    with  Waw  consec. 

239.  -tfj  [379]  (naghadh),  Qal  ii.  8. 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII.  65 


251.  nfT3  [43]  (niho(a)h),  m.,  263.    #&}  [17]  (nasa'),  Qal  not 
rest,  pleasantness.  used,  Hiph.  deceive,  seduce, 

252.  PO3  [499]  (nakha),  Qal  not  (f'fl  and  tf"*?). 

used,  (|"fl and ff%  Hiph.  264.    HO^  (const.  rOjfy  [24] 
n3i*T  smite,  strike,    Inf.  (nesama),  f.,  breath,  spirit. 

const.  rVDn,  iv.  15.  265.     frO  [2090]  (nathan),  give, 

253.  W  [43]  (usL),m.,  wanderer.  (T'iD),  Inf.  const.  jIH,  iv. 

254.  HOW    (na  ama),    pr.    n.,  12,  Impf.  with  Waw  con- 
Naamah.  sec.  ffVl,  i.  17. 

255.  DH^  f46]  (ne'urim),  (def.  266.    Mp  [156]  (sabhabh),  f  wni, 
writing  for  D**"VlJ^})»  used  encompass    (J/''^),    Part, 
only  in  pi.,  m.,  youth,  i.  e.,  act.  2DD,  "•  ^^'  ^- 

time  of  youth.  267.    ""Up    [90]    (saghar),    shut, 

256.  n$^  [12]  (naphah),  blow,  Impf.  with  Waw  consec. 
breathe,  (f"£ and  /17 Gutt.),  ^P^.  »•  21.     . 

Impf.  with  Waw  consec.  268.    T)D  [293]  (sur),  turn  aside, 
nD'^1,  ii'  7.  (V'J/)'  [sAw^  wp. 

257.  b^  [2]  (naphil),  m.,  used  269.    ")DD  [3]  (sakhar),  (=^D) 

•     T  ~*     T  ~~   T 

only  in  pi.  D^£)l  giants.  270.    ^D    [172]    (sepher),    m., 

•    :  v  J"  * 

258.  7§J   [417]   (naphal),  fall,  writing,  book. 

(r*fi)i  Hiph.  Impf.  apoc.  271.    ^HD  [83]  (sathar),   hide, 
with  Waw  consec.  *7@3,  Niph.Impf.  ^jlDJJ,  iv.  14. 

ii.  21.  272.    -13JJ  [286]  ('abhadh),  serve, 

259.  fctoj    [780]    (neph^s),    f.,  ^  ('fl  Gutt.),  Inf.  const. 
breath,  soul.           [female.                with  prep.  7,  ""1^J77,  ii.  5. 

260.  nDM   [22]  (n^qebha),  f.,  273.    ^3j;  [551]' ( abhar),  pass 

261.  Dp^  [34]  (naqam),  avenge,  over('£  Gutt.). 

tj  6)1  Hoph.  Dp\in  pause  274.     ^\y_  ('adh),  prep,  till,  until. 

Op*,  iv.  15.  275.    nii^Cadha),  pr.n.  Ada. 

262.  NCO  [706]  (nasa'),  lift  up,  276.     f"Ujf[3]  ('edhen),  m.,  Eden. 
(|/7£)T  and       N" /*   ),    Inf.  277.    ^jfjj^    [4]    ('ughabh),    m., 
const.  HNi^,  iv.  7.  P?pe,  reec?,  organ. 


66  VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII. 


278.  Tiy  ('odh),  adv.  still,  yet,  293.    pr?^    (const.    n?£)  USi 
again.  ('ale),  m.,  leaf. 

279.  rh\y  (const.  rfr\T)  [386]  294.    &y  ('im),  prep.  tot$,  along 
('ola),     f.,    burnt-offering,  with. 

pi.  F\ijy*  295.    *l£^[108]('aphar),m.,dfMs£. 

280.  pj;     (const,     pj£)     [226]  296.    p#  [326]  ('eg),  m.,  free. 
Cawon),  m.,  gwi7l,  *?«..  297.     3¥y  [17]   ('agabh),  sw/fer 

281.  D^ty    [430]    ('61am),   m.,  pewi,  ('£)  Gutt.),    Hithp. 
a<?e,  eternity.  w.  Waw  consec.  DVJ^JVX 

282.  t^\y  [32]  ('uph),  /y,   ('fl  grieve  oneself,  vi.  6. 
Gutt.    and    \y),     Polel  298.    ^^  [7]  ('e9ebh),m.,pam, 
Impf.  tl§^y*,  i.  20.  grievance. 

283.  tfiy  [70]  (C6ph),  m.,  bird,  299.    pDV^  (const.  pD¥#)  [3] 
/o^?,  collective.  (ig^abhon),  m.,  labor, pain. 

284.  "\*\y  [95]  ((6r),  m.,  s/au.  300.    DVi?  [120]  ('e9em),  f.,  bone. 

285.  ^  [114]  ('azabh),.Zeawc,  301.    3pJ7    (const.  Dpl?;)    [14] 
forsake,  ('Q  Gutt.),  Impf  ('aqebh),  m.,  heel: 
-^Mi.24.  302.    yy£    [132]    ('erebh),    m., 

286.  **\fy  [21]  ('ezer),  m.,  help.  evening.                     [raven. 

287.  pj;[872]('ayin),  f.,  eye,  pi.  303.    yiy    [10]     ('orebh),    m., 
with  suf.  D?\5M/,  iii-  5.  304.    tiT\y     and     D"l^     [16] 

288.  *yy  [1074]'(tirj,f.,czY7/,pl.  ('aroin),    adj.    naked,    pi. 

289.  TVy  ('iradh),  pr.  n.  Irad.  (teriimmim),  ii.  25. 

290.  D"*V#    [10]    ('erom),    adj.  305.  '  QT\y   [11]    ('arum),    m., 
naked,  pi.  DD"!^,  iii-  7.  prudent,  crafty. 

291.  ^('al),  prep,  ''upon,  with  306.     3£^#    [33]     ('esebh),    m., 
?Di  /yfo,  from  upon.  green  herb,  plant. 

292.  H^  [862]  ('ala),  go  up,  307.    fi^y    [2521]    (?asa),    do, 
('&  Gutt.  and  H"1?),  Impf.  make,  ('£)  Gutt.  and  fT"*?)* 


_,  ii.   6,    Hiph.   o^er  Impf.    apoc.    with    Waw 

up.  consec. 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII.                    67 

308.  n>b>#  [26]  (Viri),  ordinal  ('y  Gutt.  and  ft"1?),  Imv. 
num.  tenth. 

309.  *\&%  [333]  (<asar),  cardinal  322. 

number  ten,  used  only  in  323.    flJHB  [141]  (pathah), 

compounds  with  units,  as  Niph.  be  opened,  in  pause 

in  *\&y  IflX  eleven,  fern.  }!ir)£X?'  vii.  11,  fy  Gutt.). 

l"0$#  Cesre),  v.  8.  324.    |lfi|i  [160]  (pethah),  m., 

310.  "l^j;  "(m.   rnb>#)   [172]  opening,  door. 

('eser),  f.,  few.  T  325.    Jtfy  [268]  (§6'n),  c.,  sheep, 

311.  j")#  [300]  ('eth),  c.,  time.  flock,  collective. 

312.  T\r\y_  C&tta),  adv.  now.  326.    fcOy    [13]    (yabha),    m., 

313.  H3  [480]  (pe),  mouth,  with  army,  host. 

fern.  suf.  fT£D,  iv.  11.  327.    iy  [33]   (?adh),  m.,  side, 

314.  "?£)  (pen+),  conj.  ?es^,  with  with  prep,  and  suf.  fliy^' 
Impf.  vi.  16. 

315.  D0£)  [2000]  (panim),  m.,  328.    pHV    t203^  i^addiq),   m., 
faces,  const.  ^S,  i.  2.  ,/ws^,  righteous. 

316.  D#B[110](p£am),f.,<reod  329.    ^11^  [24]  (§ohar),  f.,  light, 
or  5^ep,  once.  collective,  lights,  windows. 

317.  nyQUNtm*},  rend,  open  330.    Hl^  [509]  (§awa),  Qal  not 

(n/yb)  ^  11.  used,  (rr1?),  Pi'ei  my, 

T  " 

318.  y£Q[7](veqsi),-m.,wound-  put,  command,  Impf .  apoc. 
i'wflr,  with  suf.  ^y§,  iv.23.  with  Waw  consec. 

319.  np£)    [20]    (paqah),  open  331.     fl^V  (^11§)'  Pr>  n< 

.      (the'eyes)  (/l?  Gutt.),  Niph.  332.    D^V  [16]  (selem),  m.,  im- 

HP5^'  ^-  ^-  ImP^-  with  a#e,  likeness,  i.  26,  27. 

Waw  consec.  rOflpSJlX  333.    J^^y  ^^  (§elac),  m.,  stWe, 

iii.  7.  n&,  pi.  niy^y* 

320.  *T\Q  [26]  (paradh),  «epa-  334.    H^y  [31]  (gamkh),  sprowf, 
mfeVyGutt.), Niph. Impf.  (/l?  TGutt.),    Hiph.    make 
T)3'>  "•  10-  sprout,  Impf.  with  Waw 

321.  n*^5  [28]  (para),  bear  fruit  consec.  flDyi*  ii-  5. 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII. 


335.  pi?V  [54]  (ga'aq),  cry  out  in  weight,  be  diminished, 
\'y  Gutt.),  Part.  act.  plur.  (yy\  Pi'el  make  light  of, 
D^pJ/y,  iv.  10.  curse. 

336.  1iSV[39]  (gippor),  c.,  little  350.    fp  [13]  (qen),  m.,  cell, 
bird.  351.     fljp  [81]  (qana),  get,  ac- 

337.  Dip    [61]    (qedhem),  m.,  quire  (ft"1?),  iv.  1. 

v|-iv  ^          _ 

front,  east,  as  adv.  before.  352.     j^p  [65]  (qe§),  m.,  encZ. 

338.  j"[£"lp[4](qidhma),f.,eas£-  353.     H5fp    (const.   HVp)    [90] 
ward,  const.  HOIp,  ii- 14.  (qage)  (= T*p),  m.,  ewe?. 

339.  £Hp    [171]    (qadhas),   be  354.    1'VP  ^  (wir)  m.,  Aar- 
ymre,     c?ea?i,    holy,     Pfel  ves?. 

consecrate,      Impf.      with  355.    *")p  [1]  (qor),  m.,  cold. 

Waw  consec.  CHpl,  "•  3.  356.    Nip  [855]  (qara),  call  ('y 

340.  Hip  [48]  (qawa),  be  strong  Gutt.  and  K"S),Impf.  with 
(n//l?)5     Niph.     assemble,                Waw  consec.  NIDI,  i-  5, 

T|:    •- 

gather  together,  Impf.  ^p*,  Niph.  Impf.  N1p*>  ii-  28. 

i.  9.  357.    |1N1  [1295]  (»1),  see,  look 

341.  ^IpLSOO]  (qol),  m.,  voice,  ('Q  and  y  Gutt.  and  n//l?), 
sound.  Impf.  apoc.  with  Waw  con- 

342.  Dip  [450]  (qum),  rise  up,  sec.  Nil,  i-  4,  vi.  2. 
(VJ7),    Impf.   with    Waw  358.    t^Nl  [600]  (ro's),  m.,  head, 
consec.  Dpi,  iv.  8,  Hiph.  pi.  D*L^N1« 

D^pH,  vi/18.  359.    fl&'NI  [m]  (ri'son),  adj. 

343.  nplp  [45]  (qoma),  f.,  stat-  first. 

lire,  height.  360.     JY^'NI   [&H   (re'sith),  f., 

344.  T^lp  [12]  (q6§),  m.,  thorn.  denorn.  from  ^Nl,  begin- 

345.  jbp[56](qaton),  adj./iV^e.  w/Hflr. 

346.  f'pjqaym),  pr.  n.  Cain.  361.    31  [466]  (rabh),  m.,  mwc/i, 

347.  P*p  (qenan),  pr.  n.  Cainan.  many,  fern.  d2Jl» 

348.  T*p  [20]  (qayi§),  m.,  fruit-  362.    331  [17]  (rabhabh),  m?*Z#t- 
harvest,  summer.  ply,  ('£  Gutt,  and  yy), 

349.  ^p  [82]  (qalal),  be  light  Inf.  const.  31,  vi.  1. 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII.  69 


363.  nTU243](rabha),wcrease  Pi'el   FlfT),   brood,  hover 
('£  Gutt.  and  JT/l7)i  Impf.  over,  Part.  fern.  Jl£Pnp, 
apoc.  yV,  i-  22,  Imv.  ^l"),  i.  2. 

i.  22,  28"  Hiph.    fl^nri  372.    (in  [56]  (re(a)h),  m.,  fra- 

Inf.  abs.   PQlPti  iii-   16,  grance. 

Impf.  1st  pers.  PD^X?  iii.  373.    t^jgl  [14]  (ramas),  creep, 

16.  ('£  Gutt.),  Part.  act.  with 

364.  pi    [30]     (rabhag),    lie  art.    tPOhpJ,    i.  26,   fern. 
down,  crouch,    Part.    act.  Jlt^D^fT  i-  21. 

P35!,  iv.7.  374.    t^pl    [17]    (rSmes),    m., 

365.  ^jjl  [260]  (reghel),  c.,/oo£,  creeping  thing. 

with  suf.  pftn,  viii.  9.  375.     tH    (f .   HID)  [650]  (ra"), 

T  :    -  -r    T 

366.  jllI  [25]    (radha),    Aave  adj.  bad,  evil. 

T     T 

dominion,  rule  ('£  Grutt.  376.     Hjn    (ra'a),  f.,    badness, 

and  IT  7)1  Impf.  n*"l^i  i-  wickedness. 

26,  Imv.  ni,  i-  28.  377.    HJH  [183]  (ra'a),/eerf,  ^ew^, 

367.  (in  [11]  (ru(a)h)  and  (in  ('^and  '^  Gutt.  and  ft"*?), 
(ri(a)h),  Qal  not  used,  Hiph.  Part.  act.  const.  Jli^H,  iv.  2. 
inhale,  smell,  3  m.  s.  with  378.    pi  (raq),  adv.  only. 
Waw  consec.  PTVT  viii.  21.  379.    JW1  [17]  (raqi(a)'),  m.,  ex~ 

368.  (in     [375]     rii(a)h),    f.,  pause,  const,  ^pl,  i.  20. 
breath,  spirit.  380.     IJS^  [131]  (sa'ar),  remain, 

369.  Dn  [193]  (rum),  6e  A^,  Niph.   be  left,  vii.  23,  (ry 
become  high,  rise,  Qal  Impf.  Gutt.). 

3  f.  s.  with  Waw  consec.  381.    yytf   (m.    tiy^ff)    [96] 

D1DX  vii.   17.    ('fl  Gutt.  (sebha'),  f.,  seven, 

and  V'y).  seventh,    ii.   2,    Q' 

370.  ^Prl    [21]    (rohabh),    m.,  sevenfold,  iv.  15. 
breadth,  with  suf.  Pl^PO,  382.    fi^  (70]  (sabhath),  res«, 

T    :     T  -  T 

vi.  15.  cease,    Impf.    with    Waw 

371.  t]lll  [3]  (rahaph),  Qal  not  consec.  jlb^X  ii.  2. 
used"  ('£}  and  'y  Gutt.),  383.    D|^'  [1]  (sSggam),  only  in 


70                   VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII. 

vi.   3,    with  5>   (in   their)  story  cells,  &&**}$,  thirty, 

wandering.  393.     D££?  (sam),  adv.  there. 

384.  Dnfc>    [11]    (soham),    m.,  394.     Qgf  [850]  (sem),  m.,  name, 
onyx,  sardonyx.  395.     Q{£7  (sem),  pr.  n.  Shem. 

385.  21£>   [1100]   (siibh),    turn,  396.     DW'  [400]  (samayim),m., 

•  J-   T 

(Y'^)i  Impf.  2d  sg.  )TlC£^n»  only  in  pi.  heavens. 

iii.  19.  397.    tljffltf  (m.  Jl^bt^')  (s'mo- 

386.  rp^'    [3]    (suph),    Jnme,  ne),  f . 'eight,  D^btj?',  eighty, 
crush,  (}"y),  Impf.  Cp{&^,  398.    J7D£^  [1104]  (sama'),  hear, 
iii.  15.  listen  to  (/L?  Gutt.),  Impf. 

387.  firW  [151]  (sahath),  Qal  3  pi.   with  Waw    consec. 
not  used,  ('y  Gutt.),  Pi'el  lyptf^X iii- 8,  Imv.  f^OC^, 
destroy,    corrupt ;     Niph.  iv.  23. 

Impf.  with  Waw  consec.  399.    ^ftW  [460]  (samar),  keep, 

nnt^'rili  yi-  H-  watch,    Inf.    const,    with 

388.  j-W'  [85]  (sith),  put,  place,  prep,  and  suf.  rT)^1?,  ii. 
C^y),  Perf.  n^\  iv.  25,  15,  Part.  act.  "jgfevivi  9. 
Impf.  1st  sg.  n^'N^ii-lS.  400.     H^'  [22]  (sana),  f.,  year, 

Impf.  3  m.  pi.  with  Waw  401.    ^g»  [150]  (seni),  adj.  sec- 
cons.  13J^^X  viii.  1,  (y"y}.  ond,  pi.  D'^t^i second-story 

390.  p^'  [127]T(sakhan),  abide,  cells,  vi.  16. ' 

dwell,    Hiph.  Impf.  with  402.    DW    (const.  >^')    [680] 

Waw  consec.  fDC^l*  (s'nayim),  m.,  cardinal  two, 

391.  rhW  [837]  (salSh),   send,  f.  D'JW3  const. ^^',iv.  19. 
put  forth  ('^  Gutt.),  Impf.  403.     Jiycjf  [15]  (sa'a),  7oo/^,  re- 
H1?^,    Pi'el   Impf.  with  gard  ('y  Gutt.  and  H//17), 
Waw  consecutive  and  suf.  Impf.     apoc.    with    Waw 
infjp&f^X  iii-  23.  consec.  yV?!>\  iv.  4. 

392.  t^lj?'  (m.  n^^')  (salos),  404.     npt^'  [74]  (§aqa),  Qal  not 
f.,   Mree;  ordinal   *{^'*lp^,  used,  Hiph.  flp^n,  p'z've 
^iVc?,  pi.  D^)L?t^,  ft«ri-  <o  drink,  ii.  6. 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I— VIII.  71 

405.     t*1t^  [14]  (sarac.),  swarm,  pr.  n.  Tubal-cain,  iv.  22. 

be  many  ('y  Gutt.),  i.  20.  419.     TUT)   [430]    (tawekh),   m., 
,,406.    V~\$     [15]     (sere?),    m.,  midst,  const.  TjlJl,  i-  6. 

swarm,  collective  reptiles.  420.     JTY?iJl  [39]  (tol'dhoth),  f. 
407.     Vf\£f  (m.  n^'t^')  [26]  (ses),  pi.,  generations,  history. 


f .,  six,  ordinal  *t£^,  sixth,  421.    nilf}  (tahath),  prep. under. 

i.  31.  422.    'finjl  [20]  (tahti),  m.,  ?0w?- 

408.  Jl^  (seth),  pr.  n.  Setli.  estpart,  pi.  D'^nri,  vi.  16. 

409.  iTW    [330]    (sadhe),    m.,  423.    D'ED  (const.  D'Dfl)  [90] 

v  T  •    T                                •     : 

field,  open  country.  (tamim),  m.,  perfect,  com- 

410.  rW  [4]  (si(a)h),  m.,  shrub,  plete. 

bush.  424.    J^Jl  [1]  (tannin),  m.,  wafer- 

411.  D*t^  and  D^  [603]  (sim),  serpent, mo nster,  pi.  D^-3ri> 
put,  set, place,  (^"y],  Irapf.  i.  21. 

D^^,    apoc.    DJ^^j    with  425.    ^l^jl  [4]  (taphar),  sew  to- 

•      T                                                  "     T  -     T 

Waw  consec.  D^V  ii.  8.  gether,  Impf.  pi.  with  Waw 

412.  ^t^  [76]  (sakhaU  look  at,  consec.  VlSrVV  iii.  7. 

~    T  :     :    •— 

behold,  Hiph.  make  wise,  426.     t^5^  [^4]  (taphas),  catch, 

Inf.  const.  S^j^H,  iii.  6.  (harp  strings),  .p/ay,  Part. 

413.  Ml^n  (const,  rn^ri)  [26]  act.  t^5h,  iv.  21. 
(ta'awa),  f.,  desire.  427.     MO'T^D  (const.  nDTHri) 

414.  n^n  [37]  (te'ena),  %.,fig,  [7]  (tardema),  f.,  deep  sleep, 
fig-tree.                        [chest.  ii.  21. 

415.  rOfi  [28]  (tebha),  f.,  ark,  428.    f^W']!    [3]    (tesiiqa),  f., 

416.  ^inn  [20]  (tohu),  m.,  waste-  desire,  longing. 

ness,  desolation.  429.     y&r\   (const.  y\£?F\]  (m. 

417.  Dinil     [35]     (t'hom),    c.,  n^^'ri)  [58]  (tesa'),'  nine, 
abi/KS,  deep.  D^t^n>  ninety. 

418.  J»jJ  ^in  (tubhal  qayin), 


VOCABULARY 


OF 


GENESIS    I.-VIII.* 


Abel,  97. 
abide,  90. 
above,  228. 
abyss,  417. 
acquire,  351. 
Ada,  275. 
add,  165. 
adhere,  85. 
after,  16,  64. 
again,  278. 
age,  88,  281. 
all,  181. 
alone,  49. 
along  with,  294. 
also,  80. 
altar,  212. 
among,  48. 
and,  108. 
anger,  35. 
another,  15. 
appearance,  234. 
Ararat,  42, 
ark,  415. 
army,  326. 
as,  176. 

ashamed,  be,  55. 
aside,  turn,  268. 
assemble,  340. 
avenge,  261. 

Bad,  375. 
bdellium,  51. 
be,  99. 
bear,  162. 


bear  fruit,  321. 
beast,  53,  128. 
before,  150,  240,  337. 
beget,  162. 
begin,  132. 
beginning,  360. 
begun,  be,  132. 
behind,  64. 
behold,  v.,  412. 
behold !  101. 
belly,  78. 

bend  the  knee,  70. 
between,  57. 
bird,  283,  336. 
blade,  glittering,  196. 
bless,  70. 
blood,  89. 
blow,  256. 
bone,  300. 
book,  270. 
born,  be,  162. 
both.. and,  80. 
bread,  197. 
breadth,  370. 
breath,  259,  264,  368. 
breathe,  256. 
bring,  54. 
bring  forth,  162. 
bring  out,  167. 
broken  up,  be,  65. 
bronze,  249. 
brood,  371. 
brother,  12. 
bruise,  v.,  386. 


bruise,  118. 
brute,  dumb,  53. 
build,  62. 
bush,  410. 
burn,  144. 
burnt-offering,  279. 
but  even,  36. 

Cain,  346. 
Cainan,  347. 
call,  356. 
cast  out,  83. 
catch,  426. 
cast,  382. 
cell,  350. 
change  into,  103. 
cherub,  190. 
chest,  415. 
child,  163. 
choose,  56. 
city,  288. 
clean,  148. 
clean,  be,  339. 
cleave,  adhere,  85. 
cleave,  divide,  65. 
clothe,  195. 
coat,  191. 
cold,  355. 
collection,  231. 
come,  54. 
come  to  pass,  99. 
comfort,  247. 
command,  330. 
complete,  v.,  183. 


*  See  last  paragraph  on  page  54  of  Manual. 


74 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I.— VIII. 


complete,  423. 
conceive,  106. 
conception,  107. 
consecrate,  339. 
corrupt,  387. 
country,  open,  409. 
covenant,  69. 
cover,  187.  [189. 

cover  (with  pitch), 
covering,  220. 
crafty,  304. 
create,  67. 

creature,  living,  128. 
creep,  373. 
creeping  thing,  374. 
crouch,  364. 
crush,  386. 
cry  out,  335. 
cubit,  29. 
curse,  41,  349. 
cut  67.  [146. 

cutting  instrument, 

Darkness,  147 
daughter,  72. 
dawn,  66. 
day,  159. 
deceive,  263. 
deep,  417. 
deep  sleep,  427. 
deluge,  207. 
desire,  v.,  135. 
desire,  135,  413,  428. 
desolation,  416. 
destroy,  213,  387. 
devour,  22. 
die,  77,211.         [349. 
diminished,  be,  140. 
divide,  50,  65. 
dividing,  50. 


do,  307. 

Faces,  315. 

dominion,  223. 

fail,  140. 

dominion,  have,  366. 

fall,  258. 

door,  324. 

family,  236. 

dove,  160. 

fat,-ness,  130. 

dried  up,  be,  153. 

father,  1. 

drink,  give,  404. 

favor,  138. 

drive,  83. 

fer,r,  171. 

dry  land,  143,  154. 

feed,  377. 

dry  up,  141. 

female,  260. 

dryness,  143. 

field,  409. 

dust,  295. 

fifth,  137. 

dwell,  174,  390. 

fig,-tree,  414. 

find,  230. 

Ear,  give,  11. 

finish,  183. 

earth,  5,  40. 

first,  359. 

east,  337. 

first-born,  59. 

eastward,  338. 

fish,  86. 

eat,  22. 

five,  137. 

Eden,  276. 

flame,  196. 

eight-y,  397. 

flesh,  71. 

elder,  76. 

flock,  325. 

emptiness,  52. 

flood,  207. 

encompass,  266. 

fly,  v.,  282. 

end,  352,  353. 

food,  23,  197,  206. 

ended,  be,  183. 

foot,  365. 

enmity,  18. 

for,  63,  180,  192. 

Enoch,  139. 

forge,  v.,  198. 

Enosh,  32. 

form,  v.,  67,  168. 

eternity,  281. 

form,  169. 

Eve,  122. 

forsake,  285. 

even,  but,  34. 

fountain,  227. 

evening,  302. 

four,  38. 

every,  181. 

fowl,  283. 

evil,  375. 

fragrance,  372. 

existing,  being,  170. 

free,  set,  132. 

expanse,  379. 

fresh,  151. 

expel,  83. 

from,  224. 

expire,  77. 

from  upon,  291. 

eye,  287. 

front,  337. 

VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I.— VIII. 


75 


fruit,  322. 

hand,  155. 

Irad,  289. 

fruit,  bear,  321. 

happen,  99. 

iron,  68. 

fugitive,  242. 

harp,  185. 

full,  be,  221. 

harvest,  354. 

Jabal,  152. 

he,  98. 

Japheth,  156. 

Garden,  81. 

head,  358. 

Jared,  172. 

gather,  34. 

hear,  398. 

Jehovah,  157. 

gather  together,  340. 

heart,  194. 

journey,  92. 

gathering,  231. 

heat,  134. 

Jubal,  158. 

generation,  88,  420. 

heavens,  396. 

judge,  87. 

get,  351. 

heel,  301. 

just,  328. 

giants,  257. 

height,  342. 

Gihon,  79. 

help,  286. 

Keep,  399. 

girdle,  119. 

herb,  green,  306. 

kill,  105. 

give,  265. 

hero,  74. 

kind,  219. 

give  rain,  216. 

Hiddekel,  120. 

knee,  bend  the,  70. 

give  rest,  245. 

hide,  117,  271. 

know,  156. 

glittering  blade,  196. 

hide  oneself,  103. 

glow,  144. 

high,  73. 

Labor,  299. 

go,  100. 

high,  be,  369. 

Lamech,  201. 

go  about,  100. 

history,  420. 

land,  dry,  143,  154. 

go  in,  54. 

hold,  182. 

lattice,  37. 

go  out,  167. 

hole,  131. 

leaf,  293. 

go  up,  292. 

holy,  be,  339. 

leave,  285. 

God,  26. 

host,  326. 

left,  be,  380. 

gold,  110. 

house,  58. 

length,  39. 

good,  be,  161. 

household,  58. 

lest,  60,  314. 

good,  149. 

hover  over,  371. 

lie  down,  364. 

grace,  138. 

hundred,  204. 

life,  126. 

grass,  tender,  94. 

lift  up,  262. 

great,  76. 

1,33. 

light,  8,  205,  329. 

green  herb,  306. 

if,  28. 

light  (not  dark),  be,  7 

greenness,  173. 

image,  90,  332. 

light,  be,  349. 

grievance,  298. 

imagination,  169. 

light,  give,  7. 

grieve  oneself,  297. 

in,  48. 

lights,  329. 

ground,  5. 

in  behalf  of,  63. 

like,  176. 

guilt,  280. 

in,  go,  54. 

likeness,  90,  332. 

in  presence  of,  240. 

listen,  11. 

Ham,  133. 

increase,  363. 

listen  to,  398. 

hammer,  v.,  198. 

inhale,  367. 

little,  343. 

76 


VOCABULARY  or  GENESIS  I.— VIII. 


live,  127,  129.      [170. 

name,  394. 

part,  lowest,  422. 

living  creature,  128, 

newly  plucked,  151. 

pass,  come  to,  99. 

lo!101. 

night,  199. 

pass  over,  273. 

longing,  428. 

nine,  -ty,  429. 

perfect,  423. 

look,  v.,  357,  403. 

no,  193. 

pipe,  277. 

look,  234. 

Noah,  246. 

pitch,  -wood,  82. 

look  at,  412. 

Nod,  244. 

pity,  247. 

loose,  132. 

nose,  35. 

place,  v.,  388,411. 

lowest  part,  422. 

not,  60,  193. 

place,  232. 

luminary,  205. 

not,  that,  60. 

plan,  215. 

lyre,  185. 

not,  there  is,  19. 

plant,  v.,  250. 

not  yet,  150. 

plant,  306. 

Mahalaleel,  209. 

nothing,  19. 

play,  426. 

make,  307. 

now,  312. 

pleasantness,  251. 

make  sprout,  234. 

present,  226. 

male,  113. 

Offering,  226. 

prudent,  304. 

man,  4,  20. 

offer  up,  292. 

pure,  be,  339. 

man  of  valor,  74. 

olive-tree,  111. 

purpose,  215. 

many,  361. 

on,  48. 

put,  388,  411. 

many,  be,  406. 

on  account  of,  184. 

put  forth,  391. 

Mehujael,  214. 

once,  316. 

put  on,  195. 

Methushael,  237. 

one,  14. 

Methuselah,  238. 

one  tread  or  step,  316. 

Kain,  84. 

midst,  419. 

only,  21,  378. 

rain,  give,  216. 

might,  179. 

onyx,  384. 

raven,  303. 

mighty,  be,  75. 

open,  317,  319,  323. 

reed,  277. 

mist,  3. 

open  country,  409. 

regard,  403. 

monster,  424. 

opening,  324. 

remain,  380. 

month,  121. 

organ,  277. 

remember,  112. 

moon,  new,  121. 

out,  bring,  167. 

rend,  317. 

more,  yea,  36. 

out,  cast,  83. 

repent,  247. 

morning,  66. 

out,  cry,  335. 

reptiles,  406. 

mother,  27. 

out,  go,  167. 

rest,  v.,  245,  382. 

mountain,  104. 

outside,  124. 

rest,  251. 

mouth,  313. 

over,  pass,  273. 

rest,  give,  245. 

much,  361. 

resting,  a,  225. 

multiply,  362. 

Pain,  298,  299. 

resting  place,  225. 

pain,  suffer,  123,  297. 

restrain,  182. 

Naamah,  254. 

palm,  188. 

rib,  333. 

naked,  290,  304. 

park,  81. 

righteous,  328. 

VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I.— VIII. 


77 


rise  up,  342,  369. 

six,  -th,  407. 

taken,  be,  202. 

river,  243. 

skin,  284. 

tell,  239. 

rule,  v.,  87,  235,  366. 

slay,  105. 

ten,  309,  310. 

rule,  223. 

sleep,  175. 

tend,  377. 

rule  over,  235. 

sleep,  deep,  427. 

tender  grass,  94. 

smell,  367. 

tent,  6. 

Sardonyx,  384. 

smite,  241,  252. 

tenth,  308. 

say,  30. 

so,  184. 

that,  conj.,  180. 

sea,  164. 

sole,  188. 

that  not,  60. 

season,  210. 

son,  61. 

the,  95. 

second,  -story,  400. 

song,  31. 

then,  10. 

seduce,  263. 

soul,  259. 

there,  393. 

see,  357. 

sound,  341. 

therefore,  184. 

seed,  116. 

sow,  115. 

these,  25. 

seed,  yield,  115. 

species,  219. 

they,  102. 

seed-time,  116. 

spirit,  264,  368. 

third,  392. 

send,  391. 

spring,  227. 

thirty,  392. 

separate,  50,  320. 

sprout,  93,  334. 

this,  109. 

separation,  49. 

sprout,  make,  334. 

thistle,  91. 

serpent,  248. 

star,  178. 

thorn,  344. 

serpent,  water-,  424. 

stature,  343. 

thorny  plant,  91. 

serve,  272. 

step,  one,  316. 

thou,  47. 

set,  411. 

still,  278. 

three,  392. 

set  free,  132. 

stone,  2. 

thus,  184. 

set  time,  210. 

street,  124. 

Tigris,  120. 

Seth,  408. 

strength,  179. 

till,  v.,  272. 

seven,  -th,  -fold,  381. 

strike,  252. 

till,  274. 

sew  together,  425. 

strong,  be,  75. 

time,  311. 

sheep,  325. 

subdue,  177. 

time  set,  210. 

Shem,  395. 

subside,  389. 

to,  192. 

shine,  7. 

substance,  233. 

tool,  146. 

show,  239. 

suffer  pain,  297. 

totality,  181. 

shower,  84. 

summer,  348. 

touch,  241. 

shrub,  410. 

surely,  21. 

tread,  one,  316. 

shut,  67,  269. 

swarm,  v.,  405. 

tread  upon,  177. 

side,  327,  333. 

swarm,  406. 

tree,  296. 

sign,  9. 

sweat,  114. 

true  that  ?  is  it,  36. 

sin,  125,  280. 

sword,  142. 

Tubal-Cain,  418. 

sister,  13. 

tunic,  191. 

sit,  174. 

Take,  202. 

turn,  102,  266,  385. 

78 


VOCABULARY  OF  GENESIS  I.— VIII. 


turn  aside,  268. 

walk,  100. 

with,  46,  294. 

turning  itself,  103. 

wanderer,  253.     [383 

within,  from,  124. 

two,  402. 

wanderings,  in  their, 

without,  from, 

124. 

wasteness,  416. 

woman,  43. 

Under,  421. 

watch,  399. 

work,  221,229. 

until,  274. 

water,  218. 

wound,  118. 

unto,  24. 

water-serpent,  424. 

wounding,  318. 

up,  go,  292. 

way,  92. 

writing,  270. 

upon,  291. 

wealth,  233. 

upon,  tread,  177. 

what  V  208. 

Yea  more,  36. 

upwards,  228. 

where  ?  17. 

year,  400. 

utterance,  31. 

which,  44. 

yet,  278. 

who,  44. 

youth,  time  of, 

255. 

Valor,  man  of,  74. 

who?  217. 

vapor,  3. 

why  ?  200. 

Zillah,  331. 

very,  203. 

window,  37,  131,  329. 

violence,  136. 

wing,  186. 

?,  96. 

voice,  341. 

winter,  145. 

wipe  out,  213. 

)(,  45. 

Wait,  123. 

wise,  make,  412. 

WORD  LISTS. 


WORD    LISTS—  HEBREW. 


27. 

28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 
35. 
36. 


64. 


tow 

Nti 


rrn 

T  T 


arrx 


-or 


T      T 

rrn 
to» 


LIST  I. 
occurring    5OO—  500O  times. 


8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 


SB* 


fWD 


15. 

16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 


**9 

ivy 


rnv 

DID 


22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 

26. 


LIST  II. 
Verbs   occurring:   200-50O  times. 


37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 
43. 
44. 
45. 
46. 


47. 
48. 
49. 
50. 
51. 
52. 
53. 
54. 
55. 
56. 


rrw 


57. 

58. 
59. 
60. 
61. 
62. 
63. 


LIST  III. 
Verbs   occurring:   1OO-2OO  times. 

"OK         66.         KTJ3         68.  f»5         70. 


67. 


69. 


71. 


on 


81 


82  WORD  LISTS. 


8i.   NED     92.     WM    103.     njn    114. 

82.       m>         93.         VDJ       104. 


72.  *ty  83.  DCD>  94.  MD  105.         trip 

-   T  ~     T 

73.  n*7J|  84.  *VV  95.  ^£D  106. 

74.  i&f-n  85.  123  96.  3^  107. 

75.  ^Jl  86.  ntO  97.  rtfS  108. 

76.  ;nn  87.  -)£O  98.  "Op  109.        firW 

77.  rOt  88.  &JO1?  99.  fcHD  HO- 

78.  ^H  89.  DH^1  100.  3^J5  111. 

79.  ftfn  90.  15^  101.  qnn  112. 

so.  D^'n  91.  yj}  102.  pn  113. 


LIST  IV. 

Verbs  occurring   50— 10O  times. 

us.    PON*  iso.  ^-tn  145.  rn*  ieo. 

iia     init  131.  ^rr  146.  ODD  iei. 

-     T  -   T 

117.    "ION  132.  n^rr  147.  DJ/D  162. 

118.  n^K  133.  p^H  148.  ^3  163.           3Jfj 

119.  nra  134.  pfl  149.  |^  164.           HVp 

120.  jftZ  135.  ^5(1  150.  np1^  165. 

121.    ^  136.  nnn  151.  -no  lee. 

122.      yp3  137.  Lrnn  152.  -jHO  167. 

123.  aca  138.  nnn  153.  ^50  IBS.      nnp 

124.  rr^  1^9.  -WTO  154.  0^9  IBQ.       my 

125.  p5*l  140.  t^'5»  155.  H^'D  170.           ^ 

126.  rj§n  141.  HD*  156.  ^^'p  171. 

127.  -yif  142.  ^  157.  D?)  172. 

128.  rr^r  143.  pv>  iss.  nni  173.      rns 

129.  rnJ  144.  ny^  159.  rni  174. 


WORD  LISTS.  83 


175. 

X*?Q       184. 

n^p 

193.        N31 

201.          JW 

T    T 

T     T 

176. 

V?£)       185. 

vnp 

194.     mn 

202.         DOt^' 

~     T 

~  IT 

T     T 

~     T 

177. 

tyfl       186. 

om 

195.     J;D^ 

203.         lOfcf' 

~  T 

-     T 

T 

-   T 

178. 

T)JD     187. 

frn 

196.        ^^t^ 

204.         DD^' 

179. 

fcnS       188. 

prn 

197.     nDtr 

-    T 

205.     np^ 

\ 

180. 

p#¥       189< 

3*1 

198.        TJ{^ 

206.     opn 

181. 

nsv     190. 

3D1 

199.       DHJ^ 

207.        t^£3D 

T     T 

T 

-     T 

T 

182. 

Tiy     191. 

fjn 

200.         ")^' 

208.      ypn 

183. 

y?p        192. 

^jn 

LIST  V. 

Xouns 

occurring 

50O-500O  tin 

ties. 

1. 

3N        11. 

T 

ng 

21.            D1? 

31.           ^p 

2. 

DIN        12. 

15 

22.        HND 

32.         £Hp 

3. 

tf"lN        13. 

T     T 

23.         D^D 

33.         ^"| 

4. 

flK        14. 

tm 

24.        Tj^D 

34.      H^D^ 

5. 

-in^      15. 

"VJ 

25.         #'£M 

vjv 

35.            Q£> 

6. 

nntf      16. 

»n 

26.      i^y 

36.         D^fi^ 

7. 

fiP'tf        17. 

iiD 

27.           J»y 

37.         ilM 

T  T 

8.  £ 

3>rf?N      is. 

T 

28.       n»j; 

9. 

ttfUN         19- 

DV 

29.           DJ? 

10. 

r"ii<      20. 

IDS 

30.       DUS 

•   T 

84  WORD  LISTS. 


LIST  VI. 
l^oiins    occurring:   3OO—  50O  times. 

48.      nnr  58.  oipD  68.        rr|j 

39.  ^JIN      49-    fcnrr  59.  DS^'D  69.        m 

v   -i                                         v   J  T    : 

40.  £^N      so.    £>on  60.  Koj  70.       rrn 

41.  rri^nN     si.     Tin  ei.  y^g  71.     rnir 

42.  rWN     52.       D*  62.  ri^y  72.       *ig? 

43.  nOnS         53.         ^3  63.  D^'W  73.       tTl^^' 

T    ..     .                                                    .     .  T  T 

44.  H3         54.        *]p3  64.  ^  74.        D*5^ 

45.    ^nji      55.     on1?  65.  *^wy  75.      nj;c^ 

46.  *ij|         56.      H3?P  66.  DH^J7  76.          THfi 

47.  D1         57.n^n^0  67. 


LIST  VII. 
IKouns  occurring:   200-300  times, 

77.  J3tf  87.  "\W2  97.  -ij<p  107.  plj; 

78.  TO1N  88.  ^^3JI  98.  -TJfiO  108.  7{<y 

T     T  *~:  :  ••  I 

79.     ^;K  89.  jnt  99.  n;jno  109.  ^p 

so.      ^^  90.  riNDrr  100.  nt?p  no.  ^ji 

81.     TON  91.  ypj  101.  TjN^P  111.  ^n 

82.      r|N  92.  npn  102.  nrup  112.  yj^'i 

83.      phX  93.  1^3  103.  n^P  113.  D'^^' 

84.  1^3  94.  f|3  104.  nnst^'o  114.  ^' 

85.  iph  95.  ^D^  105.  rf?rp  115.  rn^in 

86.  nna  96.  ny?  ioe. 


WORD  LISTS. 


85 


116. 
117. 
118. 
119. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 
125. 
126. 
127. 
128. 
129. 
130. 
131. 
132. 
133. 


186. 

187. 
188. 
189. 
190. 


LIST  Till. 
Xouns  occurring    1OO— 2OO  times. 


m 


rar 

p 

nipin 
pn 


nMfi 
nsn 


pn 
njOT 


134. 
135. 
136. 
137. 
138. 
139. 
140. 
141. 
142. 
143. 
144. 
145. 
146. 
147. 
148. 
149. 
150. 
151. 


r; 
& 


ND3 


DID 


152. 
153. 
154. 
155. 
156. 
157. 
158. 

159.  rni3# 

160. 
161. 
162. 
163. 
164. 
165. 
166. 
167. 
168. 


nns 

pi 


169. 
170. 
171. 
172. 
173. 
174. 
175. 
176. 
177. 
178. 
179. 
180. 
181. 
182. 
183. 
184. 
185. 


LIST  IX. 
JHouns   occurring:   5O—  10O   times. 

i*?K  i9i.   ntnN    196-  roD1?!*    201. 
I-IK    192.   rhri&i     197.    minM     202. 

m 


nix 


193. 
194. 
195. 


198. 
199. 
200. 


203. 
204. 
205. 


:h 


rat? 


rnk 


WORD  LISTS. 


206.  fg)3  234.  "nor?  262.  HVO  290. 

207.  H03  235.  DOn  263.  ttf'IDO  291.            *Y|V 

T     T  T      T  T)    :     ' 

208.  ^y_^_  236  JH  264.  HJpO  292. 

209.  ^pj3  237.  f>n  265.  Dl^O  293. 

210.  niH5  238.  f7£nf7  266.  X^O  294.          pjftp 

211.  JifcO  239.  rj^'Jl  267.  rW'O  295. 

212.  fTVQj)  240.  TjnD  268.  fi^Ottf'P  296. 

213.  "qj  241.  NpO  269.  ^pt^'O  297. 

214.  ^t|j|  242.  TJK?  270.  S"0.  298.             j^n 

215.  ^^  243.  DOl^  271.  TjCO.  299.          HVp 

216.  ^JQJ  244.  n^»  272.  n^j  300. 

217.  J^JJI  245.  *)J^»  273.  n^p  301. 

218.  ""U  246.  fi3P°V  274.  y^g  302. 

219.  *\y%  247.  nj^ty>  275.  n^D  303.           pp 

220.  t^'5^  248.  ypj  276.  ^QJJ  304.        fl^n 

221.  n1?;!  249.  3n?  277.  Hj/  305.     Jlfefin 

222.  run  250.  tjns  273.  nnj?.  soe.      prn 

223.  *?yri  251.  ^p  279.  *\)y  307.            3H 

224.  flQfJ  252.  JJQ  280.  tj?  308.           HH; 

225.  ^  253.  Hip  281.  fj?  309. 

226.  j;'nf  254.  nJHp  282.  jy^  310. 

227.  ^Dn  255.  *)D10  283.  ^OJ/  311. 

228.  Jin  256.  niOfO  284.  ppj;  312. 

229.  £Hn  257.  n"ltp  285-  ^y  313. 

230.  HOn  258.  nnO  286.  ny  314. 

T     •  T    T  IT*T 

231.  ^n  259.ro^'np  237.  riyy  sis. 

232.  Ql^rj  260.  ftD^  288.  ilD^  316. 

233.  p^n  261.  tOi^O  289.  iYn#  317. 


WORD  LISTS.  87 


318.  Ti£>     322.    j-FODtP        326.      D^'fc?        330. 

T   T    : 

319.  *W     323.  \W        327.       0*011        331. 

•    T 

320.    jn1?^   324.  rrno^'     328.  n>\*5n     332. 

321.         D^^'     325.        H^        329. 


WORD    JLISXS— TRAINSJL.ATIO1V. 

LIST  I. 
Verbs   occurring   5OO-5000  times. 


1.  Eat 

10.  Sit,  dwell 

19.  Command 

2.  Say 

11.  Take 

20.  Rise,  stand 

3.  Go  in 

12.  Die 

21.  Call,  meet 

4.  Speak 

13.  Lift  up 

22.  See 

5.  Be 

14.  Give 

23.  Put 

6.  Go 

15.  Pass  over 

24.  Turn 

7.  Know 

16.  Go  up 

25.  Send 

8.  Bring  forth 

17.  Stand 

26.  Hear 

9.  Go  out 

18.  Do,  make 

LIST  II. 

Verbs 

occurring   200  -500 

times. 

27.  Love 

40.  Possess 

52.  Fall 

28.  Gather 

41.  Deliver 

53.  Snatch,  deliver 

29.  Build 

42.  Prepare 

54.  Turn  aside 

30.  Seek 

43.  Complete 

55.  Serve 

31.  Bless 

44.  Cut 

56.  Answer 

32.  Remember 

45.  Write 

57.  Visit 

33.  Be  strong 

46.  Be  full 

58.  Multiply 

34.  Sin 

47.  Be  king 

59.  Be  high 

35.  Live 

48.  Find 

60.  Lie  down 

36.  Be  able 

49.  Make  known 

61.  Keep 

37.  Add 

50.  Stretch  out 

62.  Judge 

38.  Be  afraid 

51.  Smite 

63.  Drink 

39.  Go  down 

LIST  III. 

Verbs 

occurring    10O    20O 

times. 

64.  Perish 

70.  Redeem 

76.  Kill 

65.  Be  firm 

71.  Be  great 

77.  Sacrifice 

66.  Be  ashamed 

72.  Sojourn 

78.  Pollute,  begin 

67.  Trust 

73.  Reveal 

79.  Encamp 

68.  Perceive 

74.  Tread,  seek 

80.  Impute,  think 

69.  Weep 

75.  Praise 

81.  Be  unclean 

WORD  LISTS. 


82.  Thank  93.  Depart 

83.  Be  good  94.  Surround 

84.  Be  left  95.  Number 

85.  Be  heavy  96.  Abandon 

86.  Conceal  97.  Turn  about 

87.  Cover  98.  Bury 

88.  Put  on  99.  Be  holy 

89.  Fight  100.  Draw  near 

90.  Capture  101.  Pursue 

91.  Touch  102.  Run 

92.  Approach  103.  Feed 

LIST  IT. 
occurring:   50--10O    times. 


104.  Hate 

105.  Burn 

106.  Ask 

107.  Swear 

108.  Break  in  pieces 

109.  Do  obeisance 

110.  Corrupt 

111.  Dwell 

112.  Cast 

113.  Be  whole 

114.  Minister 


115. 
116. 
117. 
118. 
119. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 
125. 
126. 
127. 
128. 
129. 
130. 
131. 
132. 
133. 
134. 
135. 
136. 
137. 
138. 
139. 
140. 


Verbs 

Be  willing 

Seize 

Bind 

Curse 

Choose 

Swallow 

Consume 

Cleave,  split 

Create 

Flee 

Cleave,  cling 

Turn,  overthrow 

Sojourn       [tion 

Commit  fornica- 

Sow 

Cease  [forth,  wait 

Be  pained,  bring 

Be  sick 

Distribute 

Be  gracious 

Delight 

Be  angry   [silent 

Plow,  engrave,  be 

Be  dismayed 

Be  clean 

Be  dry 


141.  Reprove 

142.  Give  counsel 

143.  Pour  out 

144.  Form 

145.  Cast,  instruct 

146.  Wash 

147.  Be  provoked 

148.  Stumble 

149.  Lodge 

150.  Learn 

151.  Measure 

152.  Hasten 

153.  Sell 

154.  Escape 

155.  Anoint 

156.  Rule 

157.  Look,  regard 

158.  Drive  away 

159.  Rest 

160.  Inherit 


167.  Shut 

168.  Conceal 

169.  Awake 

170.  Assist 

171.  Be  afflicted 
172. 'Arrange 

173.  Redeem 

174.  Scatter 

175.  Separate, be  won- 

176.  Pray        [derful 

177.  Do,  make 

178.  Break,  fail 

179.  Spread  out 

180.  Cry  out 

181.  Watch,  cover 

182.  Distress 

183.  Be  light 

184.  Get,  obtain 

185.  Rend 

186.  Have  mercy 

187.  Wash 


161.  Plant 

162.  Know,be  ignorant  188.  Be  far  off 

163.  Set  189.  Strive 

164.  Be  pre-eminent     190.  Ride 

165.  Keep,  watch          191.  Sing,  cry  aloud 

166.  Reach  192.  Be  evil 


90 


WORD  LISTS. 


193.  Heal  199.  Kill 

194.  Be  pleased  200.  Sing 

195.  Suffice  201.  Put 

196.  Act  wisely,  pros-  202.  Rise  early 


205.  Drink 

206.  Finish 

207.  Catch,  seize 

208.  Strike,    blow  (a 


197.  Cease,  rest    [per  203.  Destroy  [tonished 

198.  Destroy  204.  Be  desolate,     as- 


[trumpet) 


LIST  V. 
occurring:   5OO— 5000  times. 


1.  Father 
2.  Man,  mankind 

14.  Way 
15.  Mountain 

26.  Servant 
27.  Eye,  fountain 

3.  LORD 

16.  Living,  life 

28.  City 

4.  Brother 

17.  Good 

29.  People 

5.  One 

18.  Hand 

30.  Face 

6.  After 

19.  Day 

31.  Voice 

7.  Man 

20.  Priest 

32.  Holiness 

8.  God 

21.  Heart 

33.  Head 

9.  Man,  mankind 

22.  Hundred  • 

34.  Seven 

10.  Earth 

23.  Water 

35.  Name 

11.  House 
12.  Son 

24.  King 
25.  'Soul 

36.  Two 
37.  Year 

13.  Word,  thing 

LIST  TI. 

>iOUIl 

9   occurring:   30O—  500 

times. 

38.  Master 

44.  Daughter 

50.  Five 

39.  Tent 

45.  Great 

51.  Sword 

40.  Ox,  thousand 

46.  Nation 

52.  Sea 

41.  Four 

47.  Blood 

53.  Article,  vessel 

42.  Woman 

48.  Gold 

54.  Silver 

43.  Cattle 

49.  New,  month 

55.  Bread 

WORD  LISTS. 


56.  Altar 

57.  War 

58.  Place 

59.  Judgment 

60.  Prophet 

61.  Around 

62.  Burnt-offering 


63.  Age,  eternity 

64.  Tree 

65.  (Ten)-teen 

66.  Twenty 

67.  Time 

68.  Mouth 

69.  Many 


70.  Spirit 

71.  Field 

72.  Prince 

73.  Three 

74.  Heavens 

75.  Gate 

76.  Midst 


LIST  VII. 
IHouiis   occurring   200—300   times. 


77.  Stone 

78.  Ground 

79.  Ram 

80.  Mighty  one,  God 

81.  Cubit 

82.  Nose,  anger 

83.  Ark 

84.  Garment 

85.  Morning 

86.  Covenant 

87.  Flesh 

88.  Boundary 

89.  Seed 


90.  Sin 

91.  Strength 

92.  Kindness 

93.  Honor 

94.  Palm  of  hand 

95.  Heart 

96.  Night 

97.  Exceedingly 

98.  Season 

99.  Camp 

100.  Rod,  tribe 

101.  Messenger 

102.  Offering 


103.  Work 

104.  Family 

105.  Inheritance 

106.  Boy,  servant 

107.  Iniquity 

108.  Flock 

109.  Midst 

110.  Foot 

111.  Friend,     neigh- 

112.  Wicked       [bor 

113.  Peace 

114.  Six 

115.  Law 


LIST  VIII. 
occurring    10O— 2OO   times. 


116.  Ear 

117.  Forty 

118.  First-born 

119.  Herd,  cattle 

120.  Hero 

121.  Generation 

122.  Sacrifice 

123.  Old  man,  elder 

124.  Wall 

125.  Abroad 

126.  Wise 

127.  Wisdom 
123.  Heat,  fury 
129.  Fifty 


130.  Half 

131.  Statute 

132.  Statute 

133.  Together,  alike 

134.  Wine 

135.  Right  hand 

136.  There  is 

137.  Straight,  upright 

138.  Lamb 

139.  Strength 

140.  Wing 

141.  Throne 

142.  Vineyard 

143.  Tongue 


144.  Pasture 

145.  Death 

146.  Work 

147.  Kingdom 

148.  Number 

149.  Above 

150.  Commandment 

151.  Appearance[nacle 

152.  Dwelling,     taber- 

153.  South  country 

154.  Valley,  brook 

155.  Bronze,  copper 

156.  Prince 

157.  Horse 


92 


WORD  LISTS. 


158.  Book 

159.  Service 

160.  Congregation 

161.  Dust 

162.  Bone 

163.  Evening 

164.  Bullock 

165.  Fruit 

166.  Door 

167.  Righteousness 


168.  Righteousness 

169.  Adversary 

170.  First 

171.  Abundance 

172.  Breadth 

173.  Chariot 

174.  Famine 

175.  Lip,  shore 

176.  Rod,  tribe 

LIST  IX. 


177.  Rest,  sabbath 

178.  Third 

179.  Oil,  fat 

180.  Eight 

181.  Sun 

182.  Second 

183.  Falsehood 

184.  Abomination 

185.  Continuity 


Piouns   occurring:    5O— 100   times. 


186.  Needy 

187.  Socket 

188.  Iniquity 

189.  Treasury 

190.  Sign 

191.  Possession 

192.  Last 

193.  Latter  end 

194.  God 

195.  Leader,  ox 

196.  Widow 

197.  Faithfulness 

198.  Saying 

199.  Ephod 

200.  Cedar 
201-  Way,  path 

202.  Lion 

203.  Lion 

204.  Length 

205.  Fire-offering 

206.  Belly 

207.  High-place 

208.  Master,  Baal 

209.  Iron 

210.  Blessing 

211.  Pride 

212.  Might 


213.  Mighty  one,  man 

240.  Clean 

214.  Lot 

241.  Unclean 

215.  Valley 

242.  River,  Nile 

216.  Camel 

243.  Daily 

217.  Vine 

244.  Child,  youth 

218.  Stranger 

245.  Forest 

219.  Pestilence 

246.  Curtain 

220.  Honey 

247.  Deliverance 

221.  Door 

248.  Fool 

222.  Knowledge 

249.  Cherub 

223.  Temple 

250.  Shoulder 

224.  Multitude 

251.  Tower 

225.  Male 

252.  Shield 

226.  Arm,  strength 

253.  Measure 

227.  Line,  destruction 

254-  Province 

228.  Festival 

255.  Chastisement, 

229.  Fresh,  new 

256.  Psalm    [warning 

230.  Wheat 

257.  East 

231.  Fat 

258.  To-morrow 

232.  Dream 

259.  Thought 

233.  Portion 

260.  Kingdom 

234.  He-ass 

261.  A  little 

235.  Violence 

262.  Unleavened  food 

236.  Favor,  grace 

263.  Sanctuary 

237.  Arrow,  handle 

264.  Property 

238.  Reproach 

265.  High  place 

239.  Darkness 

266.  Burden,  tribute 

WORD  LISTS. 


93 


267.  Anointed  one 

289.  Nakedness 

311.  Rejoicing 

268.  Observance 

290.  Side 

312.  Hairy,  goat 

269.  Weight 

291.  Rock 

313.  Underworld 

270.  Vow 

292.  Adversity 

314.  Remnant 

271.  Libation 

293.  Before,  east 

315.  Seventh 

272.  Maiden 

294.  Small 

316.  Seventy 

273.  Pause 

295.  Incense 

317.  Trumpet 

274.  Rock 

296.  Wall 

318.  Ox 

275.  Fine  flour 

297.  Stalk 

319.  Song 

276.  Over,  beyond 

298.  End 

320.  Table 

277.  Witness 

299.  End 

321.  Peace-offering 

278.  Testimony 

300.  Harvest 

322.  Desolation,waste 

279.  Skin,  leather 

301.  Offering 

323.  Tooth 

280.  Goat 

302.  Near 

324.  Maid-servant 

281.  Strength 

303.  Horn 

325.  Shekel 

282.  High 

304.  Bow 

326.  Sixty 

283.  Labor,  misery 

305.  Beginning 

327.  Perfect 

284.  Valley 

306.  Distant 

328.  Glory 

285.  Affliction 

307.  Strife 

329.  Glory 

286.  Cloud 

308.  Savor 

330.  Prayer 

287.  Counsel 

309.  Desire 

331.  Heave-offering 

288.  Plain 

310.  Left  hand 

332.  Nine 

AN  INTRODUCTORY 

NEW  TESTAMENT  GREEK  METHOD, 

TOGETHER  WITH 

A  Manual,  containing  Text  and  Vocabulary  of 
Gospel  of  John  and  Lists  of  Words, 

AND 

The  Elements  of  New  Testament  Greek  Grammar. 
BY 

WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  PH.D., 

Professor  in  Yale  University, 
AND 

REVERE  F.  WEIDNER,  D.D., 

Professor  in  Augustana  Theological  Seminary,  Rock  Island,  III. 


Octavo,  price,      -      -      $2.50  net. 

#*#.  Correspondence  concerning  terms  for  introduction  and  examination 
copies  is  solicited  from  instructors  desiring  a  Text-book  in  New  Testa- 
ment Greek. 

CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS,  PUBLISHERS, 
743-745  BROADWAY,  NEW  YORK. 


MANY  who  have  not  studied  Classical  Greek  desire  to 
know  New  Testament  Greek.  For  these  as  well  as 
for  those  who,  having  studied  Classical  Greek,  desire  to 
review  more  particularly  the  principles  of  New  Testament 
Greek,  this  book  is  intended.  By  its  use  the  student,  while 
acquiring  and  mastering  the  principles  of  the  Greek 
Language  by  a  rapid  and  natural  method,  will  be  pursuing 
a  complete  and  thorough  study  of  New  Testament  litera- 
ture ;  and  thus  not  only  to  clergymen  of  all  denominations 
—  to  whom  it  will  serve  as  an  important  basis  for  their 
work  —  but  to  Bible  students  generally  the  book  will  be 
found  invaluable. 

For  several  years  the  inductive  method  of  teaching 
languages,  as  exemplified  in  Professor  Harper's  Text-Books, 
has  been  employed  by  many  of  the  leading  Professors  of 
Hebrew  in  this  country.  A  book  to  embody  the  application 
of  the  method  in  New  Testament  Greek  has  long  been 
called  for,  and  it  is  believed  that  the  present  volume  will 
meet  the  demand. 


HEBREW  AND  SEMETIC  TEXT-BOOKS. 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW.  By  WILLIAM  R.  HARPER, 
Ph.D.  Twelfth  edition.  Revised  and  Indexed.  8vo,  $2.00  net. 

An  Elementary  Grammar  of  the  Hebrew  Language,  by  an  Inductive  Method. 
Comprising  systematic  statements  of  the  principles  of  Hebrew  Orthography  and  Ety- 
mology, according  to  the  latest  and  most  scientific  authorities,  deduced  from  examples 
quoted  in  the  work  ;  with  a  practically  exhaustive  discussion  and  classification  of  the 
Hebrew  Vowel-sounds. 

INTRODUCTORY  HEBREW  METHOD  AND  MANUAL. 
By  WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  Ph.D.  Seventh  edition.  I2mo, 
$2.00  net. 

A  Text-Book  for  Beginners  in  Hebrew,  by  an  Inductive  Method.  Containing  the 
Text  of  Genesis  I. -VIII ;  with  notes,  referring  to  the  author's  "  Elements  of  Hebrew," 
Exercises  for  Translation,  Grammar  Lessons  covering  the  Principles  of  Orthography 
and  Etymology,  and  Lists  of  the  most  frequently  occurring  Hebrew  words. 

ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  SYNTAX.  By  WILLIAM 
R.  HARPER,  Ph.D.  8vo,  $2.00  net. 

A  presentation  of  the  principles  of  Hebrew  Syntax,  by  an  inductive  method. 

The  method  of  presentation  includes  (i)  a  citation  and  translation  of  examples 
teaching  a  given  principle ;  (2)  a  statement  of  the  principle  ;  (3)  the  addition  of  details 
and  exceptions  in  smaller  type  ;  (4)  a  list  of  references  (in  the  order  of  *he  Hebrew  Bible; 
for  further  study. 

HEBREW  VOCABULARIES.  By  WILLIAM  R.  HARPER, 
Ph.D.  i2mo,  $1.00  net. 

AN  ARAMAIC  METHOD.     By  CHARLES  RUFUS  BROWN. 

PARTI.     Text,  Notes  and  Vocabulary.     I2rno,  $1.75  net. 
PART  II.     Grammar.     I2mo,  $1.00  net. 

Including  brief  statements  of  the  principles  of  Aramaic  Orthography,  Etymology 
and  Syntax.  The  method  pursued  is  comparative  and  inductive.  For  the  convenience 
of  those  using  Harper's  Elements  of  Hebrew,  the  arrangement  has  been  adopted  as  far 
as  possible  from  that  work. 

AN  ASSYRIAN  MANUAL.  By  DAVID  G.  LYON,  Ph.D.  8vo, 
$4.00  net. 

The  Manual  contains  a  list  of  syllabic  signs  in  most  common  use,  a  selection  of  som« 
of  the  most  important  historical  texts  transliterated  in  English  letters,  some  pages  of 
Cuneiform  Texts,  Paradigms,  Comments,  and  Glossary. 

AN  ARABIC  MANUAL.  By  JOHN  G.  LANSING,  D.D.  Svo, 
$2. co  net. 

Containing  the  Letters  ;  Vowels  ;  Signs ;  Accent ;  Pause  ;  Syllables  ;  The  Articles 
Pronouns  ;  different  classes  of  Prepositions,  Conjunctions,  and  Adverbs,  with  a  table  ol 
the  most  common  of  these ;  Numerals  ;  the  Verb,  with  its  Measures,  Permutations,  As- 
similations,  Forms,  Voices,  States,  Moods,  Persons,  etc.,  Triliteral  and  Quadriliteral, 
Strong  and  Weak,  Inflections  by  Persons,  Voices  and  Moods,  Derived  Forms,  The 
Weak  Verbs  and  Other  Verbs,  with  explanations,  and  paradigms;  The  Noun,  Kinds, 
Derivation,  Classification,  Verbal  Adjectives,  Cases,  Declensions,  etc.,  with  example* 
under  all  sections. 


" I  have  used  Professor  Harper's  <  Elements'  and  ' Method'  with  the  Junior 
Classes  of  this  Seminary  during  the  past  year.  The  practical  test  has  only  con- 
firmed the  favorable  opinion  with  which  the  books  were  introduced.  I  have  no 
doubt  that,  for  their  purpose,  they  are  the  best  works  now  before  the  public." — 
Prof.  W.  G-.  BALLANTINE,  Oberlin  Theological  Seminary,  Oberlin,  O. 

"  I  take  pleasure  in  commending  the  Hebrew  text-books  of  Professor  W.  R. 
Harper.  They  are  in  my  judgment  practical,  convenient  and  adequate  to  in- 
troduce one  to  a  good  working  acquaintance  with  the  Hebrew  language.  We 
are  using  them  in  this  Seminary  in  the  Junior  Class,  and  propose  to  continue 
to  do  so." — Prof,  BASIL  MANLY,  Southern  Baptist  Theological  Seminary, 
Louisville  Ky. 

ii*  *  i  nave  found  them  both  to  stand  the  test  of  the  class-room.  The 
'Elements'  treats  all  principles  thoroughly  and  exhaustively.  The  'Method' 
is  unique  and  in  all  respects  sui  generis.  It  seems  to  me  to  leave  nothing  un- 
done in  helping  a  student  to  a  knowledge  of  the  Hebrew.  It  is  a  vast  improve- 
ment on  the  old  methods.  The  typography  of  both  books  cannot  be  excelled." — 
Prof  CHAS.  H.  COREY,  Richmond  Theological  Seminary,  Richmond,  Va. 

"  I  have  used  Dr.  Harper's  Hebrew  '  Elements '  and  '  Method '  for  one  year. 
The  results  in  the  class-room  have  been  not  only  exceedingly  gratifying,  but 
more  satisfactory  both  as  to  amount  and  thoroughness  than  in  preceding  years. 
I  not  only  expect  to  continue  the  use  of  the  'Elements'  and  'Method,'  but  hope 
for  them  that  which  they  richly  deserve — a  constantly  increasing  demand  and 
usefulness.'' — Prof  J.  G.  LANSING,  Theological  Seminary,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 

«  *  *  They  are  clearly  written,  so  that  no  one  can  misunderstand  what  the 
author  means  to  say.  They  are  beautifully  printed,  so  as  to  be  in  themselves 
attractive  as  mere  works  of  art.  The  '  Method '  is  full,  easy  and  progressive ; 
and,  above  all,  is  liked  and  enjoyed  by  the  students ;  while  the  matter  of  the 
'  Elements '  is  well  chosen  both  as  to  quantity  and  quality,  and  is  paragraphed 
and  arranged  in  such  matchless  order  as  to  make  it  most  ready  of  acquisition 
and  convenient  for  reference." — Prof.  R.  D.  WILSON,  Western  Theological  Semi- 
nary, Allegheny,  Pa. 

"  *  *  Actual  trial  of  these  exponents  of  the  inductive  method  has  convinced 
me  that  they  are  the  best  text-books  of  elementary  Hebrew  that  have  yet  ap- 
peared. The  author  has  not  only  adopted  the  surest  method  ot  mastering  the 
phenomena  of  the  language,  but  he  has  also  done  for  beginners  what  Bickell 
and  others  had  done  for  more  advanced  students :  he  has  led  them  back  pt  the 
mere  surface  facts  to  the  controlling  principles,  and  encouraged  that  kind  of 
analytical  study  which  makes  Hebrew  a  permanent  acquisition.  These  two 
books  are  simply  indispensable  in  my  class  room." — Prof.  W.  W.  MOORE,  Union 
Theological  Seminary,  Hampden  Sidney,  Va. 

"  It  affords  me  pleasure  to  say,  after  a  year's  trial  of  Dr.  Harper's  Hebrew 
text-books  in  the  class-room,  that  they  have  given  entire  satisfaction.  Of  the 
fifteen  years  during  which  I  have  taught  Hebrew,  this  has  been  in  all  respects 
the  most  pleasant  and  satisfactory,  and  I  cannot  but  attribute  the  fact  to  the 
use  of  Harper's  method  of  teaching  the  language.  As  a  consequence  of  its 
introduction  >  the  students  have  exhibited  unwonted  enthusiasm,  and  found 
great  delight  in  the  pursuit  of  what  is  commonly  regarded  as  a  very  dreary 
study."— Prof.  F  A.  GAST,  Theol  Sernhj  of  the  Reformed  Church,  Lancaster,  Pa. 

"  I  have  used  Prof essor  Harper's  books  with  my  classes  for  the  past  three 
years,  and  am  convinced  that,  for  thoroughness  and  perspicuity  of  statement, 
for  simplicity  of  analysis,  and  for  economy  ot  time,  both  in  and  out  of  the 
class-room,  they  afford  just  the  aid  which  a  teacher  desires  from  the  use  of 
text-books.  By  systematic  arrangement  and  appropriate  reiteration  they  facil- 
itate an  accurate  and  rapid  acquaintance  with  the  Hebrew  language,  while,  in 
the  hands  ot  an  independent  teacher,  they  may  be  so  used  as  constantly  to 
stimulate  the  pupil's  curiosity  and  power  of  discovery,  and  thus  greatly  to 
promote  his  interest,  in  the  introductory  stages  of  his  study ." — Prof.  CHAS.  RUFU.S 
BROWN,  Newton  Thcol,  Institution,  Newton  Centre,  Mass. 


AUTHORITATIVE   ENDORSEMENTS. 


The  testimony  of  teachers  and  pupils  who  have  made  practical  use  of  these  text-books 
is  uniformly  and  enthusiastically  in  praise  of  both  the  books  themselves  and  of  the 
system  embodied  in  them.  |3?='  In  the  acquisition  of  the  Hebrew  language,  more  rapid 
and  satisfactory  progress  can  be  made  by  means  of  these  books  than  by  the  -use  of  any 
others  in  existence,  ^^^  The  publishers  invite  attention  to  the  following  testimony  : 

FROM  PROFESSORS  OF  HEBREW. 

"  I  like  them  very  much.  No  better  books,  introductory  to  Hebrew,  exist." — Prof.  T. 
K.  CHEYNE,  Oxford  University,  Oxford,  England. 

"  Success  is  the  best  argument.  What  the  Hebrew  Summer  Schools  under  Dr.  Harper 
have  succeeded  in  doing,  in  giving  the  average  minister  and  student  a  real  grasp  of 
Hebrew,  that  exactly  the  'Method'  and  'Elements'  effect  in  the  class-room.  They 
are  invaluable.  It  is  Davidson  and  Bickell  and  Gesenius  combined.  The  debt  instruc- 
tors owe  the  Principal  of  the  Institute  of  Hebrew  has  not  yet  been  fully  recognized."— 
Prof.  W.  W.  LOVEJOY,  Ref'd  Episcopal  Divinity  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"  *  *  Remarkably  full  and  precise,  and  appears  well  designed  to  train  the  learner 
tn  a  sound  philological  method,  and  to  lead  him  on  gradually  until  he  requires  a  firm 
grasp  of  the  principles  of  the  language." — Prof.  S.  R.  DRIVER,  in  Contemporary  Review. 


List  of  Institutions  using  H 

Univ.  of  Michigan  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Alfred  University  Alfred  Centre.  K.  Y. 
Amherst  College  Amherst,  Mass. 
Randolph  Macon  Coll..  Ashland,  Va. 
U.P.  Theol.  Sein  Allegheny,  Pa. 
Western  Theol.  Bern...  Allegheny,  Pa. 
Adrian  College  Adrian,  Mich. 

arper's  Hebrew  Text-^Books. 

Bishop's  College  Lennoxville.Quebec. 
Allegheny  College  Meadville,  Pa 
Monmouth  College  Monmouth,  111. 
McGlll  College                Montreal   Can 

University  of  Wis           Madison  Wis 

Bapt.  Theol  Sem            Morgan  Park  111 

Central  Turkey  Coll  Marash,  Asia. 
Yale  University  New  Haven,  Conn. 
Newton  Theol.  Inst  NewtonCentre,Mass 
Newberry  College  Newbcrry,  S.  C. 
Theol.  Sein.  Kef.  Ch....NewBrunswick,X.J. 
Musklngum  College...  New  Concord,  Ohio. 
Columbia  College  New  York  City 
Vandc.rbilt  University.  Nashville,  Tenn. 
Nashotah  Theol.  Sem..Nashotah,  Wis. 
Emory  College  Oxford,  Ga. 
Theological  Seminary..  Obenin,  Ohio. 
Oberlin  College  Oberlin,  Ohio. 
Pacific  Theol.  Sem....  Oakland,  t  al. 
Olivet  College  Olivet,  Mich. 
Prot  Epis.  Uiv.School.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Rev.  Epis.  Div.  School.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
University  of  Penna.  .  .  .Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Baptist  College  Pontypool,  Eng. 
Kochester  Theol.  Sem..Koohester,  N.  Y. 
Richmond  Theol.  Sem..  Richmond,  Va. 
Augustana  Theol.  Sem.  Rock  Island,  111. 
Earlham  College  Kichmond,  Ind. 
Central  University  Kichmond,  Ky. 
Willamette  University  Salem,  Ore. 
Concordia  Seminary  —  Springfield,  111. 
Baptist  College  'lorouto,  Ontario, 
Crozer  Theol.  Sem  Upland,  Pa. 
Shurtleff  College  Upper  Alton,  111. 
Colby  University  Waterville,  Me. 
Wellesley  College  Wellesley,  Mass. 
Wllberforce  Univ  Wilberforce,  Ohio. 
Williams  College  Williamstown,  Mass. 

Albion  College  Albion,  Mich. 

Grant  University  Athens,  Tenn. 

Gammon     school     of 
Theologv  Atlanta,  Ga. 

Bangor  Theol.  Sein  Bangor.  Me. 
Bethany  College  Betuany,W.  Va. 

Tufts  College  Boston,  Mass. 
MoCormick  Uheol.Sein.Chicago,  111. 
Chicago  Theol.  Sem  ...Chicago,  111. 
Hamilton  College  Clinton,  N.Y. 
Lane  Theol.  Seminary..  Cincinnati,  O. 
Pauline  Holiness  Coll..  College  Mound,  Mo. 
Carthage  College  Carthage,  111. 
Harvard  University..  .Cambridge,  Mass. 
Pros.  Epis.  Divin.Scuool.Cambridge,  Mass. 
Btddle  University  Charlotte,  N.  C. 
Drake  Universl  ty  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 
United  Brethren  Coll..  Dayton.  O. 
Garrett  Biblical  Inst.  .  .Evanston,  111. 
Seabury  Divin.  School.  Faribault,  Minn. 
Theological  Sem  Gettysburg,  Pa. 
De  Pauw  University.  .  .Greencastle,  Ind. 
Southern  University  ..Greensboro.  A'a. 
Union  Theol.  Sem  Hamden  Sidney,  Va. 
Hamilton  Theol.  Sem..  Hamilton,  N.  Y. 
Hillsdale  College  Hillsdale,  Mich. 
Lake  Forest  Uriiv  ..  ..Lake  Forest,  111. 
So.  Bapt.  Theol.  Sem  ..Louisville.  Ky. 
Cumberland  Univ  Lebanon,  Tenn. 
William  Jewell  Coll.  ..Liberty,  Mo. 
The  jl.  Sein.  Kef.  Ch.  ..Lancaster,  Pa. 

#*  These  books  are  for  sale  by  all  booksellers,  or  sent,  post' 
d,  on  receipt  of  price,  by 

CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS,  PUBLISHERS, 

743-745  BROADWAY.  NEW  YORK. 


N 


,. 


$  '?- 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN     INITIAL     FINE     OF    25    CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  5O  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


5] 


3   1934 
26)934 

°W  22  1934 

OCT  181940M. 
MAR  14  1944 
OCT  21  1944 


13 


,ut\ 


'52$  * 


ti 

i/ 

t\ 
OCT  13 19: 


C'D  LD 


f^ 

NOV 


1963 

LD  21-507n-l,'33 


